Editorial Committee

E.M. Ross (editor)

T.D. Stanley (editor)

R.J.F. Henderson (technical advisor)

Word Processing

Y.C. Smith

Austrobaileya

Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977

Vol. 4, No. 1 was published on 22 September 1993

Austrobaileya is published once per year.

Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.

Subscriptions: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is (1994) A$25

per issue for individuals, A$40 for institutions, including postage.

All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should be

addressed to The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly Qid

4068, Australia.

ISSN 0155-4131

Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and is devoted to publication of results

of sound research and of informed discussion on plant systematics, with special emphasis on

Queensland plants.

Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or views

of the Queensland Herbarium.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 139-294 (1994)

Contents

Wetria australiensis sp. nov. (Euphorbiaceae), a new generic record for

Australia

Pea) SPS ESE es sueer ce ota hecustee Te an onetd ae ada ack atc inna ie sateen erence tape anata maces

Studies in Australian Grasses 9, Two new species of Aristida (Arundineae:

Aristideae) from Queensland

Bryai kK... SINIOMW: ,... 4. ee athe eed ee eg hae bee eee ewla baey a de

Notes on Dansiea Brynes and Macropteranthes F. Muell. (Combretaceae)

Pav i TEGT Stee ee up 0 eae resend le verre ph as Bs Ae Wa ang Rae WR le rane ca EAS tees bes hae eek

Eryngium fontanum A.E. Holland & E.J. Thompson, (Apiaceae), anew species

from Central Queensland

Ailsa E. Holland & E. John Thompson ....... 0... 0c ccc cee ee eee eens

Ten new species of Plectranthus L’Her. (Lamiaceae) from Queensland

Paui 6 BGrsters x stpeco't os « oe secon hele Keene ah Sid nivPh i Se antec spalsgeea berets bit Bad it ee GY GM el Aik

Four new species of ironbark (Eucalyptus L.Heérit., Myrtaceae) from southern

Queensland

AR. Beane. MAA Broo net a6 fey onre cole eracats eis et bow bees aeecurs bon ar Pobre one ea Woes

Nervilia peltata (Orchidaceae), a new species from north-eastern Queensland

and the Northern Territory

Baye LE I OMCS Gy aoeacs tas tactanidte cant: a tpeonerw’ hopes wind chiara aattele dns ae situs ay ey tne A 2

Two new species of Rutidosis DC. (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) from Queensland

Ailsa Er EL OU AR A wos, scct atok outs. ah x veal ries cede Hh 9, Ghee eased Weeacna at eo tebe AA oe dint Regd

Eucalyptus clandestina (Myrtaceae), a new bloodwood from central Queensland

PUR BCI 5. 5 <srsax ans tite ch te diant's te SN oes an an eh aR ad he Ae oe ace tegen ARNE a gine EE Te

A taxonomic revision of Acalypha L. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia

Paul I. Forster

*+ @¢ # & © & § &®& &©§ & © & & #@& @ © & & &€& &€& &€& &€& &€& 8 #8 B BF © 8 8 #8 8 BF *£ 8 @# &* #2 mB &@ © 2 © © 8 # #8 #8 8 8 ££ £ 1 £ © & @

Revision of Archontophoenix H. Wendl. & Drude (Arecaceae)

John L. Dowe & Donald R. Hodel

Revision of Euphorbia plumerioides Teijsm. ex Hassk. (Euphorbiaceae) and

allies

Paul I. Forster

ss ¢€ & #¢ @ &€ @ &# @ # #@ @# @® @ # © © & © # f& @&© 8 Bp #8 © F EF & £ © © @ ff © © B&B B&B BB & €

a ee Oe Oe ee ee Se

A new species of red gum (Eucalyptus subser. Phaeoxyla een) from central

and southern Queensland

M.I.H Brooker & A.V. Slee

Seven new species of Macrozamia section Parazamia (Mig.) Mig. (Zamiaceae

section Parazamia) from Queensland

David L. Jones & Paul I. Forster

= #¢€ @€ #@ @ &© @ & & &©§ & &© & © 8B 8B BF 8 F&F #8 #8 #8 © # 8 © © Bw & go 8 & 8 8 ££ 2 &# BB F BP © © © & *& &€

a |

Notes

Typification of Tweedia coerulea and T. versicolor (Asclepiadaceae)

Paul I. Forster

+ + 4s 5 s tb a a | a 5 5 i 5 + a ti 4 a + 5 i] d + q a L | a + ‘ a L | r | a a a |] + 4 ‘ be + + + a i a i ¢ © © © © @ 8 8 &

Book reviews

> F € © &§ &€& © § © & & © 8 & BF F&F & & BF FE F&F &F FE KF FF FF FF FE F 8 ee lhl lel le lel el ll UU le le el lll

OAT rd EE TE

Wetria australiensis sp. nov. (Euphorbiaceae),

a new generic record for Australia

Paul IL. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paull. (1994). Wetria australiensis sp. nov. (Euphorbiaceae), anew generic record for Australia.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 139-143, The genus Wetria Baill. occurs in Asia, Malesia and Australia. Wetria

australiensis PJ, Forst. sp. nov. is described and illustrated, It is endemic to a small area near Cairns

in far north Queensland and is considered to be a vulnerable species requiring management. This is the

first record of the genus Wetria for Australia

Keywords: Wefria - Australia; Wetria australiensis.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Old 4068, Australia

Introduction

The genus Wetria was described by Baillon

(1858), based upon the single species W. trew-

ioides Baill. from Malesia. This species was

later found to be conspecific with Trewia

insignis Steud. and Airy Shaw (1972) trans-

ferred this earlier name into Wetria.

Wetria has been considered closely allied

to Alchornea Sw. and was included as a section

of that genus by Mueller (1866) and Bentham

(1873). Airy Shaw (1980) considered that

Wetria was close to Alchornea but differed in

the numerous stamens and the leaves never

stipellate. Webster (1975) included Alchornea

in the subtribe A/chorneinae Hurus. of the tribe

Alchornieae (Hurus.) Hutch. but did not men-

tion Wetria. In his recent synopsis Webster

(1994) included Wetria in the tribe Acalypheae

subtribe Cleidiinae next to Cleidion Blume.

After examination of the Australian spe-

cies of Alchornea and Cleidion and Malesian

material of Wetria, itis possible to distinguish

the three genera on the characters outlined in

Table 1. Some species of Alchornea also

_appear-to have. leaves that are not stipellate,

hence this character is of little value in distin-

suishing this genus from Wetria. In the present

account it has not been possible to examine the

pollen of the species concerned preventing

description and analysis of pollen characters at

this stage.

Accepted for publication 15 March 1994

In late 1992, Chris Lyons of Gordonvale,

north Queensland, forwarded to me the first

collections of a second species of Wetria, that

he had discovered near Gordonvale and sub-

sequently correctly keyed to genus in one of

Airy Shaw’s accounts. This new species is

described here and compared with W. insignis

(Table 2) that occurs widely from Malesia to

New Guinea (Airy Shaw 1980).

Taxonomy

Wetria Baill., Etude Gén. Euphorb. 409 (1858).

Type: Wetria trewioides Baill., nom.

illeg. (= Trewia macrophylla Blume).

Derivation of name: An anagram of Trewia,

another genus in the Euphorbiaceae.

Shrubs or trees, dioecious, with indumentum of

simple, multicellular trichomes; glandular

trichomes absent; stinging trichomes absent.

Leaves alternate, petiolate, stipulate, entire,

crenate or serrate, glandular below, penniner-

ved, not stipellate. Inflorescences axillary,

spicate, lax-flowered. Male flowers in bracteate

clusters along asimple rachis. Female flowers

1 per bract alonga simple rachis. Male flowers:

calyx 2 or 3-partite, valvate; petals and disk 0;

stamens usually 24, rarely fewer, filaments

free; anthers oblong, dorsifixed, introrse, the

thecae parallel or slightly diverging and par-

tially free at the base; longitudinally dehiscent;

pistillodes absent. Female flowers: sepals 5,

valvate; petals and disk 0; ovary 3-locular, with

140 Austrobaileya 4(2): 139-143 (1994)

Table 1. Comparison of Alchornea, Cleidion and Wetria

Character Alchornea Cleidion Wetria

style-arms entire bifid bifid ©

stamens 8 > 30 24

stamens in

(a) vertical series b a b

(b) free

male flowers short-pedicellate + - +

female sepals imbricate imbricate valvate

Table 2. Comparision of Wetria australiensis and W. insignis

Character W. australiensis W. insignis

number of lateral veins in leaf lamina 16 or 17 19-27

pedicel length female flowers (mm) 2-3.5 10-14

styles spreading; erect;

fused only at fused for nearly

base half length

stamens with linear apical appendage + —

fruit length (mm) 5—6 9-13

fruit indumentum clear brown

seed diameter (mm) 4—5 6—8

— a ha

be bcc teabc Raph otra eet Lecce ete Db

Forster, Wetria australiensis

1 ovule per locule; style free or slightly connate

at base, linear, bifid for almost half of length,

papillose along top. Fruit capsular, 3-lobed,

subglobose, + smooth, dehiscing septicidally

into bivalved cocci leaving a persistent

columella. Seeds+ globose, ecarunculate; testa

crustaceous. Cotyledons broad, flat.

A genus of two species in mainland Asia,

Malesia and Australia.

Wetria australiensis P.I. Forst. sp. nov. affinis

W. insigni (Blume) Airy Shaw a qua

lamina folii venis lateralibus 16 vel 17,

pedicellis florum femineorum brevioribus

(2—3.5 mm longis), et staminibus apice

appendice lineari non integro differt.

Typus: Queensland. Coox DISTRICT:

Cairns, Currunda Creek, 16°56’S,

145°41’°E, 15 December 1991, C. Lyons

105 (holo: BRI! [2 sheets + spirit]).

Tree to 15m _ high; bark black and white

blotched, blaze with unpleasant fruity odour.

Branchlets rounded, with sparse trichomes when

young, soon glabrescent. Stipules linear-lan-

ceolate, c. 11 mm long and 2 mm wide, with

sparse trichomes. Petioles flattened on top,

4—10mm long, 1—1.4mm diameter, with sparse

trichomes. Leaf lamina elliptic, 80-300 mm

long, 60-80 mm wide, discolorous, glabrous,

with margin sinuate; upper surface with vena-

tion visible but not pronounced; lower surface

with 16 or 17 lateral veins prominent and inter-

connecting reticulate venation just visible; tip

acute; base cuneate. Inflorescences separated

spatially and temporally, pendulous. Female

inflorescences to 300 mm long, pedunculate for

80-110 mm, with axis glab-rous or with scat-

tered trichomes, and individual flowers spaced

10-40 mm apart; bracts lanceolate, c. 1.5 mm

long and 0.5 mm wide, glabrous. Female flow-

ers: pedicels 2—3.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam-

eter, with dense hispid trichomes; sepals 5,

lanceolate, 2.2-2.8 mm long, c. 1 mm wide,

fused into a tube forc. 0.7 mm at base and

encasing the bottom of ovaries, with sparse

trichomes; ovaries c.1 mm long and | mm

diameter, with dense trichomes; styles c. 3 mm

long, bifid forc. 1.5 mmand markedly papillose

ontop. Male inflorescences up to 150 mm long,

pedunculate for 50-80 mm, with axis glabrous

141

or with scattered trichomes, and flower

glomerules spaced 3—18 mm apart, with usually

3 flowers per glomerule; bracts ovate, 1—1.5 mm.

long, c. 1 mm wide, with scattered trichomes.

Male flowers: pedicels 0.8—1 mm long, c.0.3 mm

diameter, glabrous or with scattered trichomes;

sepals 2 or 3, triangular-ovate, 2.5—3 mm long,

2-3 mm wide, glabrous or with an occasional

trichome; stamens 24, filaments 1—1.3 mm

long, c. 0.1 mm diameter, glabrous; anthers

0.8—1 mm long, 0.8—1 mm wide, terminated by

a linear appendage 0.5-0.7 mm long. Fruit

5—6 mm long, 9-10 mm diameter, with short

dense trichomes, pedicels 6—7 mm long. Seeds

4—5 mm diameter, smooth, pale brown. Seed-

ling: cotyledons + orbicular, c. 13 mm long and

16 mm wide, below glabrous and with 5 veins

from base, above with scattered trichomes; first

3 leaves alternate, obovate to ovate, faintly

sinuate on margins and with sparse trichomes,

Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland, Coox District: Lamb

Range, E of Chujeba Peak, 16°56’S, 145°41’E, Jan 1992,

Lyons 108 (BRD); Currunda Creek, 9 km W of Cairns,

16°56’S, 145°41’E, Jan 1993, Forster 13088 & Bean (BRI,

MEL, QRS).

Distribution and habitat: Wetria australiensis

is known only from the upper parts of the

Currunda Creek catchment in the foothills west

of Cairns. Plants grow in complex notophyll

vineforest dominated by an Argyrodendron

species on reddish soil derived from metamor-

phic rocks along and above watercourses,

Phenology: Flowering from December to Janu-

ary, fruiting from January to February.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the

distribution of this species that is restricted to

Australia.

Conservation status: Wetria australiensis is

acommon plant in the area of the type locality;

however, although most of the population

occurs in Currunda Logging Area in State

Forest 607, at present the area has no

conservation status. Lower parts of the habitat

are under direct and immediate threat from

residental development. As both this plant and

the newly described and restricted Acalypha

lyonsii P.I. Forst. (Forster 1994) occur in the

same general area, moves should be made to

142 Austrobaileya 4(2): 139-143 (1994)

a fee

‘

Tel haea t

tp Pay,”

1 oe

ade

+ +

tid

athe

« at

te atl

+ F

tte ae Pr

qeyte thet te

rhe Oo:

a ARK ta

* to at

srt

Fig. 1. Wetria australiensis. A. habit of flowering and fruiting branchlet x 0.6. B. side view of female flower x 12. C.

face view of female flower x 12. D. side view of male flower x12. E. face view of male flower x 12. F. stamen x 24, G.

side view of fruit x 6. H. face view of fruit x 6. I. capsule with seed x 6. J. ventral view ofseed = 6. K. lateral view of seed

x 6. L. seedling x 1. A,G—H, L, Lyons 108; B—F, Lyons 105; I-K, Forster 13088 & Bean. Del. W. Smith.

ATR Ss Pe Se ye

Forster, Wetria australiensis

convert part of the State Forest into a more

secure form of land tenure. An appropriate

conservation coding for W. australiensis is 2V

(cf. Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Acknowledgements

I am most grateful to Chris Lyons of

Gordonvale who discovered this plant, col-

lected excellent specimens of it, and showed

me plants in habitat despite the torrential

rainfall at the time. As usual, logistic support

in north Queensland was provided by

D. and I. Liddle and the staffat QRS. W. Smith

(BRI) provided the illustrations. L.A. Craven

(CANB) translated the diagnosis into Latin.

Access to S.F. 607 was facilitated by the

relevant permits from the Queensland Forest

Service, Department of Primary Industries.

This work is a preferred objective of

the Australian Biological Resources Study and

was funded by that granting body during

1992-1994. Additional fieldwork in the Wet

Tropics during 1993 was supported by a ‘Wet

Tropics Management Authority’ Grant during

1993-1994,

143

References

Airy Suaw, H.K. (1972). The Euphorbiaceae of Siam. Kew

Bulletin 26: 191-363.

(1980). The Euphorbiaceae of New Guinea. Kew

Bulletin Additional Series VII. London: Royal

Botanic Gardens, Kew.

Baitton, H.E. (1858). Etude générale’ du groupe des

Euphorbiacées p. 409. Paris: Masson.

Bentuan, G. (1873). Euphorbiaceae. In G. Bentham & J.D.

Hooker, Genera Plantarum. 3: 239-340. London:

L. Reeve & Co.

Briaas, J.D. & Leicu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Austral-

ian National Parks and Wildlife Service Special

Publication [14]. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

Forster, P.I. (1994). A taxonomic revision of Acalypha L.

(Euphorbiaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 4:

209-226.

Mue ter, J. (1866). Euphorbiaceae. In A.L.P.P. de Candolle

(ed.), Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni

Vegetabilis 15(2): 189-1260. Paris: Masson.

Weaster, G.L. (1975). Conspectus of a new classification

of the Euphorbiaceae. Taxon 24: 593-601.

(1994). Synopsis of the genera and suprageneric

taxa of Euphorbiaceae. Annals of the Missouri

Botanical Garden 81: 33-144.

Facts pyle oad toby wb) oe *

“hyve Ad SA ata ara Ba

Studies in Australian Grasses 9. Two new species of Aristida

(Arundineae: Aristideae) from Queensland!

Bryan K. Simon

Summary

Simon, Bryan K. (1994), Studies in Australian Grasses 9. Two new species of Aristida (Arundineae:

Aristideae) from Queensland. Austrobaileya 4(2): 145-148. Two new species of Aristida from

Queensland are described and compared with other Australian species of Aristida. One is A. thompsonii

from the ‘desert uplands’ of the North Kennedy District and the other is A. forsteri from heathlands of

the Darling Downs District.

Keywords: Arundineae: Aristideae, Aristida thompsonii, Aristida forsteri, Aristida — Queensland.

Bryan K, Simon, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

Amongst the grass collections made by John

Thompson as part of his project to map the

‘desert uplands’ of central Queensland, is a

very distinctive species of Aristida section

Streptachne which I am pleased to name

after him. Another new Queensland Aristida

species thatis close to A. muricata in Aristida

section Calycinae, has been collected on two

occasions by Paul Forster from the heathland

country at the headwaters of Pariagara Creek,

west of Bringally on the Darling Downs and I

am pleased to name it after him.

Aristida thompsonii B.K.Simon, sp.nov. A.

spuriae Domin affinis sed lemmate

convoluto, aristis crassis relative, arista

centrali ad 5 mm longa differt. Typus:

Queensland. NortH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

9.5 km W of Homestead, 20°21’S

145°3 VE, 30 Aug 1992, £.4. Thompson

CHA232 & P.R.Sharpe (holo: BRI (AQ

562854); iso: AD, CANB, DNA, K).

Perennial, compactly tufted. Culms to 40 cm

tall, stright at lower nodes, branched, to 1.5 mm

thick, terete; internodes smooth, glabrous,

glaucous; nodes 3 or 4 , glabrous. Leaf sheaths

longer than culm internode, smooth, glabrous,

striate; ligule to 0.5 mm long; collar glabrous;

blades to 25 cm x 0.75 mm, mostly basal,

scaberulous, glabrous, stiffly involute, striate.

Inflorescence 6—10 x 0.3 cm, contracted, stiffly

' continued from Austrobaileya 4: 105-108 (1993),

Accepted for publication 22 April 1994

erect with branches to 2 cm long, bearing

spikelets from base, without pulvini, loosely

appressed, scaberulous. Glumes more or less

equal, one nerved, acute, glabrous, faintly

scaberulous, entire, awnless; lower glume

5.5—6 mm long, caducous; upper glume 6—7 mm

long. Lemma 5.5—6 mm long, 5-nerved, more

or less equal to glumes, convolute, smooth,

narrowed upwards, biconvex, without an articu-

lation. Callus to 0.5mm long with hairs to 0.7

mm long. Lemma awns very unequal, rigid,

terete; median awn 3.5—-4 mm long, gently

curved; lateral awnsto 1mm long. Grain to

4.5 mm long, narrowly elliptic, acute at apex

and base, furrowed, with embryo to 1.5 mm

long. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined; Queensland. Nortu Kenngpy

District: 9.5 km W of Homestead, Aug 1992, Thompson

CHA232 & Sharpe (type) (BRI, CANB, DNA, K); same

locality, Sep 1991, Thompson CHA377 & Dillewaard

(BRI),

Conservation Status: 1K (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Distribution and Habitat: Aristida thompsonii

isrepresented in BRI bytwo specimens from the

same locality west of Homestead in central

Queensland. It was collected ona flatrocky area

in a heath of Kunzea calida F.Muell, a species

last collected, to my knowledge, as the type

specimen from the Newcastle Range in the

Cook District in 1868.

Notes: Aristida thompsonii is similar to

A, spuria Domin, differing from that species by

: 145-148 (1994)

Austrobaileya 4(2)

146

ae kee te i ee

oe eb era fateh Tt Tet

CJ fe

Paget Smart

a F few ;

= ee “s Pastis su elas vite

wee eat ‘.

atthe ttt PELE P AR te ett Pies

PROPS SSA PE crea eared

a ao

= Te eee ee

* real SasFnate delete

1 ae

on * Se ee ol ee ee fe. Ts 7 he Rell

1 sa fea eh rete eat foe ge + # I ee ee tre rite a ea ay *

boat ‘ 1 a ae ® a

gotaty eg ae ae ek OT -

Ce ee ee

b tea, * nT fare eee

agtae ek

* ih

La ft a eae

et Sam wre eee? arr Ty |

: * v

\ wean arse

My) ‘1 > ”Y

¥ (a a +e ae ee oa. ree ee Pa Lae a cael Le La 7

XS ere ep Serer Ate ee pari tiers bet bak A ar aa ae a

A ee eee CL ay mar »*

Cl ee

Pies wre ser ensessone t* Pe ee i

mira mets 47s

Sa ee

ee i

rene ei arent ALS Le Lhe eater oe ie Canary

"na, week [i Mitel altar ' a ay oly wty oor) ” 4 my acure Pe ha bhai tees Mh

' i ee ee eo tee te gt Fre 4 ae

iM ating gina Whack

ee Thal eT GN Da ya Ta bee COE rer ees -

ee a RT Me “ae “ttt wae i My ni : : rpee yap marge i,

" ” 4 a rd cad wh a+ ws

Tm a al al Way eae atl felt of 2 * 4 1+" Mt hd LaF

D. upper glume, front

d from embryo side. B—H, x

in, viewe

ide, H, Gra

viewed from furrowed s

A. habit x 0.5. B. spikelet, lateral view. C. lower glume, back view.

in,

_F, Anther. G. Gra

_ E. lemma, front v

10, All drawn from holotype.

low

Fig.l. Aristida thompson

view

YER en ee

Simon, Australian grasses, 9

the lemma being convolute, as opposed to

involute in A. spuria, and by the awns being

relatively thick with the central awn to 5 mm

long, as opposed to relatively thin with the

central awn to 7 mm long in 4. spuria.

A, thompsonii was first collected in a very

fragmentary condition by John Thompson in

August 1991, when an examination of the very

few spikelets present revealed it to be of inter-

est. Type material was collected again from the

same locality in August 1992. The leaves and

culms are of a distictive bluish colour due to

their glaucous nature.

Aristida forsteri B.K.Simon, sp.nov. 4.

muricatae Henrard affinis sed glumis

inversis leviter, et spiculis parvioribus

multis, glumis ad 4.5 mm longis,

lemmatibus ad 2.5 mm longis, aristis ad 6

mm longis differt. Typus: Queensland.

DARLING Downs District; Head of

Pariagara Creek, Wondul Range, 28°11’S,

151° 02’E, 12 Apr 1992, PJ. Forster

PIF9793 & P.Machim (holo: BRI

(AQ542693); iso: CANB,K,MEL).

Perennial, compactly tufted. Culms to 50 cm

tall, straight at lower nodes, branched, to

1.5 mm thick, terete; internodes scaberulous,

glabrous; nodes 2 or 3, glabrous. Leaf sheaths

shorter than culm internodes, scaberulous,

glabrous, striate; ligule to 0.6 mm long; collar

glabrous; blades to 14 cm x 1 mm, glabrous,

scaberulous, involute, striate. Inflorescence to

13 x lcm, contracted, stiffly erect, with branches

_to 2 cm long, naked at base, without pulvini,

loosely appressed, scaberulous. Glumes inverse,

one nerved, mucronate, glabrous, scabrous on

keel, entire; lower glume 3.5—4.5 mm long,

caducous, with mucro to 0.5 mm long; upper

glume 3.24.2 mm long, with mucro to 0.5 mm

long. Lemma to 2.5 mm long, shorter than

147

glumes, involute, muricate towards apex,

narrowed upwards, terete, without an

articulation. Callus to 0.4 mm long, with hairs

to0.7 mm long. Lemma awns unequal, straight

and stiffly spreading, compressed at base and

terete at apex; median awnto 8 mm long, lateral

awns to 6 mm long. Grain to 2 mm long, elliptic,

furrowed, with embryo to 0.8 mm long. Fig. 2.

Specimens examined: Queensland. DarLinc Downs Dis-

trict: Head of Pariagara Creek, Wondul Range, Apr 1992,

Forster PIF9793 & Machim (type) (BRI,CANB,K,MEL);

same locality, Forster PIF11644 & Machim (BRI,NSW).

Conservation Status: 1K (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Distribution and Habitat: Aristida forsteri 1s

represented by only two specimens from the

same locality at the headwaters of Pariagara

Creek, west of Bringalily in the Darling Downs

District of Queensland. It was collected from

heath country on a perched sandstone plateau.

Notes: Aristida forsteri is similar to A. muricata

Henrard, differing from that species by its slightly

inverse glumes and its much smaller spikelets,

with glumes to 4.5 mm long, lemma to 2.5 mm

long and awns to 6 mm long, compared to

glumes to 12 mm long, lemma to 8.5 mm long

and awns to 30 mm long in A. muricata.

A. forsteri was first collected flowering and

fruiting in April 1992, together with an

undescribed species of Triodia (P.I. Forster

PIF11641 & P.Machim) and it was collected

again in September 1992, when all that re-

mained of the spikelets were a few fragmentary

glumes.

Reference

Briaes, J.D. & Leicu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Special

Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service,

148 Austrobaileya 4(2): 145-148 (1994)

Fig.2. Aristida forsteri: A. habit x 0.5. B. portion of inflorescence = 2.5. C. spikelet, lateral view x 10. D. lower glume, front

view. E. upper glume, front view. F. lemma, without awns, front view. G. Grain, viewed from embryo side. H. Grain, viewed

from furrowed side. E-H, x 20. All drawn from holotype.

Sgpues3 le eaery pina eds ug renetsrsnsssiscocaiisb hb heanssavnt cone eee

ironman etnies aed tha roeglahe ms wei eee ee

Notes on Dansiea Byrnes and Macropteranthes F. Muell.

(Combretaceae)

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul I. (1994), Notes on Dansiea Byrnes and Macropteranthes F. Muell. (Combretaceae).

Austrobaileya 4(2) : 149-153. An amplified description is provided of Dansiea grandiflora Pedley from

Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, together with illustrations and notes on its distribution, habitat and

conservation status. Macropteranthes leiocaulis P.1. Forst. from central and southern Queensland is

newly described and illustrations together with notes on distribution, habitat and conservation status are

provided. A key is provided to the species of Macropteranthes.

Keywords: Dansia grandiflora, Macropteranthes leiocaulis.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Old 4068, Australia

Introduction

The family Combretaceae was monographed

for Australia by Byrnes (1977). Subsequent

collections resulted in the additional genera

Dansiea Byrnes (Byrnes 1981) and Combretum

Loefl. (Clarkson & Hyland 1986) being recog-

nised for Australia. Pedley (1990), in a ‘Flora

of Australia’ treatment, recognised five genera

and 33 species for Australia including a second

species of Dansiea, namely D. grandiflora

Pedley.

Dansiea grandiflora Pedley

As noted by Pedley (1990), the type of D.

grandiflora is not in good condition and lacks

stamens and petals. No illustrations were pro-

vided at the time due to the late inclusion of the

new species in the ‘Flora of Australia’ account.

I have subsequently revisited the type locality

and collected further material of this species,

thus enabling an amplified description to be

made.

Dansiea grandiflora Pedley, Fl. Aust. 18: 326

(1990). Type: Queensland. Cook Dis-

TRIcT: Ridge 1 km E of Kennedy Hill,

12°28’S, 143°16’E, 21 June 1989,

PJ, Forster 5414 & MC. Tucker (holo:

BRI; iso: CANB, K).

Accepted for publication 14 March 1994

Tree to 10 m high; bark whitish and nonde-

script. Branches held erect. Leaves petiolate,

discolorous, initially with adpressed trichomes,

later glabrescent apart from midrib below;

petiole 2-10 mm long, c. 1 mm wide; lamina

oblong, elliptic or obovate, 13-60 mm long,

8—30 mm wide; tip acute to obtuse, occasionally

minutely apiculate; base cuneate. Flowers

zygomorphic, 25-30 mm long, subsessile on

axillary peduncles 5-10mm long. Calyx 18-20

mm long, with dense adpressed trichomes, with

+ orbicular bracteoles 1516 mm diameter and

adnate to lower half. Petals broadly ovate , c.

6mm long and 6 mm wide, glabrous apart from

a ciliate margin of trichomes up to 0.3 mm long.

Stamens inserted in calyx tube in 2 series with

small appendage at base of filaments in inner

whorl; outer filaments 5-6 mm long, inner

filaments 6-7 mm long; anthers oblong, 1.8—2

mm long, c. 1.2mm wide. Style 8—10 mm long;

ovary 10-11 mm long, with dense trichomes.

Fruit: calyx tube 18—20 mm long, bracteoles

18-25 mm diameter. Fig. 1A-E. |

Specimens examined: Queensland. Coox District:

Kennedy Hill Gorge, ‘Bromley’, 12°28°S, 143°15’E, Jul

1991, Forster 8889 (BRI, QRS).

Distribution and habitat: Known only trom the

Kennedy Hill area on Bromley Station, Cape

York Peninsula. Plants grow in notophyll

vineforest over granite substrate, both along

semi-permanent watercourses and on adjacent

ridges near to the sea.

150 Austrobaileya 4(2); 149-153 (1994)

Fig. 1. A-D. Dansiea grandiflora. A. habit of foliage x 1. B. side view of flower x 2. C. cross-section of flower x 2. D.

fruit x2. E-H. Macropteranthes leiocaulis. E. habit of foliage x 1. F, side view of flower x 6. G. cross-section of flower

x 8. H. fruit x 2. A-D, Forster 8889; E-G, Forster 9417 & Bean; H, Forster 7969 & McDonald. Del. W. Smith.

* OAR pet Enh Sen acer ae eaten iee:

Forster, Notes on Dansiea and Macropteranthes

Notes: D. grandiflora is notable for its large

flowers compared with those of D. elliptica

Byrnes, the only other species in the genus.

Conservation status: Not endangered or vul-

nerable. An appropriate conservation coding is

2R using the criteria of Briggs and Leigh

(1988).

Macropteranthes leiocaulis sp. nov.

Continuing botanical exploration ofthe rainfor-

est, vineforest and vinethicket communities of

eastern Queensland has revealed the existence

of a previously undescribed species of

Macropteranthes.

Macropteranthes leiocaulis P.t. Forst., sp.

nov. affinis M. fitzalani F. Muell., a qua

trunco maturo laevi roseo usque albidi-

viridi, pedicello floris 1.5—2 mm longo,

calyce inflore bracteolas superanti, calycis

tubo trichomatibus densis adpressis.

Typus: Queensland. NorTH KENNEDY DiIs-

TRICT: Mingela Bluff, 19°53’S, 146°45’E,

20 January 1992, P.1) Forster 9417 &

A.R. Bean (holo: BRI [2 sheets + spirit];

iso: DNA, K, L, MEL, QRS).

| Macropteranthes fitzalanii auct.non F. Muell.;

Forster et al, 1991]

Shrub or tree up to 25 m high; bark smooth, pink

to green-white or somewhat scaly in blotches

when being shed. Branches erect; branchlets

initially with adpressed trichomes, later

glabrescent; foliage seasonally deciduous.

Leaves opposite, not crowded, petiolate, ini-

tially with adpressed trichomes, later glabrescent,

discolorous; petiole 1-8 mm long, c. | mm

diameter; lamina broadly elliptic to orbicular,

9-80 mm long, 4-23 mm wide, upper surface

glossy green, lower surface pale glossy green;

tip obtuse or rarely minutely apiculate; base

cuneate or weakly attenuate. Inflorescence 2-

flowered; peduncles 4—14 mm long, c. 0.5 mm.

diameter, with sparse to dense, adpressed

trichomes; bracts not seen. Pediceis 1.8—2 mm

long, glabrous or with scattered trichomes.

Calyx with sparse to dense, adpressed trichomes;

tube 4~7 mm long and 3—S mm diameter; lobes

broadly triangular, 0.8—2 mm long, 1.2—-3 mm

wide; bracteoles obovate, shorter than calyx,

1S]

3.5-11 mm long, glabrous or with scattered

trichomes. Petals broadly ovate to obovate,

2.5—7 mm long, 2—5 mm wide, externally gla-

brous, internally with densetrichomes. Staminal

filaments 3— 8 mm long, 0.3—0.5 mm diameter,

thinner distally; anthers oblong, 1—1.2mm long,

1—1.2 mm wide, Disc sparsely villous. Style

4.5—7 mm long, withscattered trichomes. Fruit:

calyx 15—17 mm long; bracteoles obovate and

as long as the calyx, 12—15 mm wide, glabrous,

straw-coloured. Fig. 1E—H.

Specimens examined; Queensland. NortHKENNEDY Dis-

trict: The Bluff, 10 km E of Mingela, 19°54’S, 146°43°E,

Sep 1989, Cumming 9347 (BRD; ditto, Jul 1990, Cumming

10331A & B (BRI, L), 10350 (BRI). LetcHHarpr Dis-

trict; Dipperu N.P. 72, c. 24 km 8 of Nebo, 21°55’5,

148°4—~"E, Oct 1971, McDonald 238 (BRD; ditto, Dec

1993, Champion 911 et al, (BRI, MEL, QRS); Crows

Apple Scrub, Rookwood, 23°11’S, 149°43’E, Apr 1991,

Forster 7969 & McDonald (AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, DNA,

K, L, MEL, MO, PERTH, QRS). Port Curtis District: Mt

Larcom Range, 23°45’S, 151°04’E, Jan 1988, Gibson

1099 (BRI); Mt Larcom Range, 6 km NNW of Targinie,

23° 46’S, 151°04’E, Apr 1990, Gibson TOI65 (BRD; Mt

Coulston, 9 km NNW of Bororen, 24°11’°S, 151°26’E,

May 1991, Gibson TOI66 (BRI); Mt Coulston, 8 km NW

of Bororen, 24°11’S, 151°26’°E, Dec 1991, Gibson TOIL 156

(BRI); Scientific Area 54, $.F. 121, 24°27’S, [S1°1L1’E,

Sep 1989, Forster 5700 & Bean (BRD; ditto, Dec 1993,

Forster 14513 et al. (BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS); Lower

reaches of Kcolkoorum Creek, 12 km W of Ubobo, 24°25’5S,

151°12’E, Sep 1989, Forster 5688 & Bean (BRD; ditto,

Dec 1993, Forster 14511 et al. (BRI). Burnett District:

S.F. 172, Portion 90 [now E.P.J, 25°24°S, 151°22’E, Aug

1988, Forster 4686 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: M. leiocaulis occurs

inthe North Kennedy, Leichhardt, Port Curtis

and Burnett districts with a known northern

limit at Mingela Bluffand a southern limit atthe

Binjour Plateaunear Mundubbera. Plants grow

in deciduous vinethickets, semi-evergreen

vinethickets and araucarian microphyll vine-

forests on red euchrozems or sandstone talus.

Notes: This species has previously been con-

fused with M. fitzalanii. M. fitzalanii has a

more coastal distribution and occurs in wetter

vineforests, exemplified by those at Conway

Range north-east of Proserpine. The foliage of

both species is similar; however, they are radi-

cally dissimilar in both trunk morphology

(smooth, pink to whitish-green or somewhat

scaly in patches when being shed, versus white,

persistent scaly in long strips) and floral

dimensions (pedicels 1.5—2 mm long; calyx

1$2

tube with sparse to dense adpressed trichomes,

bracteoles shorter than calyx in flower; versus

pedicels c. 4 mm long; calyx tube glabrous,

bracteoles same length as calyx in flower).

There have been few fertile collections of

M. leiocaulis, and the previous reviewers of

Combretaceae (i.e. Byrnes 1977, Pediey 1990)

have not seen the species in the field. Hence, it

is understandable why this plant has been

overlooked untilnow. Somesterile collections

of Macropteranthes from several localities in

the Port Curtis district (e.g. Marmor, Raglan)

Austrobaileya 4(2):; 149-153 (1994)

are difficult to unequivocally place in either

species, although when their habitat is consid-

ered, it is likely that they also represent .

leiocaulis. If this 1s the case, then M. fitzalanii

is restricted to the North Kennedy district.

Leafless individuals of M. leiocaulis are

superficially similar to those of Choricarpia

subargentea (C.T. White) L.A.S. Johnson

(Myrtaceae) and Flindersia australis R. Br.

(Rutaceae) and could be possibly confused with

these species, although only the latter appears

sympatric (Forster ef al., 1991).

Key to species of Macropteranthes

1. Leaves to 12 mm long, sessile or almost so, crowded on small branches ............... 2

Leaves more than 12 mm long, petiolate, evenly spaced on all stems................0.. 3

2. Bracteoles of fruit produced beyond the calyx

Bracteoles of fruit much shorter than the calyx

+ €¢ * «¢ 5 & © &8 &© §©§ &§ © &€& &€& © & © &£& & © &€£ © § FF &€& &€& & &€& & &€& FE FE FE EF F

3. Mature leaves pubescent at least on lower side

Mature leaves glabrous on both sides ......

= fe « 8 6 © & @&

ss & @ 6 6@ #6 #@ #© FF & & * © &£& #£ £ & BF FB BB 8B # 8 &£ #£#£ fF F FH ££ © #& *F FF FTF &

4. Trunks of adult trees smooth, pink to whitish-green or scaly in patches

when being shed; flower pedicels 1.5—2 mm long; calyx tube with dense

adpressed trichomes, bracteoles shorter than calyx ............ M. leiocaulis P.J. Forst.

Trunks of adult trees with persistent white flaky bark in long strips, flower

pedicels c. 4 mm long; calyx tube glabrous, bracteoles same length as

CE agg ce a UTP ean ere eA S tae ee PDair 2

Conservation status: M. leiocaulis is infre-

quently collected and appears to have a disjunct

distribution within its known range. Many

vinethickets continue to be under threat from

land clearing and it is probable that many

populations of this plant have been lost as a

result. Three known populations of this plant

are in National or Environmental Parks or State

Forest Scientific Area; however, the other

populations have no conservation security at

this stage. A suggested conservation coding

is 3VC, using the criteria of Briggs and Leigh

(1988).

NAS Ee, COTS) Le TERT. M. fitzalanii F. Muell.

Phenology: Flowers December to January; fruits

January to February.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

Greek and refers to the smooth (/eios) trunk

(caulis) of this species.

Acknowledgements

W. Smith (BRI) provided the illustrations. This

work benefitted from either field assistance,

special collections, or observations by

A.R. Bean, I.G. Champion, R. Fensham,

W.J. McDonald and M.C. Tucker. The diag-

nosis was translated into Latin by L.A. Craven

(CANB).

ewe Semen s cows men osc we meteesmeceseess ce cessceces see ee beta b ad Mtg gf t8sss sa sa sascasata a LMP *LSESLESES CESSES a3

np I i Fe AE BE BODE

Forster, Notes on Dansiea and Macropteranthes

References

Bricas, J.D, &Letcx, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised edition. Austral-

ian National Parks and Wildlife Service Special

Publication 14, Canberra; Australian National Parks

and Wildlife Service.

Byrnzs, N.B. (1977). A revision of Combretaceae in Aus-

tralia. Contributions from the Queensland Her-

barium 20: 1-72.

(1981). Addition to Combretaceae

(Lagunclurieae) from Australia. Austrobaileya 1:

385-387.

153

Crarkson, J.R. & Hytanp, B.P.M. (1986). Combretum

trifoliaitum Vent. (Combretaceae), anew record for

Australia, Austrobaileya 2: 274-276.

Forster, P.J., Bostock, P.D., Bire , L.H. & Bean, ALR.

(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east

Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.

Peptey, L. (1990). Combretaceae, In A.S. George (Exec.

Ed.), Flora of Australia. 18: 255—293, 326-327.

Canberra: Australian Government Publishing

Service.

it ste a NPR SEE ee Retiree ERC PERL Preteen opt SL PEL a ee

Lu cnn he oncits paaet eas nents nnd

Aan ae yece nee bis od

"DDS T ebay et IS SC SEAS RA SA eee ne ee

Eryngium fontanum A.E. Holland & E.J. Thompson,

(Apiaceae), a new species from Central Queensland

Ailsa E. Holland & E. John Thompson

Summary

Holland, A.E, & Thompson, E.J. (1994). Eryngium fontanum A.E.Holland & E.J.Thompson

(Apiaceae), a new species from Central Queensland. Austrobaileya 4(2): 155-158. E. fontanum is

described and illustrated. A conservation status of 2V is recommended. A key to the Queensland

species of Eryngium L. is given.

Keywords: Apiaceae, Eryngium - Queensland, Eryngium fontanum.

Ailsa £. Holland & E.John Thompson, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Old

4068, Australia

Introduction

There are approximately 230 species of

Eryngium L. occurring tn tropical and temper-

ate parts of the world, mainly in Europe and the

Americas, 12 species in Australia. The new

species described here was first collected by the

second author during The Desert Uplands Veg-

etation Survey in 1992. The mound springs,

where this species occurs, were of particular

interest from an ecological and conservation

point of view. A recently described species of

grass, Sporobolus pamelae (Simon 1992), also

occurs on these mound springs. Photographs of

the habitat are included in Simon’s paper.

Taxonomy

Eryngium fontanum A.E.Holland & EJ.

Thompson, sp. nov., E. plantagineo

F.Muell. affinis, sed foliis omnibus

integris, teretibus, cavibus et septatibus

non dimorphis, bracteis infernis folia

similibus, integris et parvioribus (3—15

mm longis) et bracteis involucralibus

parvioribus ( 3-6 mm longis) differt.

Typus: Queensland. SoutH KENNEDY

District: Mound springs south of

Doongmabulla Homestead, 1 April 1992,

EJ. Thompson GAL 27 & B.K. Simon

(holo: BRI).

Erect, glabrous, herbaceous perennial to 1 m

high. Roots fibrous. Leaves basal, rosulate,

Accepted for publication 20 March 1994

sessile, erect, terete, to 40 cm long, 2-4 mm

wide, entire, hollow and distantly septate, taper-

ing to a fine point at apex, deep green. Inflores-

cences scapose, trichotomously paniculate;

branches each subtended by a pair of leaf-like

bracts. Inflorescence bracts (subtending inflor-

escence branches) opposite, sessile, narrowly

triangular, subequal, 3-15 mm long, 1-2 mm

wide, entire, with 3—7 longitudinal veins, pun-

gent pointed at apex. Flowers sessile in terminal

capitula; unit peduncles (subtending capitula)

4—7 cm long; capitula ovoid to conical, 6-9 mm

long, 6-8 mm wide. Involucral bracts (subtend-

ing capitula) 5 large, and several smaller ones,

triangular, 3-6 mm long, 1.5—2 mm wide; mar-

gins hyaline at base; apex pungent pointed;

veins 3—5. Inner bracts (subtending individual

flowers) ovate, 1.5—3.0 mm long, 1—3 mm wide,

not exceeding flowers; margins hyaline; apex

pungent pointed; veins 1. Uppermost bracts (at

apex of capitula) similar to inner bracts, 2-3 mm

long. Sepals ovate, 1.6—2 mm long, 0.7-1 mm

wide, pointed at apex, persistent. Petals obovate,

0.8—1 mm long with upper part inflexed and

equalling lower part, fimbriate at apex, white

tinged blue. Styles c. 1.5 mm long, extending

beyond sepals. Fruit obovoid, 1.7—2 mm long,

I—1.3 mm wide; testa with 10 faint ribs, dark

brown, completely covered with inflated white

scales; scales lanceolate, 1-2 mm long, tapered

to a blunt point at apex, smooth. Fig. 1.

Other specimens examined: Queensland: SourHaK eENNEDY

District: Mound springs S of Doongmabulla Homestead,

Mar 1993, #./. Thompson GAL 152 & R. Henderson (AD,

BRI).

156

Va BQ),

a aN

\ a hy)

Sie

Ws WOK j

Fa Se ZX y 7

ene

SAS ET at a

‘an

= x ne

CSS LA

Austrobaileya 4(2): 155-158 (1994)

Fig. L. Eryngium fontanum. A. habit x 0.33. B. inflorescence branches, bracts and unit peduncles x 0.5. C. flower head x

4. D. inner bract x 12. E. petal, side and back view x 24. F. fruit with persistent calyx and inflated scales x 12. A-F. Drawn

from cultivated material from seed collected at the type locality on 1 Apr. 1992,

fp yUspatn ieee ens nents ee A SEIU ISS RAW Sit A i OE BE LA LE EE eee

Holland & Thompson, Aryngium fontanum

Distribution and habitat: E. fontanum is known

only from the type locality on Doongmabulla

station in central Queensland. It occurs in

shallow permanent ponded water to c. 10 cm

deep, within a grassland, predominantly of

Sporobolus pamelae, on sandy flats. This

emanates from several smali mound springs

believed to be connected to the Great Artesian

Basin (Habermehl 1982, Ponder 1986). The

total area of springs and surrounding grassland

at this site is about | ha.

Phenology: Plants flower from December to

April.

Conservation status: A recommended conser-

vation status for this species is 2V using the

criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1988). The popu-

lation at the type locality contains about 200

plants but the species was not found in any

similar sites in the area. The most immediate

threat to this species is from cattle grazing and

trampling. Depletion of the Great Artesian

Basin is also a potential long-term threat.

137

Etymology: The epithet fontanus is derived

from the latin fons, a spring, referring to the

habitat of the species in and around springs.

Notes: E. fontanum has flowers and fruits

similar to those of E. plantagineum F.Muell. It

differs from that species in the much smaller

involucral bracts and much smaller, entire inflor-

escence bracts (see key for dimensions), It

does not show the heterophylly typical of

FE. vesiculosum Labill. as discussed by Webb

(1984), and which has been observed in

E. plantagineum. The leaves of FE. fontanum

resemble the ‘winter’ leaves of E. plantagineum

but without the pungent pointed lobes or teeth

at the apex. Leaves similar to the ‘summer’

leaves of E. plantagineum have never been

produced in plants of E. fontanum during nearly

two years of culture and have not been observed

on plants in the field. The plants were grown

from seed and flowered freely after two years

growth.

Key to Species of Eryngium in Queensland

1. Flower heads 3-6 mm long, with fewer than 8 flowers; inflorescence bracts

less than 2 cm long, deeply 3-lobed, or nearly orbicular, the lobes with

3—S PUMNBENE TEST: . co.cc eece areca ce el lave

Flower heads more than 6 mm long, with at least 10 flowers; inflorescence

bracts 0.7—7 cm long, linear, triangular or oblanceolate, dentate, entire

Ondrvided Into DUN GENT IODES 205 een dave oe pees eee he ee ne WE ee ct ha OTN 2.

2. Plants prostrate or decumbent; flower heads sessile or with a unit peduncle |

IA DICHIIORO’, a 5 a sslinaveteh + fh lh et Ree Wied Soe Mt ueh hee PPM soe 8 ay Seyk uly he Pose E poe Mey Wee a 3.

Plants erect; flower heads with unit peduncles 1-8 cm long .......... 0.00. c ee eee 4,

3. Leaves all flat, obovate or oblanceolate, coarsely dentate, without a distinct

petiole; flower heads hemispherical or ovoid; scales on mericarps short

PTC ATE ec. ae ctevn 1a oh alata da hee alath ale Pahl and

AS ae ee Gil teat ute aise E. vesiculosum

Leaves either flat, obovate and 3—5 lobed with a long petiole, or terete and

septate; flower heads cylindrical; scales on mericarps long, acuminate ...... EK. supinum

4. Inflorescence bracts (subtending branches) 4—7 cm long, dentate or

deeply divided; leaves either terete and septate with a few pungent teeth,

or flat with pungent teeth; involucral bracts (subtending capitula)

18-30 mm long... ...... 00.0.0 ce eae

ES cai diaiac nae aoe tare a hea aks EK. plantagineum

Inflorescence bracts 0.3—1.5 cm long, entire; leaves all terete and septate,

without any teeth or lobes; involucral bracts 3-6 mm long .............. E. fontanum

158

Acknowledgments.

We wish to thank the Director of MEL for the

loan of type material of EF. plantagineum and

Ei. expansum, and Bryan Simon and Rod

Henderson for assistance with field work. Will

Smith produced the line drawings.

References.

Bricas, J.D. & Lercu, J.H, (1988). Rare and Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Austral-

jan National Parks and Wildlife Service Special

Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 155-158 (1994)

HEBERMEHL, M.A. (1982). Springs in the Great Artesian

Basin, Australia- their origin and nature.Canberra,

Bureau of Mineral Resources, Australia, Report

235.

Ponper, W.F. (1986). Mound Springs of the Great Artesian

Basin. In P.De Decker & W.D. Williams (eds),

Limnology in Australia, pp 403-420. Melbourne:

CSIRO & Dordrecht: W.Junk.

Simon, B.K. (1992). Studies in Australian grasses, 7. Four

new species of Sporobolus R.Br. (Poaceae,

Chloridoideae, Sporoboleae) from Australia.

Austrobaileya 4:57-66.

Wess, C.J., (1984). Heterophylly in Eryngium vesiculosum

(Umbelliferae), New Zealand Journal of Botany22:

29-33.

Ten new species of Plectranthus L’ Her. (Lamiaceae) from

Queensland

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul I. (1994). Ten new species of Plectranthus L’Her. (Lamiaceae) from Queensland.

Austrobaileya 4: 159-186. Plectranthus actites, P. apricus, P. cyanophyllus, P. dumicola, P. excelsus,

P. glabriflorus, P. habrophyllus, P. leiperi, P. megadontus and P. pulchellus are described as new

species. All species are illustrated and notes on their distribution, habitat, affinities and conservation

status are provided. A key to the species of Plectranthus in Queensland is presented.

Key words: Plectranthus—Queensland, Australia; Plectranthus actites, Plectranthus apricus, Plectranthus

cyanophyllus, Plectranthus dumicola, Plectranthus excelsus, Plectranthus glabriflorus, Plectranthus

habrophyllus, Plectranthus leiperi, Plectranthus megadontus, Plectranthus pulchellus.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

Fieldwork in remote and local areas of Queens-

land has resulted in the discovery of ten

new species of Plectranthus additional to

those already known for the state (Blake 1971,

Forster 1991, 1992b,c). These new species are

described and illustrated in this paper.

The cumulative discovery of so many new

species subsequent to a major revision (Blake

1971)can be attributed to several factors. Firstly,

many of the new species have been found in

previously unexplored areas, e.g. P. actites,

P. arenicola, P. cyanophyllus, P. leiperi,

P, minutus and P. pulchellus. Secondly, many

occur in areas where botanical exploration has

occurred, but where attention has been mainly

directed towards documentation of rainforest

trees and shrubs, e.g. P. dumicola, P. excelsus,

P. glabriflorus, P. graniticola, P. megadontus,

P. nitidus, P. omissus and P. torrenticola.

Thirdly, some of the species have been col-

lected previously but misidentified, e.g.

P. habrophyllus or noted but subsequently ne-

glected, e.g. P. blakei.

Speciation in Australian Plectranthus has

occurred on rocky substrates such as clifflines

and pavements on a wide variety of rock types,

e.g. basalt, sandstone, rhyolite, trachyte, meta-

morphics, and many populations are highly

Accepted for publication 15 April 1994

disjunct or locally isolated from others. Most

Australian Plectranthus species will flower

within one year from seed, thus creating the

potential for a large number of generations ina

given habitat. This enables relatively rapid

speciation once genetic changes such as

mutations occur. There may be few barriers to

cross-fertilisation as hybrids are common in

cultivation, yet Ihave found them to be very rare

in habitat and do not consider them an important

factor in the establishment of neospecies. The

genus has at least 30 species in Queensland, and

it is likely that this will rise to somewhere

between 35 and 40 species with subsequent

discoveries or revision of species complexes.

The currently recognised Queensland

species may be placed in five informal (artifi-

cial) groups on the basis of habit and inflores-

cence structure. Further subdivision of the

largest group, Group 5 is possible in several

ways (e.g. sessile gland type, root form of

seedling derived plants (data still incomplete

for some taxa) and indumentum colour,

orientation and composition; however, this is

left in abeyance pending investigation of other

non-morphological features of the Australian

taxa.

Group 1. Perennial subshrubs; inflorescences

branched 1—5 times near base; cymes pedun-

culate; inflorescence bracts not forming a con-

spicuous coma.

Included species: scutellarioides (L.) R.Br.

160

Group 2. Small perennial herbs with rounded

tubers; inflorescences branched 1—5 times near

base; cymes sessile; inflorescence bracts not

forming a conspicuous coma.

Included species: glabriflorus P.I.Forst.,

parviflorus Willd.

Group 3. Annual subshrubs; inflorescences

branched one to many times above base; cymes

sessile; inflorescence bracts forming a con-

spicuous woolly coma.

Included species: congestus Benth.

Group 4. Perennial subshrubs or shrubs; inflor-

escences branched one to many times above

base; cymes sessile; inflorescence bracts form-

ing a conspicuous woolly coma.

Included species: foetidus R.Br., spectabilis

S.T. Blake.

Group 5, Perennial subshrubs or shrubs; inflor-

escences branched I—7 times near base; cymes

sessile; inflorescence bracts not forming a

conspicuous woolly coma.

Included species: alloplectus S.T.Blake,

amicorum S.T.Blake, apreptus S.T.Blake,

apricus P.I.Forst., argentatus S.T.Blake, blakei

P.[.Forst., graniticola P.J.Forst., gratus

S.T.Blake, graveolens R.Br., dumicola

P.J.Forst., habrophyllus P.1.Forst., leiperi

P.J.Forst., megadontus P.{.Forst., minutus

P.L.Forst., mirus S.T.Blake, nitidus P.I.Forst.,

omissus P.J.Forst., pulchellus P.1.Forst.,

suaveolens S.T.Blake, torrenticola P.I.Forst.

Taxonomy

Austrobaileya 4(2): 159-186 (1994)

Group 6. Perennial subshrubs or shrubs; inflor-

escences branched 1~7 times near base; cymes

sessile; inflorescence bracts forming a con-

spicuous, but non-woolly coma.

Included species: actites P.I.Forst., diversus

S.T.Blake, excelsus P.I.Forst.

Materials and Methods

This study is primarily based on recent collec-

tions at BRI and QRS and a large collection of

field collected plants maintained in Brisbane.

All ofthe new species have been described from

fresh or spirit material and all have been grown

under similar conditions of cultivation. A key to

the species of the genus in Queensland is pre-

sented to enable identification and supersedes

my previous one (Forster 1992c). I have also

included P. scutellarioides in the new key. This

plant has been previously listed under

Solenostemon (Forster 1994), and differs from

other Australian species of Plectranthus inthe

pedunculate cymes.

A coma 1s defined as where the bracts of

the inflorescence do not abscise until after or

during flower production (e.g. Fig. 1E). In

some species this coma may comprise many

overlapping and densely hairy bracts that

coalesce to form one woolly mass, thus giving

the inflorescences of species with this feature a

most distinctive appearance. This results in the

individual flowers all occurring in one ‘head’ of

verticillasters, rather than the verticillasters

being well-spaced on the inflorescence branch.

Conservation codings follow the termi-

nology of Briggs & Leigh (1988).

Key to species of Plectranthus in Queensland

Notes: This key works most effectively with fresh material. Hybrids are not accounted for.

L,. Cymes peduncuilate ... cee eg ete eee

SPIES SENG roared saveer'y denne ca SeSeeie cron atk ay euces

2. Stems, branches, floral axes and the lower surface of the leaves with

divaricate to retrorse, non-glandular trichomes.........0.. 0.0.00 ccc eee eee eens 3

Stems, branches, floral axes and the lower surface of the leaves with

antrorse, non-glandular trichomes.......

Forster, New Queensland Plectranthus 16}

3. Leaf lamina with 9-34 teeth on each margin... ... ec cee tee eens 4

Leaf lamina with 4-10 teeth on cach margin. ....... ccc ee ee .. 16

4. Stems and/or lower leaf surfaces with dense glandular trichomes in addition

to: the non-elandulat Wichomes oa ec. 2.k po we deh eo Red a ey ek be eS wad eared ss 5

Stems and lower leaf surfaces lacking or with only scattered a

glandular trichomes in addition to the non-glandular trichomes ...............0005 ial

5. Lobes of fruiting calyx shorter than tube; lateral lobes 1.5—2 times as long

as wide; lower lobes 2.5—4 times as long as wide.......... cc ccc eee eee ee ene 6

Lobes of fruiting calyx same length as tube or longer; lateral lobes 2.5—4

times as long as wide; lower lobes 4—5 times as long as wide.............. eres een 9

6. Calyx in flower 2.33.3 mm long; upper lobe of fruiting calyx narrower than

LOTE 5 i.e sts hd ae PETES « vaabna ie lie ea ene a Pe Bk lived 16 GPG Cred ch bn ee aR 7

Calyx in flower 1.6—2.3 mm long; upper lobe of fruiting calyx wider than ©

BOTT Teele 6 idee te atthe 18 ce Oe cg acd, Fd Seth: Aes fears teat DIET ae Si Me AL 98 OES Paes aks ea 10

7. Plant completely lacking coloured sessile glands ........ 0... ccc ccc eee P. leiperi

Plant with coloured sessile glands, if only on the corolla .............0..00005. de epg Ae) 8

8. Shrub 1-3 m high; foliage fleshy, clammy, lacking sessile glands ..... tet anita P. excelsus

Subshrub to 50 cm high; foliage succulent, not clammy, with sessile |

EDEL SY A vo-acny fase Sesto in ans Pat ease Rete ES aso SEL SAE nad" Grist eck He geah Wap Seek enesiGne we the 3 P. diversus

9. Trichomes silver; verticillasters 10—12-flowered; corolla 9.8-12.2 mm |

LOWES E55 ote to a hada oleae cot etre ye ta AGH tae ade PO AM al electra aR Ate P. torrenticola

Trichomes uncoloured; verticillasters 12—15-flowered; corolla 7.8—9 mm

POTS ar ctaiycd. ot wetcetecce akties Wr'ssian d Nebv'a Wk R EN ieee verte Wa iets Shiau e kis P. graveolens

10. Stems and leaves lacking sessile glands; leaf lamina with 7-15 teeth on each

matgin; racemes ‘sparsely Howered. 64. cia ee ed ee ee Re dae P. mirus

Stems and leaves with sessile glands; leaf lamina with 12-34 édetirs on each

margin; racemes densely flowered... ... ce ee eee eens P. foetidus

11. Stems and leaves lacking sessile glands 1.0.0... 0... c cece ee ees P. amboinicus

Stems and leaves with sessile glands. ...... 00... cue eee Sela Saket eisdeowiicome iain Att 12

12. Leaf lamina 2—2.5 times as long as wide; petiole 0.1—0.2 times as long as

PARPEIING ay 4 gota gee aod coceue gel Ate arg, Che eden edb det avec ace backs SOR we estas oe P. alloplectus

Leaf lamina 1—2 times as long as wide; petiole 0.2—0.5 times as long as

PALNUSE: . siersrets sg be RUS Ee acer Ane teh, Aa i LPO ba bad Chee Rea ee eble ese SA 13

PS Sessilé plauds A=Ceuler. «coca ace he a0tF owe Mae sh sya eae) Gee dna gh ash pee Speed ea vecs LA

DESSHE OIINUS OHOR MEU Y 4 Gbshs nce ai afd loa Ha % beach 0h aye ap ee vy Seta la Mamata ates abn 15

14. Verticillasters 14-16-flowered 1.0.0... 0. cece eee ees P. graniticola

Verticillasters:6=[0-MOWeEreG on sees sabe ere hd 16 bbw Oe Bee Sars P. argentatus

15. Leaf lamina with 7—12 teeth on each margin, verticillasters c. 10-flowered

Ochs Pianta Sod Sata hog ESE OF, Hinertye Whee bane ol ancien aed agli oh, A ese fora tor arr aye erect sce . P. amicorum

Leaf lamina with 12—28 teeth on each margin, verticillasters 14—16-

TOWEL SC: Be TS cacti arate Raper daeh eSecinene ceeds nt Danek: hee Mets: ele ONE P. omissus

16, Stems 1ackine @ EIBErOUS DASE. olga nec aap etd aca ks ae oe ccd eb he BH ghee Medi abel a ace abe 17

Stems with a pronounced tuberous base ....... 0... ccc eee eee eee een 19

162 Austrobaileya 4(2): 159-186 (1994)

17. Stems rounded in cross-section 2.0... 0. cee eee eee eee ee tees P. actites

STEMS SGUAIE INCTOSS-SECHON cc a cana ces erie pale eee Vite eee SUE Awe Mee ae eS 18

18. Live foliage silver; corolla> 9mm long ...............0.. ved 3 GEA DN oa! ee 2A a P. suaveolens

Live foliage green; corolla<9 mm long ............ cece ee eee P. habrophyllus

19. Inflorescence axis with dense sessile glands; corolla with trichomes and

SESSUE ONS inate ae. Wretann ration olan ate giee Sanaa hrnde eared pea ews P. parviflorus

Inflorescence without sessile glands; corolla glabrous ...............45. P. glabriflorus

20. Leaf lamina serrate in upper half only .....0. 0.0.0. ccc cee cc eee eee eee P. minutus

Leal lamina serrate for entire lenetits«.o.< scen eee as hs Rs do Rds de be a sok dep alee 21

21.Subshrubs or shrubs to 1.5 m high; inflorescences with 1-5 branches from

neat the base; NOt WOOIIY COMOSE 0:5 5 pce ec rrr Fb ak eT eee ele ans 22

Shrubs 1—2 m high; inflorescences with up to 11 branches from well above

tS DASE, WOGHY: COMOSE jc ce sey gone at arene Sowa e GheGen hg te ates gue ad Raia ate ee a 31

22. Leaf lamina with 3-6 teeth on each margin ...... ccc eee P. arenicola

Leaf lamina with 6-23 teeth on cach margin ...... eee cee eee tes 23

23, Leaf trichomes drying yellow; corolla 13-16 mm Jong ......... 0.0.0.0... 00a. P. blakei

Leaf trichomes drying uncoloured; corolla 7-12 mm long.............0 00.0 ee eee 24

24; Stems With SESSte Planads> oo aca. ys eo gi sdiel peel We pele od Rls wm NE UFR RB on alee S Be taeda tay 25

Stems lackme:sessile Plands .aned-co nk peed bb iyi dre’ otra aged HOLE Hae Rae ee ee 28

25, Live foliage blue-silver; inflorescence axis without glandular trichomes... P. cyanophyllus

Live foliage green; inflorescence axis with glandular trichomes ...................

20-b-OfOlla Gbe SHIT TOME: ye six iy aeissin ac aity Mcalee al acelin BS oe ee ng Baba alOal ee P. apricus

Corolla Tube KS MW POTD, «2 x ons teu ek Lea Sonate ede a ata wne ence og of ay etal aka« Gale ee Wey eee 21

27. Foliage fleshy; leaf petiole 1-2 mm wide; leaf lamina teeth 6—9 on each

margin, each tooth 4-6 mm long... ... eee eee ee P. megadontus

Foliage succulent; leaf petiole 4—4.5 mm wide; leaf lamina teeth 12-18 on

each margin, each tooth 2-3 mm long........ ce eee P. gratus

28. Stems, leaves and racemes lacking glandular trichomes.................0005 P. nitidus

Stems, leaves and racemes with glandular trichomes ......... 0.00. ccc cue ee een 29

29. Subshrub to 1 m high; stems, leaves and racemes with dense glandular

ALICHOMISS > fa Feat eres Dark on ome ceue’s oie eae ute k Ove aeehebecentes at ata BA P. dumicola

Small herbs 40 cm high; stems, leaves and racemes with scattered glandular

PL IETOTNIESIS serge oe Piaete ygtoete aia, othe ie aebleag sone ease ae ciate us mie gete ast needa ee Netra ane 30

30. Leaf undersurface without glandular trichomes and without sessile glands;

fruiting calyx 3-4.6 mm long ... 0... cc tee eens P. pulchellus

Leaf undersurface with glandular vache and with sessile glands;

fruiting calyx 4.5-5.5 mm long... 0... . ce eee P. apreptus

31, Calyx 1.8-2.7 mm long in flower, 3.5—4.5 mm long in fruit; verticillasters

PDE GATOR ORC ions ee ate Saw: OSES ez eteen Eee seca ayn etn Poe ae aeiteemetha erie ees ee P. spectabilis

Calyx 1—1.6 mm long in flower, 2—3.2 mm long in fruit; verticillasters 20—

ATO VOLO, FM oscseurpi act agin taste aien Faehe td Rease atte eleca io eeed picak eo tre Ri ar deen aca P. congestus

oa eed Ue pees nerdcee Weadlner dd dd Coa a tae i Lived ae fl

Forster, New Queensland Plectranthus

1. Plectranthus actites P.I. Forst., sp. nov.

affinis P. graveolenti Benth. a qua habitu

valde decumbenti, tereticaulibus, et foliis

valde succulentis caulium apicem versus

fasciculatis differt. Typus: Queensland.

LEICHHARDT District: Anvil Peak,

Hodgson Range, NE of Clermont, 24 Aug

1990, P.L Forster 7255 (holo: BRI [1

sheet + spirit]).

Subshrub to 60 cm high but generally decum-

bent and pendulous to 150 cm in length; foliage

strongly aromatic; non-glandular and glandular

trichomes uncoloured, sessile glands 8-celled

andred. Stems rounded, the lower parts woody

and up to 15 mm thick, seedling derived stems

lacking a tuberous base; upper parts with dense,

divaricate 8—10-celled non-glandular trichomes

to 2 mm long, without glandular trichomes and

with scattered sessile glands. Leaves discolorous,

petiolate; petiole 3—8 mm long, 2—2.5 mm wide,

with sparse, divaricate 6—10-celled non-glan-

dular trichomes to 1.5 mm long, with sparse

glandular trichomes to 0.5 mm long and with

scattered sessile glands; lamina broadly-ovate,

succulent, 15-40 mm long, 10-32 mm wide,

serrate with 7 or 8 teeth on each margin, but no

secondary teeth; upper surface green, veins

impressed, with dense, antrorse 8—10-celled

non- glandular trichomes to 2.5 mm long, with

dense glandular trichomes to 0.5 mm long and

without sessile glands; lower surface silver-

green, veins raised, with dense divaricate to

antrorse, 6—10-celled non-glandular trichomes

to 0.8 mm long, with dense glandular trichomes

to 0.4mm long and with scattered sessile glands.

Inflorescence up to 10 cm long, comprising 1

pedunculate branch 4—10 cm long; verticillasters

10-flowered, 5-13 mm apart; cymes sessile;

axis square in cross-section, with divaricate,

scattered 8—10-celled non-glandular trichomes

to 0.8 mm long, with dense glandular trichomes

to 0.4mm long and with scattered sessile glands;

bracts deltoid, 44.5 mm long, 5--5.5 mm wide,

forming a coma, with dense, divaricate 8—10-

celled non-glandular trichomes to 1.2 mm long,

with scattered glandular trichomes to 0.5 mm

long and with scattered sessile glands; pedicels

c. 2 mm long and 0.2 mm diameter, with

divaricate, sparse 4—6-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 0.2 mim long, with dense glandular

trichomes to 0.1 mm long and without sessile

163

glands. Flowering calyx 1.7-2 mm long, with

dense, divaricate 4—8-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 0.5 mm long, with dense glandular

trichomes to 0.2 mm long and with sparse

sessile glands. Fruiting calyx 3.5—4 mm long,

with scattered 4—8-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 0.5 mm long, with scattered glan-

dulartrichomesto 0.2 mm long and with sparse

sessile glands; upper lobe broadly ovate,

1.8-2 mm long, 1.8—2 mm wide; lateral lobes

triangular, c. 1.5mm long, 1—1.2 mm wide;

lower lobes lanceolate-falcate, 1.7—2 mm long,

Q.7—0.9 mm wide. Corolla 10-11 mm long, pur-

ple; tube 5.6-6 mm long, abruptly curved at

110—120°2—2.2 mm from base, slightly inflated

upwards, glabrous apart from scattered,

divaricate 2-celled non-glandular trichomes to

0.2mm long; upper lobes semi-circular, c.2 mm

long and 2 mm wide, with scattered 2-4-celled

non-glandular trichomes to 0.4 mm long, with

scattered glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long

and with scattered sessile glands; lateral lobes

oblong, c. 2 mm long and 1 mm wide, glabrous;

lower lobe broadly ovate, 5—5.3 mm long,

4.8-5 mm wide, with sparse non-glandular

trichomes to 0.4 mm long, without glandular

trichomes and with scattered sessile glands.

Filaments filiform, 7-8 mm long, purple, fused

for c. 4mm from base; anthers c. 0.6 mm long

and 0.4 mm wide. Style filiform, 7-8 mm long,

purple. Nutlets + circular in outline, + flattened,

0.8—0.9mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm wide, c. 0.4mm

thick, glossy brown; surface smooth. Fig. 1.

Distribution and habitat: P. actites is known

only from the type locality at Anvil Peak (Lords

Table Mountain) in central Queensland. Anvil

Peak is an isolated trachyte peak and no similar

habitats are in close proximity. P. actites grows

at c. 500 m altitude as a lithophyte on the

trachyte cliffs of the peak in association with

Ficus platypoda. No other species of Plectran-

thus were observed in the habitat.

Notes: P. actites is a highly succulent species

that appears well adapted to the severe

habitat conditions where it occurs. While many

Australian species of Plectranthus occur on

clifflines and rock outcrops, the branches tend

to sprawl or straggle over edges, P. actites has

a definite decumbent habit. This. decumbent

habit is commonto many cliff dwelling

164 Austrobaileya 4(2): 159-186 (1994)

te 73° se

‘it =

Pied ais

egy ite '

at ote

st" 49

4 +

+i,

} *

austria

“1

i] i }

pa hay*

want

wake tet Canal

ee Piel

'y Ne as

Ts"

Lae A

cent _-

fyrryd

ff toy

wa hit MA. - =|

oe * -t« ~

fs CS TES eee 5

f fr. a 4 44 a i

A t* 2 rdiii leat

Vece * svcteg

ia *

if %

Fig. 1. Plectranthus actites. A. mature flowering stem x 0.6. B. portion of stem showing rounded form x 2. C. leaf lamina

viewed from above * 2. D, leaf lamina viewed from below x 2. E. upper portion of inflorescence x 2. F. flower viewed from

side x 4, G, flower viewed from front x 4. H. fruiting calyx viewed from side x 4. All from live material of Forster 7255.

Del. W. Smith.

Forster, New Queensland Plectranthus

succulents, particularly amongst members of

the Crassulaceae and Cactaceae in other parts of

the World such as southern Africa and Mexico

but is rarely encountered in Australia.

P. actites has inflorescences that are non-

woolly comose, a feature that is shared with

P. excelsus and P. diversus. P. actites is greatly

disjunct to these species and does not appear

closely related on other features. This new

species appears to bealliedto P. graveolens but

differs from that species in the usually decum-

bent habit, the highly succulent leaves that are

closely clustered towards the stem tips and the

rounded stems in cross-section. In comparison

P. graveolens is erect, has fleshy leaves that are

widely spaced on the stems and has square

stems In cross-section.

Conservation status: The type locality is with-

in a declared National Park and there are no

immediate threats to the cliff habitat. The

suggested conservation coding is IRC.

Etymology: The specific epithet is from the

Greek actites (a watcher) and alludes to the

plants’ habitat high above the surrounding

countryside.

2. Plectranthus apricus P.I. Forst., sp. nov.

affinis P. grato S.T. Blake a qua habitu

fruticoso lignoso ramosissimo usque 1.5

m alto, foliis carnosis non odoris, et

corollae tubo longiore (6— 6.8 mm longis)

differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook Dis-

TRIcT: Turtle Rock area, Laura sandstone

escarpment, 22 Jan 1993, P.f. Forster

12831 & A.R. Bean (holo: BRI [2 sheets

+ spirit]; iso: K, MEL, QRS distribuendi).

Subshrub to 1.5 m high; foliage with very slight

sweet scent; non-glandular and glandular

trichomes uncoloured, sessile glands 8-celled

and orange. Stems square, erect or rarely

straggling, the lower parts woody and up to.

5 cm thick; seedling derived stems lacking a

tuberous base; upper parts with sparse, antrorse,

6-8-celled non glandular trichomes to 1 mm

long, without glandular trichomes and with dense

sessile glands. Leaves discolorous, petiolate;

petiole 3-20 mm long, 1—-1.4 mm wide with

Sparse, antrorse, 4—6-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 0.6 mm long, without glandular

165

trichomes and with dense sessile glands; lamina

ovate to broadly ovate, fleshy, 15—50 mm long,

8—35 mm wide, serrate with 6—11 teeth on each

margin and with | or more secondary teeth;

upper surface green, veins impressed, with

sparse, antrorse, 6—8-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 1 mm long, without glandular

trichomes and with scattered sesssile glands;

lower surface silver-green, veins raised, with

dense, antrorse, 6—8-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 0.6 mm long, without glandular

trichomes and with dense sessile glands.

Inflorescence up to 20 cm long, comprising

1—3-pedunculate branches near the base, each

branch 7-18 cm long; verticillasters 10—

12-flowered, 6-13 mm apart; cymes sessile;

axis square in cross-section with sparse,

antrorse, 2—4-celled non-glandular trichomes

to 0.5mm long, with scattered glandular

trichomes to 0.2 mm long and with scattered

sessile glands; bracts narrowly ovate,

1.4-1.6 mm long, 0.5—-0.6 mm wide, not

forming a coma, with scattered 2-4-celled non-

glandular trichomes to 0.4 mm long, without

glandular trichomes and without sessile glands;

pedicels 3-4 mm long, c.0.2 mm diameter, with

sparse, antrorse 2—4-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 0.2 mm long, with sparse glandular

trichomes to 0.2 mm long and without or with

only widely scattered sessile glands. Flowering

calyx 2.5—2.8 mm long, with sparse, antrorse,

2—4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.4 mm

long, without glandular trichomes and with dense

sessile glands. Fruiting calyx 4.2-4.5 mm long,

with sparse, 2—4-celled non-glandular trichomes

to 0.2 mm long, without glandular trichomes

and with sparse sessile glands; upper lobe broadly

ovate, 2.5-2.7 mm long, 2—2.2 mm wide; lateral

lobes lanceolate, 2.5—2.6 mm long, c. 0.8 mm

wide; lower lobes lanceolate-falcate,

2.6—2.7 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide. Corolla

10-12 mm long, pale-lilac although mainly

cream towards base; tube 6—6.8 mm long,

abruptly curved at c. 90° 2,5—-3 mm from base,

slightly inflated, + glabrous apart from an occa-

sional divaricate, 2—-4-celled non-glandular

trichome; upper lobes subcircular, 1.8—2 mm

long, 2—2.2 mm wide, with scattered, divaricate,

2—4-celled non-glandular trichomes, without

glandular trichomes and with sparse sessile

glands; lateral lobes oblong, c. 0.8 mm long and

0.2 mm wide, glabrous; lower lobe broadly

166

ovate, 5—5.4 mm long, 4.3-4.7 mm wide, with

scattered, divaricate to antrorse, 2—4-cellednon-

glandular trichomes to 0.4 mm long, often lop-

sided. Filaments filiform, 6—7 mm long, fused

for c. 3 mm at base, cream; anthers c. 0.4 mm

long and 0.3 mm wide. Style filiform, 6-8 mm

long, lilac-cream. Nutlets subcircular in out-

line, + flattened, c. 0.8 mm long, 0.6 mm wide

and 0.5 mm thick, glossy black-brown, surface

smooth. Fig. 2.

Specimens examined: Queensland, Coox Districr: Laura

sandstone area N of Laura River near Early Man Site, May

1975, Byrnes 3329 (BRI, QRS).

Distribution and- habitat: P. apricus is known

fromthe Laurasandstoneescarpmenton south-

ern Cape York Peninsula. Plants grow in sunny

situations in shallow, skeletal soils on sand-

stone pavements and clifflines in association

with plants such as Calytrix leptophylla,

Grevillea pteridiifolia, Lepto-spermum

brachyandrum and Acacia humifusa. No other

species of Plectranthus were observed at this

locality.

Notes: P. apricus was first collected by Norm

Byrnes in 1975 during his pioneering survey of

the Laura sandstones; however, his specimen

was distributed as P. parviflorus. At 1.5 m in

height, P. apricus is one of the tallest of the

Australian Plectranthus species and appears

closely allied to P. gratus from which it differs

in being a much-branched woody shrub fo

1.5 m high, with + scentless fleshy leaves and a

long corolla tube (6—6.8 mm long). P. gratus is

a small subshrub to 50 cm high with strongly

scented succulent leaves and a short corolla

tube (3.84 mm long).

Conservation status: The Laura sandstones are

well known as an area of endemics, Other

locally restricted species occurring within the

general area of collection of the type of

P, apricus include Hibbertia laurana and

Homoranthus tropicus.

When the type collection was made, plants

of P. apricus were uncommon with no more

than 20 adults seen, although seedlings were

quite numerous. The area is poorly explored

and it is probable that further populations exist

of this species. At this stage, a suggested

conservation coding is 2K.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 159-186 (1994)

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Latin apricus (sunny) and refers to this

species occurring in sunny spots at the type

locality.

3. Plectranthus cyanophyllus P.I. Forst., sp.

nov. affinis P. aprico P.I. Forster a qua

foliis caestis, axe inflorescentiae etrichom-

atibus glandulosis, et calyce floris longiore

(plus quam 3 mm longo) differt. Typus:

Queensland. NorTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

Mt Abbot, 50 km W of Bowen, 27 Oct

1992, A.R. Bean 5188 (holo: BRI! [2

sheets + spirit]; iso: K!, MEL!, QRS!

distribuend1).

Subshrub to 50 cm high, foliage with slightly

sweet scent; non-glandular and glandular

trichomes uncoloured, sessile glands 8-celled

and red, Stems square, erect to straggling, the

lower parts woody and up to 12 mm thick,

seedling derived stems lacking a tuberous base;

upper parts with dense antrorse 6—10-celled

non-glandular trichomes to 0.5 mm long, with-

out glandular trichomes and with scattered

sessile glands. Leaves concolorous, silver,

petiolate; petiole 3-15 mm long, 1.5—2 mm

wide, with dense antrorse 6—10-celled non-

glandular trichomes to 0.8 mm long, with

scattered glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long

and scattered sessile glands; lamina broadly

ovate, tleshy, 7-40 mm long, 8-32 mm wide,

serrate with 6-9 teeth on each margin and

occasionally with | or more secondary teeth;

upper surface with veins impressed and with

dense, antrorse 6-10-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 2 mm long, without glandular

trichomes and with scattered sessile glands;

lower surface with veins raised, with dense,

antrorse 6—10-celled non-glandular trichomes

to 2 mm long, without glandular trichomes and

with sparse sessile glands. Inflorescence up to

10 cm long, comprising 1—3 pedunculate

branches from near the base, each branch

4—10 cm long; vertillasters 10—12-flowered,

8—l0 mm apart; cymes sessile; axis square in

cross-section with dense, antrorse 4—8-celled

non-glandular trichomes to 0.5 mm long, with-

out glandular trichomes and with scattered

sessile glands; bracts broadly ovate, 2.45—3 mm

long, 2—2.3 mm wide, not forming a coma, with

dense, antrorse 2— 4-celled non-glandular hairs

Forster, New Queensland Plectranthus | 167

4 Om ANE)

a ANA

si a ~ as ZW

fees Ben % } eS ZAKS By

DEE CISC ape

(| aR ESA EI EA

We iS SUR VA AAe

| N |

ach

[ee

Zee

LOS ee

tee

SNe

Fig. 2. Plectranthus apricus. A. apical portion of young flowering stem x 0.6. B. leaf lamina viewed from above x 1. C. leaf

lamina viewed from below x 1. D. verticillaster x 2. E. flower viewed from side x 4. F. flower viewed from front x 4. G. fruiting

calyx viewed from side x 4. All from live material of Forster 12831 & Bean, Del. W. Smith.

168

to 0.5 mm long, without glandular trichomes

and with sparse sessile glands; pedicels

2—2.4 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diameter, with sparse,

antrorse 24-cellednon- glandular trichomes to

0.2 mm long, without glandular trichomes and

with scattered sessile glands. Flowering calyx

3—3.4 mm long, with sparse to dense, antrorse

2-4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.5 mm

long, without glandular trichomes and with dense

sessile glands. Fruiting calyx 4.5—-4.8 mm long,

with sparse, 2-6-celled non-glandular trichomes

to 0.4 mm long, without glandular trichomes

and with sparse sessile glands; upper lobe broadly

ovate, |.7-1.8 mm long, 1.4-1.5 mm wide;

lateral lobes lanceolate, 1.8—2 mm, 0.70.8 mm

wide; lower lobes lanceolate-falcate, 2.7—3 mm

long, c. 0.5 mm wide. Corolla 9-10 mm long,

light-purple; tube 6—6.6 mm long, abruptly

curved at 80—90°2.5—2.7 mm from base, slightly

inflated upwards, glabrous apart from scattered

sessile glands at top; upper lobes subcircular, c.

1mm long and 1.5 mm wide, with scattered 2—-4-

celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long,

without glandular trichomes and with dense

sessile glands; lateral lobes oblong, 0.8—1 mm

long, c. 0.5 mm wide, glabrous apart from a few

scattered sessile glands; lower lobe oblongly

ovate, 44.5 mm long, 3—3.2 mm wide, with

scattered, antrorse 2—4-celled non- glandular

trichomes to 0.2 mm long, without glandular

trichomes and with scattered sessile glands.

Filaments filiform, 7-8 mm long, fused for c.

5 mm from bottom, purple; anthers c. 0.5 mm

long and 0.3 mm wide. Style filiform, 7-8 mm

long, purple. Nutlets + circular in outline, +

flattened, c. 0.8 mm long, 0.8 mm wide and 0.4

mm thick, glossy dark brown, surface smooth.

Fig, 3.

Specunmens examined: Queensland. NortH Kennepy Dts-

TricT: MtAbbot, 50 km W of Bowen, Aug 1992, Bean 4860

(BRI, QRS).

Distribution and habitat: Known only from Mt

Abbot in North Kennedy district where plants

grow on rock outcrops and pavements tn an

open woodland dominated by Acacia solandfri,

Eucalyptus shirleyiand Lophostemon confertus.

Other species of Plectranthus present on the

mountain are P. graveolens and P. congestus.

Notes: This plant was first found by Tony

Bean who endured heat, thirst and other hard-

Austrobaileya 4(2). 159-186 (1994)

ships on the remote slopes of Mt Abbot to

obtain both herbarium and live material.

P. cyanophyllus is a very distinct species and it

is difficult to suggest closerelatives onmorpho-

logical grounds. There are perhaps some

affinities with P. apricus from which it differs

in the silver-blue foliage, the inflorescence axis

without glandular trichomes and the longer

flowering calyx (> 3 mm long). P. apricus is a

large woody larger shrub with green foliage,

and has glandular trichomes on the inflores-

cence axis as well as a shorter flowering calyx

(<3 mm long).

Conservation status: Mt Abbotisnotablefor a

number of highly disjunct populations of sev-

eral plant species (A.R. Bean, pers. comm.

1993), but P. cyanophyllus appears to be

the only endemic. This species is common

in several different populations on Mt Abbot

and there are no immediate threats to the habitat.

A conservation coding of 2R is suggested.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Greek cyano (blue) and phyllus (leaf) and

refers to the bluish foliage of this species.

4. Plectranthus dumicola P.J. Forst., sp. nov.

affinis P. aprepto S.T. Blake a qua habitu

suffrutice lignoso usque 1 m alto, foliis

caulibusque valde odoris, et foliis

axibusque inflorescentiarum trichom-

atibus glandulosis densis differt. Typus:

Queensland. Cook District: 31 km along

road to Leo Creek Mine, Mcllwraith

Range, 8 Jun 1992, PL. Forster 10268,

M.C. Tucker & G. Kenning (holo: BRI [2

sheets + spirit]; iso: K, MEL, QRS

distribuendi).

Subshrub to | m high; foliage with slight sweet

scent; non- glandular and glandular trichomes

uncoloured, sessile glands 8- celled and yellow.

Stems square, erect to straggling, the lower

parts woody and up to 10 mm thick; seedling

derived stems lacking a tuberous base;

upper parts with dense, antrorse 2—4-celled

non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long, with

dense glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long and

without sessile glands. Leaves discolorous,

petiolate; petiole 3—20 mm long, 2—-3 mm wide,

with dense, retrorse 2—4-celled non-glandular

169

Forster, New Queensland Plectranthus

x 1. C. leaf lamina viewed from below = 1. D. verticillaster x 2. E. flower viewed from side x 4. F. flower viewed from

Fig. 3. Plectranthus cyanophyllus, A. apical portion of mature flowering stem x 0.8. B. leaf lamina viewed from above

front x 4. G. fruiting calyx viewed from side x 4. All from live material of Bean 5188. Del. W. Smith.

re ee ev eee a

170

trichomes to 0.2 mm long, with dense glandular

trichomes to 0.2 mm long and without sessile

glands; lamina broadly ovate, fleshy, 20-95 mm

long, 12-85 mm wide, often lop-sided at base,

serrate with (7) 8—15 teeth on each margin and

sometimes with 1 or more secondary teeth;

upper surface silver-green, veins impressed,

with sparse, divaricate 4—6-celled non-glandu-

lar trichomes to 0.3 mm long, with sparse glan-

dular trichomes to 0.1 mm long and without

sessile glands; lower surface pale green, veins

raised, with sparse to dense, divaricate 4—6-

celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.4 mm long,

with sparse glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long

and with scattered sessile glands. Inflorescence

up to 30 cm long, comprising I—3 pedunculate

branches from near the base, each branch

8—30 cm long; verticill-asters 10—12-flowered,

7-16 mm apart; cymes sessile; axis square in

cross-section, with scattered, divaricate 2-

cellnon-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long,

with dense glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long

and without sessile glands; bracts deltoid, c. 1.4

mm long and 1.4 mm wide, not forming a coma,

without non-glandular trichomes, with sparse

glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long and with

sessile glands; pedicels 3.5-6 mm long, c.

0.2 mm diameter, without non-glandular

trichomes, with sparse glandular trichomes to

0.2 mm long and without sessile glands.

Flowering calyx 2.8—3 mm long, without non-

glandular trichomes, with sparse to dense

glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long and with-

out sessile glands. Fruiting calyx 44.5 mm

long; upper lobe broadly ovate, 1.7~-2 mm long,”

1.7—2 mm wide, glabrous apart from a few

scattered 2-celled non-glandular trichomes to

0.2 mm long; lateral lobes lanceolate-falcate,

1.8—2mm long, c. 0.8mm wide, glabrous; lower

lobes lanceolate, 2.3—2.5 mm long, 1.6—1.8 mm

wide, glabrous. Corolla 10-12 mm long, lilac to

pale purple; tube 5.1-6.8 mm long, abruptly

curved at 80—90° 2.6—3 mm from base, slightly

inflated upwards, glabrous; upper lobes

subcircular, 1.8—2 mm long, 1.5—2.2 mm wide,

without non-glandular trichomes, with scat-

tered glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long and

with scattered sessile glands; lateral lobes

broadly ovate, 1.8—2 mm long, 0.9—1 mm wide,

glabrous; lower lobe broadly ovate, 5—5.8 mm

long, 3-4.9 mm wide, with scattered 2-celled

Austrobaileya 4(2): 159-186 (1994)

non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long, with

scattered glandular trichomes to 0.1 mm long

and with scattered sessile glands. Filaments

filiform, 9-11 mm long, fused for 3—4 mm from

base, lilac; anthers 0.5—0.7 mm long, 0.4—0.5

mm wide. Style filiform, 9-11 mm long, lilac.

Nutlets not seen. Fig. 4.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District:

28.5 km along road to Leo Creek Mine, MclIl wraith Range,

Jun 1992, Forster 10246 (BRI; T.R. 9, Lankelly Creek,

Jun 1992, Forster 10344 eft al. (BRI, L, MEL, QRS);

Lankeliy Creek, on western fall of Mcll wraith Range, Oct

1969, Webb & Tracey 9684 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: P. dumicolais known

from semi-deciduous mesophyll vineforests on

the western fall of the MclIlwraith Range on

Cape York Peninsula. Plants grow on the edges

of or slightly within the vineforest canopy.

P. congestus 1s also present in the habitat.

Notes: P. dumicola appears to have been first

collected by Len Webb and Geoff Tracey

during their pioneering survey of the rain-for-

ests of the Mcllwraith Range; however, their

specimen was distributed as P. graveolens.

P. dumicolaisa distinct, ifuninspiring, species

of Plectranthus that has some morphological

affinities to P. apreptus from which it differs in

being a woody subshrub to 1m high with

scented foliage and stems, and with leaves and

inflorescence axes that have dense glandular

trichomes. In comparison P. apreptus is a small

herb with scentless foliage, and stems, leaves

and inflorescence axes with scattered glandular

trichomes and is restricted to the Wet Tropics of

north-east Queensland, There are also some

broad similarities between P. dumicola and the

central and southern Queensland species

P. graveolens; however P. dumicola is readily

distinguishable from that species in its much

thinner and broader leaves, the less noticeable

scent to the foliage and its leaves closely

clustered towards the stem tips. P. graveolens

has + succulent leaves, strongly scented foliage

and its leaves tend to be loosely clustered on the

stem tips.

Conservation status: This species was encoun-

tered several times in an extended foray into

the MclIlwraith Range in June 1992. It is not

threatened at this stage. No conservation coding

is allocated.

Forster, New Queensland Plectranthus 171

FOR

Fig. 4, Plectranthus dumicola. A. apical portion of young flowering stem x 0.6. B. leaf lamina viewed from above = 1

C. leaf lamina viewed from below x 1. D. vertillaster x 2. E. flower viewed from side x 4, F. flower viewed from front x 4.

G. fruiting calyx viewed from side x 4, A-F from live material of Forster 10268 et al.; G from dried material of Forster 10344

et al, Del. W. Smith.

172

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Latin dumu (thicket) and co/a (loving) and

alludes to the tendency ofthis species to grow in

vineforest thickets.

5. Plectranthus excelsus P.I. Forst., sp. nov.

affinis P. diverso S.T. Blake a qua follis

carnosis ad tactum tractuosis, habitu

fruticoso (1-3 m alto), et glandibus

sessilibus coloratis in caulibus foltisque

carentibus differt. Typus: Queensland.

Cook Districr: Garraway Hill, 11 Jul

1993, PI. Forster 13543 & M.C. Tucker

(holo: BRI [3 sheets + spirit]; iso: A, AD,

CBG, K, L, MEL, QRS distribuendi).

Subshrub or shrub 1—3 m high; foliage clammy

to the touch and with strong sweet scent; non-

glandular and glandular trichomes uncoloured,

sessile glands 8-celled and red. Stems square,

erect orrarely straggling, the lower parts woody

and up to 40 mm thick; seedling derived stems

lacking a swollen tuberous base, but with

thickened taproots; upper parts with dense,

retrorse 6—8-cellednon-glandulartrichomes to

0.5mm long, with sparse glandular trichomes to

0.2 mm long and without sessile glands. Leaves

discolorous, petiolate; petioles S—85 mm long,

1—2 mm wide, with dense, retrorse 6—8-celled

non-glandular trichomes to 0.5 mm long, with

sparse to dense glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm

long and without sessile glands; lamina broadly

ovate to broadly ovate, fleshy, 20-190 mm

long, 20-120 mm wide, serrate with 18-30

teeth on each margin and often with 1 or more

secondary teeth; upper surface green, veins

impressed, with sparse, antrorse 6—8-celled

non-glandular trichomes to 1 mm long, without

glandular trichomes and without sessile glands;

lower surface pale green, veins raised, with

dense, retrorse 6—8-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 1 mm long, with sparse to dense

glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long and without

sessile glands. Inflorescence up to 22 cm long,

comprising I|—7 pedunculate branches from

near the base, each branch 5—22 cm long;

verticillasters 20-24 flowered, densely clus-

tered or up to 15 mm apart; cymes sessile; axis

square in cross-section, with dense, retrorse

6—8-celled non- glandular trichomes to 1 mm

long, without glandular trichomes and without

sessile glands; bracts broadly ovate, 4-6.5 mm

Austrobaileya 4(2): 159-186 (1994)

long, 3.5—5 mm wide, forming a coma, with

sparse to dense 6—8-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 1 mm long, without glandular

trichomes and without sessile glands; pedicels

1.7~2 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter, with sparse

divaricate, 6—-8-celled non-glandular trichomes

to 0.5 mm long, with scattered glandular

trichomes to 0.2 mm long and without sessile

glands. Flowering calyx 2.2—2.5 mm long, with

dense antrorse, 6—8-celled non-glandular

trichomes to | mm long, with scattered glandu-

lar trichomes to 0.2 mm long and without sessile

glands. Fruiting calyx 3-3.3 mm long, with

sparse to dense divaricate, 6—8-celled non-

glandular trichomes to | mm long, without

glandular trichomes and without sessile glands;

upper lobe broadly ovate, 1.5—1.8 mm long,

1.5—2 mm wide; lateral lobes lanceolate-trian-

gular, 1.3—1.5 mm long, 0.6—0.7 mm wide; lower

lobes lanceolate-falcate, 1.3-1.5 mm _ long,

0.4—0.5 mm wide. Corolla 8—10.6 mm long,

pale purple; tube 4.5—5 mm long, abruptly curved

at c. 90°2.6~-3 mm from base, slightly inflated

upwards, glabrous apart from an occasional

non-glandular trichome; upper lobes subcircular,

I—1,2 mm long, 0.8—1.8 mm wide, with sparse

divaricate, 4—8-celled non-glandular trichomes

to 0.8 mm long, without glandular trichomes

and with scattered sessile glands; lateral lobes

subovate, 1—1.5 mm long, 0.8—1.3 mm wide,

with scattered divaricate, 4—8-celled non-

glandular trichomes to 0.8 mm long, without

glandular trichomes and with scattered sessile

glands; lower lobe broadly ovate, 3.8-5 mm

long, 2.5~3.1 mm wide, with scattered divar-

icate, 4—8-celled non-glandular trichomes to

0.5 mm long, without glandular trichomes and

with sparse sessile glands. Filaments filiform,

8—9 mm long, fused for 5—5.4 mm from base,

lilac; anthers c. 0.5 mm long and 0.3 mm wide.

Style filiform, 8—9 mm long, lilac. Nutlets +

circular, 0.7—-0.8 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide, c.

0.3 mm thick, dark glossy brown, surface smooth.

Fig. 5.

Specimens examined; Queensland. Cook District:

Garraway Hill, Jul 1991, Forster 9019 (BRI, MEL, QRS);

W of Tozer Gap, Jun 1993, Hyland 14816 (QRS); Upper

Pascoe River, Jul 1972, Dockrill 472 (QRS),

Distribution and habitat: P. excelsus is known

from several populations between the Pascoe

River and Mt Tozer in the area to the west of

Forster, New Queensland Plectranthus 173

Aves ea eee

= = =

BPP RCL Donec oars Win oonreoo tT aecnceoct enn Daa ay cacacalececocny DOcecc eco cSt mr TST ccc CocSre tar SSCS CC SSE Ig SO DS a lh

= =

+ +

ad *

' * = ¥y

b ; at 5 iy

. i wf <<

a ™~

a # ‘ '

‘ es | an

"= ad * -

ke Fy = + +i s* ; a ad

* +=_ =, a = +, * wtt

_ s-3 =k t+ * Ns,

a 26 ~4 + *~ iF =

=. + ¥ iy : * 2 **.3+* =

st =» at | 3 '

: at =

ah Pll etera SUbe

PES a 8

eta Pate beta ni +, "5

aT ote det te, Tom

. ee ato+ '

* para * oF ak an 7D te *

mie eyes | hy 3 93

Sot mt ake Body ae

4,70 tea eek, var’ * ‘ Jite,t.

od tel dysaet, GAYS bate of og Gy ’

eee eG, eae + ef a "9

ning Bnd Sig RS Se?

toe 3 As. bd ag te + ois awit * A,

opt Gatea’ Bak BENE ANG ss

gree iu; ips aia, wit ra ait im

oun rar t ot om, } if “5 4 *

1 te ag ht af: i Yan

COE Steed Mle Be! Bhayd SEIT FEE aa

wifes’ yelgyt Pyrat i ¥: hele St Ft at

itt Soi aheas ROE oy ete

ae a +

+ 7 . ied sr a a if tit:

* phd Aha est poate See” oe Coa Pee gi

re wth Chars . 25 et aS ars

at * = re di h atv t Fae ql + as

: » & Pte 2 33 —- aor ee Ae,

Rn eA ASIA ANANSI ONIN Ray EE TEI Et ot Be eRe DA DP EES EE TL

Fig. 5. Plectranthus excelsus. A. apical portion of young flowering stem x 0.8. B. leaf lamina viewed from above x 1. C,

leaf lamina viewed from below x 1. D. flower viewed from side x 4. E. flower viewed from front x 4. F. fruiting calyx viewed

from side x 4. All from live material of Forster 13543 & Tucker. Del. W. Smith.

174

Iron Range on Cape York Peninsula. Plants

erow on loose granite rockpiles adjacent to

rainforest on low ridges and hills. Other plants

in close association include Hoya australis

subsp. fenuipes, Peperomia blanda var.

floribunda, Tetrameles nodiflora, Drynaria

quercifolia and Schleffera spp. The habitat is

seasonally dry and the surrounding vegetation

although predominantly evergreen has an

element of deciduousness. Many of the plants

on the granite rockpiles either tap subterranean

water-supplies or have water storage tissue.

P. excelsus has both fleshy foliage and large

water storing tuberous roots, all morphological

characteristics of succulent plants often found

in such habitats.

Notes: P. excelsus was first collected over twenty

years ago by Alick Dockrill. It is notable for

being the tallest ofthe known Australian species

in the genus and with individuals up to 3 m in

height, must surely rival even some of the East

African species with respect to being the tallest

in the genus worldwide. It is a most distinctive

species in the live state and has strongly scented

and very clammy foliage. It appears to be allied

to P. diversus sens. lat. that also grows in the

Iron Range area, but that species always grows

on stable clifflines and never on rockpiles.

Plectranthus excelsus differs most noticeably

from P. diversus in its habit (1-3 m tall branch-

ing shrubs as opposed to basally branching

subshrubs to 0.5 m tall) and foliage (fleshy,

clammy, well-spaced leaves without sessile

glands as opposed to succulent, non-clammy,

clustered leaves with sessile glands),

Conservation status: This species is common at

the type locality and at Hyland’s locality cited

above (B. Gray, pers. comm.) and is undoubt-

edly common throughout the known range. No

conservation coding is considered necessary at

this stage.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Latin exce/sus (lofty or high) and refers to

the tall stature of the plants at the type locality.

6. Plectranthus glabriflorus P.i. Forst., sp.

nov. affinis P. parvifloro Willd. a qua

foliis subglabris nitidis atrovirentibus, et

corolla glabra differt. Typus: Queens-

land. NorTH KENNEDY District: Herberton,

Austrobaileya 4(2): 159-186 (1994)

20 Jan 1993, PI. Forster 12814 & ALR.

Bean (holo: BRI [1 sheet + spirit]; iso:

QRS distribuendi).

Fleshy herb to 20 cm high; foliage scentless;

non-glandular and glandular trichomes

uncoloured, sessile glands absent. Stems square,

erect to straggling, the lower parts not woody

and up to 3 mm diameter; seedling derived

stems with a tuberous base; upper parts with

sparse retrorse 3—6-celled non-glandular

trichomes up to 0.8 mm long and without glan-

dular trichomes. Leaves discolorous, petiolate;

petiole S—16 mm long, 0.8—1 mm diameter, with

scattered to sparse retrorse 2—6-celled non-

glandular trichomes up to 0.8 mm long and

without glandular trichomes. Lamina broadly

ovate, fleshy, 10-30 mm long, 10—26 mm wide,

serrate with 3—5 teeth on each margin, often

with 1 or more secondary teeth; upper surface

dark green and glossy, veins impressed, with

scattered antrorse 2—4-celled non-glandular

trichomes up to 0.2 mm long and without glan-

dular trichomes; lower surface green-purple,

veins raised, with scattered divaricatetoretrorse

2-4-celled non-glandular trichomes up to 0.2

mm long and without glandular trichomes. In-

florescence up to 200 mm long, with 1-3

pedunculate branches from near the base, each

branch 25-35 mm long; verticillasters 10—12

flowered, 2-10 mm apart; cymes sessile; axis

square in cross-section, with sparse divaricate

to retrorse, 2—4-celled non-glandular trichomes

up to 0.5 mm long and with scattered glandular

trichomes up to 0.2 mm long; bracts broadly

ovate, 2—2.4 mm long, 1.5—2 mm wide, not

forming a coma, glabrous, ciliate with sparse

2—6-celled non- glandular trichomes up to

0.6 mm long; pedicels 3—3.8 mm long, c.0.3 mm

diameter, with sparse antrorse, 2—4-celled non-

glandular trichomes up to 0.1 mm long and

without glandular trichomes. Flowering calyx

2—2.3 mm long, with scattered to sparse antrorse,

2—4-celled non-glandular trichomes up to

0.1 mm long and without glandular trichomes.

Fruiting calyx 3.6-4 mm long, + glabrous;

upper lobe ovate, 1.8—2 mm long, 1.8~-2 mm

wide; lateral lobes lanceolate, 2—2.3 mm long,

c. 0.5 mm wide; lower lobes lanceolate-

falcate, 1.8-2mmlong,c.0.6mmwide. Corolla

9--9.6 mm long, glabrous, light-purple; tube

S—5.4 mm long, slightly curved at an angle of

+ IMSS Be eee ee ee cero

Forster, New Queensland Plectranthus

10° 1.8-2 mm from base, slightly inflated up-

wards; upper lobes subcircular, 1.7—1.8 mm

long, 1.7—1.8 mm wide; lateral lobes oblong, c.

1 mm long, c. 0.6 mm wide; lower lobe oblong,

44.3 mm long, 3.8—-4 mm wide. Filaments

filiform, 7—9 mm long, fused for c. 2 mm in

bottom of tube, lilac; anthers c. 0.3 mm long

and 0.2 mm wide. Style filiform, 7-9 mm long,

pale purple. Nutlets + circular in outline, + flat-

tened, c. 0.9 mm long, 0.8 mm wide and 0.4 mm

thick, glossy black-brown, surface smooth. Fig.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Coox District:

Herberton Range, May 1991, Forster 8367 (BRD; ditto,

Jan 1993, Bean 5713 (BRD); Ravenshoe, Apr 1937, Thurston

124 (QRS). Cultivated: Cult. at Rainworth, Brisbane (ex

plant collected at Herberton), Nov 1992, Forster 12393

(BRI, QRS).

Distribution and habitat: Known from the

Herberton Range area between Atherton and

Herberton and near Ravenshoe on the Atherton

Tableland in north-east Queensland. Plants grow

on granite rockoutcrops and slabs 1n open forest

dominated by eucalypts and A/locasuarina

torulosa. P. amicorum is also present in this

habitat.

Notes: P. glabriflorus was probably first

collected as long ago as 1937 by Thurston. This

fruiting-only collection was cited by Blake

(1971) under P. parviflorus. P. glabriflorus is

closely allied to P. parviflorus and shares the

characteristic of a well-developed tuberous

stem base on seedling-derived material.

P. glabriflorus differs from P. parviflorus inthe

near glabrous dark-green foliage that is glossy

above, and the completely glabrous corolla.

The glabrous corolla also serves to distinguish

P. glabriflorus from all other known Australian

species of Plectranthus. |

Conservation status: This is a restricted plant

that is not common in the two localties where I

have observed it. At the Herberton locality

a wide diversity of plants is present, including

another local endemic, 7ylophora rupicola

P.I. Forst. (Forster 1992a). A suggested

conservation coding for P. glabriflorus is 2R.

Potential threats are local picnickers, fire and

indiscriminate track construction. In January

1994, a new road had been just constructed in

the Herberton locality and this was resulting in

widespread damage to the vegetation.

175

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Latin glabris (glabrous) and floris (flower)

and alludes to the glabrous nature of the corolla

in the species in comparison with all other

known Australian taxa.

7. Plectranthus habrophyllus P.I. Forst., sp.

nov. affinis P. suaveolenti S.T. Blake a

qua foliis virentibus et trichomatibus longis

glandulosis, glandibus sessilibus

carentibus, et corolla breviore (minus

quam 9 mm longa) differt. Typus: Queens-

land. Moreton Districr: Ormeau, CSR

land near watertower, 12 Nov 1992, P.J.

Forster 12391 & G. Leiper (holo: BRI [2

sheets + spirit]; iso: K, MEL distribuendi).

Subshrub to 40 cm high; foliage + sweetly

scented; non-glandular and glandular trichomes

uncoloured, sessile glands absent. Stems square,

erect to straggling, the lower parts + woody

and up to 7 mm diameter; seedling-derived

stems lacking a tuberous base; upper parts with

dense, retrorse 6—10-celled non-glandular

trichomes up to 1.2 mm long and with sparse

glandular trichomes to 0.8 mm long. Leaves

discolorous, petiolate; petiole 5-17 mm long,

1—1.5 mm wide, with dense divaricate toretrorse,

6—10-celled non-glandular trichomes up to

1.2 mm long and with sparse glandular trichomes

up to 0.5 mm long. Lamina broadly ovate,

fleshy, 21-45 mm long, 14-35 mm wide, serrate

with 4—8 teeth on each margin, secondary teeth

rarely present; upper surface green, veins im-

pressed, with dense, antrorose, 6—10-celled non-

glandular trichomes up to 1.2 mm long and with

dense glandular trichomes up to 0.8 mm long;

lower surface pale-green, veins raised, with

dense, divaricate 6—10-celled glandular

trichomes up to 1.8 mm long and with dense

glandular trichomes up to 0.8 mm long. Inflor-

escence up to 20 cm long, comprising 1-3

pedunculate branches from near the base; each

branch 8-16 cm long; verticillasters 10—12-

flowered, 3-15 mm apart; pedicels 3.8—5 mm

long, c. 0.2mm diameter, without non-

glandular trichomes and with dense glandular

trichomes up to 0.1 mm long; cymes sessile;

axis square in cross-section, with scattered,

divaricate 2—4- celled non-glandular trichomes

up to 0.2 mm long and with dense glandular

trichomes up to 0.4 mm long; bracts broadly

176 Austrobaileya 4(2): 159-186 (1994)

Fig. 6. Plectranthus glabriflorus. A. apical portion of young flowering stem x 1. B. leaf lamina viewed from above ~x 2. C,

leaf lamina viewed from below x 2. D. vertillaster x 3. E. flower viewed from side x 6. F. flower viewed from front x 6. G.

fruiting calyx viewed from side x 6. Ail from live material of Forster 12393. Del. W. Smith.

Forster, New Queensland Plectranthus

ovate, 2—-2.2 mm long, 1.8~-2 mm wide, not

forming a coma, with sparse, antrorse 2—4-

celled non-glandular trichomes up to 0.3 mm

long and with scattered glandular trichomes up

to 0.1 mm long. Flowering calyx 1.9-2.3 mm

long, with sparse, antrorse 2-4-celled non-glan-

dular trichomes up to 0.2 mm long and with

sparse to dense glandular trichomes up to 0.1

mm long. Fruiting calyx 4.8-5.2 mm long;

upper lobe ovate, 1.8—2 mm long, 1.8-2 mm

wide, with scattered, divaricate, 2-celled non-

glandular trichomes up to 0.1 mm long and

without glandular trichomes; lateral lobes lan-

ceolate, 1.8-2 mm long, 0.9~1 mm wide, +

glabrous; lower lobes lanceolate-falcate,

2.5—2.7 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, + gla-

brous. Corolla 7—8.8 mm long, light-purple;

tube 44.6 mm long, slightly curved at 10—15°

1.5—2.2 mm from base, slightly inflated up-

wards, glabrous; upper lobes subcircular,

1.8—2.1 mm long, 1.8—2.2 mm wide, with scat-

tered, antrorse 2—4-celled non-glandular

trichomes up to 0.1 mm long and without

glandular trichomes; lateral lobes oblong,

1.3-1.5 mm long, 0.8—1 mm wide, glabrous;

lower lobe broadly oblong, 3.6-4.5 mm long,

3.23.8 mm long, with an occasional scattered,

divaricate 2—4-celled non-glandular trichome

to 0.1 mm long and without glandular trichomes.

Filaments filiform, 7-8 mm long, c. 0.2 mm

diameter, lilac, fused for 2.3—-2.5 mm from base;

anthers c. 0.4 mm long and 0.2 mm wide. Style

filiform, 7~8 mm long, lilac. Nutlets + circular

in outline, + flattened, c. 1.2 mm long, 0.8 mm

wide & 0.4 mm thick, glossy brown, surface

smooth. Fig. 7.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Moreton District:

Opossum Creek, Goodna, Aug 1980, Bird [AQ343788]

(BR); ditto, Dec 1992, Bird & Orford s.n. (BRI); 1 km S

of White Rock, 6 km S of Redbank Plains, Dec 1992, Bird

& Leiper |AQ564715] (BRI); Woogaroo Creek, Goodna, 1

km E of Jones road, Mar 1993, Bird [AQ569028] (BRI);

Six Mile Creek Environmental Park, 1 km S of Redbank

Plains, Feb 1993, Bird [AQ568634] (BRI; Cult. at

Beenleigh (ex plantcollected at Ormeau), Sep 1992, Forster

11553 (BRI, MEL).

Distribution and habitat: P. habrophyllus is

known from several populations close to Bris-

bane near Ormeau and Ipswich. Plants grow on

chert or sandstone outcrops, often in shaded

situations near to vineforest. P. parviflorus is

also present in the habitat.

177

Notes: This plant was first discovered by

Lloyd Bird in 1980 at Opossum Creek; how-

ever, the specimen was then misidentified as

P. suaveolens and filed at BRI under that name.

Glen Leiper, while investigating the flora ofthe

Ormeau area, discovered the second known

population and brought material to the

attention of the author. Subsequently the

species was found by Lloyd Bird in several

populations near Ipswich.

P. habrophyllus is distinctive in its com-

plete lack ofsessile glands and the abundance of

long-stalked glandular trichomes. While

P. habrophyllusis closely alliedto P. suaveolens

it differs from that species in its green foliage

with long shaggy, glandular trichomes, the com-

plete lack of sessile glands and the shorter

corolla (<9 mm long). In comparison P.

suaveolens has silver foliage with closely

. appressed non- glandular trichomes, scattered

sessile glands and a longer corolla (> 9 mm

long).

Conservation status: This species is uncom-

mon and the Ormeau population is threatened

with destruction due to a proposed quarry atthe

locality. The Ipswich populations are relatively

secure in the short-term; however, continuing

urban sprawl and industrial development are

likely to present problems for maintaining the

known populations. A suggested conservation

coding is 2E.

Etymology: The specific epithetis derived from

the Greek habro (shaggy) and phyllus (leaf) and

refers to the indumentum of trichomes that is

prominent on the stems and leaves of this spe-

cles.

8. Plectranthus leiperi P.I. Forst., sp. nov.

affinis P. suaveolenti S.T, Blake a qua

dentibus foliorum numerosioribus, sine

glandibus sessilibus, lobis lateralibus

corollae perlongioribus et distincte

oblongis et lobis superis erectis, et calyce

in fructu breviore differt. Typus: Queens-

land. Moreton District:. Diana’s Bath

area, D’ Aguilar Range, 9 km E of Somer-

set Dam, 19 Jun 1993, PJ. Forster 13348,

G. Leiper & D. Orford (holo: BRI [2

sheets + spirit]; iso: MEL distribuendi).

178 Austrobaileya 4(2): 159-186 (1994)

Fig. 7. Plectranthus habrophyllus. A. apical portion of young flowering stem x 0.6. B. leaf lamina viewed from above x

1. C. leaf lamina viewed from below x 1. D. vertillaster x 3. E. flower viewed from side x 6. F. flower viewed from front

x 6. fruiting calyx viewed from side x 6. All from live material of Forster 11553 & Leiper. Del. W. Smith.

Forster, New Queensland Plectranthus

Herb or subshrub to 50 cm high; foliage with

strong, sweet scent; non-glandular and glan-

dular trichomes uncoloured, sessile glands

absent. Stems square, erect or often straggling,

the lower parts woody and up to 6 mm thick;

seedling derived stems lacking a tuberous base;

upper parts with sparse, retrorse, 8—10-celled

non-glandular trichomes to 0.8 mm long and

with sparse glandular trichomes. Leaves

discolorous, petiolate; petioles 8~25 mm long,

2—2.5 mm wide with dense, retrorse, 6—10-celled

non-glandular trichomes to 0.8 mm long and

with dense glandular trichomes; lamina ovate,

fleshy, 15—55 mm long, 15—55 mm wide, serrate

with | 1—17 teeth on each margin and often with

1 or more secondary teeth; upper surface silver-

green, veins impressed, with sparse, divaricate,

6—10-celled non-glandular trichomes to | mm

long and with sparse glandular trichomes; lower

surface pale green, veins raised, with dense,

divaricate, 6—10-cellednon-glandular trichomes

and with dense glandular trichomes. Inflores-

cence up to 180mm long, comprising |—3-

pedunculate branches from near the base, each

branch 25—170 mm long; verticillasters 10—12-

flowered, 6—18 mm apart; cymes sessile; axis

square In cross-section, with sparse, retrorse,

6—8-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.7 mm

long and with sparse glandular trichomes; bracts

broadly obovate, 1.8-2 mm long, c. 1.5 mm

wide, not forming a coma, with sparse, divaricate,

4—6-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.5 mm

long and with scattered glandular trichomes;

pedicels 24.1 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diameter,

with sparse to dense, retrorse, 4—6-celled non-

glandular trichomes to 0.5 mm long and with

scattered to sparse glandular trichomes. Flow-

ering calyx 2.3-3 mm long, with dense,

divaricate, 4~-8-celled nonglandular trichomes

to 0.8 mm long and with scattered to sparse

glandular trichomes. Fruiting calyx 2.5—3.8 mm

long, with scattered, divaricate, 2—4-celled

nonglandular trichomes to 0.4 mm long and

with scattered glandular trichomes; upper lobe

broadly ovate, 1.8—2.7 mm long, 1.8—2.5 mm

wide; lateral lobes falcate, 1.8—2.2 mm long,

0.7—1.0 mm wide; lower lobes lanceolate-

falcate, 2.1-2.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm wide.

Corolla 10—13 mm long, lilac although mainly

cream towards base; tube 5—6.7 mm long, curved

at 120—-130° 2—2.3 mm from base, slightly in-

179

flated, glabrous; upper lobes subcircular,

2.5—3 mm long, 2.3—2.5 mm wide, with sparse,

divaricate, 2—4-celled non-glandular trichomes

to 0.3 mm long and without glandular trichomes;

lateral lobes oblong, 1.8—2.2 mm long, 0.6—0.8

mm wide, glabrous; lower lobe oblong-ovate,

5—6.4mm long, 3-4.5 mm wide, with scattered,

divaricate, 24-cellednon-glandular trichomes

to 0.5 mm long and with scattered glandular

trichomes. Filaments filiform, 8—11 mm long,

fused for c. 4 mm at base, lilac; anthers c. 0.5

mm long and 0.5 mm wide. Style filiform, 8—11

mm long, lilac. Nutlets + circular in outline,

flattened, 0.7—0.8 mm long, 0.7—0.8 mm wide,

0.5—0.6 mm thick, glossy-brown, surface with

small tuberculate protuberances. Fig. 8.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Moreton District:

Above Diana’s Bath swimming hole, c. 15 km downstream

from Somerset Dam near Mt Byron, Feb 1993, Leiper

[AQ564500] (BRI); Wivenhoe View acreage estate, north-

eastern side of Wivenhoe Dam, Crossdale, Mar 1994,

Grimshaw G556 & Grimshaw (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: P. leiperi is known

from the vicinity of Wivenhoe and Somerset

Dams in the Brisbane Valley north-west of

Brisbane. At the type locality there are at least

six locally disjunct, small (<< 100 individuals)

populations of this plant. Individuals occur

widely scattered over rhyolite rock outcrops

and pavements in association with little other

vegetation, although bushes of a form of

Leptospermum microcarpum are often present.

A form of P. graveolens is also present in the

area but is locally allotypic.

Notes: Plectranthus leiperi was first collected

by Glen Leiper in early 1993. It is allied to P.

suaveolens and shares the characteristic of a

distinctive and strong sweet scent from crushed

foliage. P. /eiperi differs from P. suaveolens in

its foliage being green, rather than silver in

colour, the greater number of leaf teeth, the

complete absence of sessile glands, the much

longer and noticeably oblong lateral lobes of

the corolla, and the shorter fruiting calyx. Its

nutlets have small but obvious projections on

the surface, a feature that I have not noticed

previously in nutlets of any Australian

Plectranthus species.

Conservation status: Diana’s Bath is owned by

the South-East Queensland Electricity Board

180 Austrobaileya 4(2): 159-186 (1994)

“r Tt)

qt ot

Fig. 8. Plectranthus leiperi. A. apical portion of mature flowering stem x 0.6, B, leaf lamina viewed from above ~ 1. C.

icaf lamina viewed from below x L. D. vertillaster x 3. E. flower viewed from side x 6. F, flower viewed from front x 6. G.

fruiting calyx viewed from side x 6. H. nutlet x 30. All from live material of Forster 13348 et al.. Del. W. Smith,

stet . syiei hi eetta ah stead aid Laetitia lin a aided So sul Nem deed didi HORS HA td Sa he ot ote 4 a

Forster, New Queensland Plectranthus

and is often visited by groups of people partak-

ing of the pleasures of the swimming hole.

There are a few indistinct tracks through the

Plectranthus populations and the area is visited

from time to time by bushwalkers and plant

enthusiasts such as members of the Society for

Growing Australian Plants. The locality is

supposedly to be flooded due to construction of

a proposed water supply dam, although the

extent that this will affect the populations of

P. leiperi is not known. There are a lot of

individuals of the Plectranthus present, but the

total area of the populations would not be

ereater than several hectares. At the Crossdale

locality, the plants were recorded as locally

restricted and uncommon on a rocky knoll

under a powerline. A suggested conservation

coding is 2V.

Etymology: The specific epithet honours Glen

Leiper of Beenleigh, environmental educator

and a keen amateur botanist. Glen discovered

and made the first collection of this species.

9, Plectranthus megadontus P.I. Forst., sp.

nov. affinis P. grato S.T. Blake a qua

foliis carnosis, petiolo graciliore (1-2 mm

lato), lamina fol dentata, dentibus in

ambobus marginibus (lateralibus) 6—9 et

4-6 mm longis differt. Typus: Queens-

land. Cook District: Rocky River Scrub,

eastern fall of Mcilwraith Range, 16 Jun

1992, PI. Forster 10637A, MC. Tucker

& G. Kenning (holo: BRI [2 sheets +

spirit); iso: K, L, MEL, QRS distribuend)1).

Subshrub to 20 cm high; foliage slightly scented;

non-glandular and glandular trichomes

uncoloured, sessile glands 8-celled and yellow.

Stems square, erect to straggling, the lower

parts woody and up to 10 mm thick; seedling

derived stems lacking a tuberous base; upper

parts with sparse, antrorse 6—8-celled non-glan-

dular trichomes to 2mm long, without glandular

trichomes and with sparse sessile glands. Leaves

discolorous, petiolate; petiole 2-27 mm long,

1—2 mm wide, with sparse, antrorse 6—8-celled

non- glandular trichomes to 1 mm long, with

scattered glandular trichomes to 0.3 mm long

and with scattered sessile glands; lamina nar-

row-ovate to triangular, fleshy, 12—55 mm long,

9-35 mm wide, deeply serrate with 6—9 teeth on

18]

each margin and with | ormore secondary teeth;

upper surface green, veins impressed, with

Sparse, antrorse 2—4-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 0.3 mm long, without glandular

trichomes and without sessile glands; lower

surface pale green, veins raised, with sparse,

antrorse 2—4-celled non-glandular trichomes to

0.2 mm long, without glandular trichomes and

with sparse sessile glands. Inflorescence up to

20 cm long, comprising 1-3 pedunculate

branches from near the base, each branch

7-15 cm long; verticillasters 8—14-flowered,

3-15 mm long; pedicels 3.5—4 mm long, c. 0.4

mm diameter, with scattered, divaricate 2-celled

nonglandular trichomes to 0.1 mm long, with

scattered glandular trichomes to 0.1 mm long

and without sessile glands; cymes sessile; axis

square in cross-section, with sparse, divaricate,

2-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm

long, with sparse glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm

long and with scattered sessile glands; bracts

broadly ovate, c. 1 mmlong and 1 mm wide, not

forming a coma, with sparse, antrorse 2—4-

celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm

long, without glandular trichomes and with

scattered sessile glands. Flowering calyx

2.5—2.7 mm long, with sparse, antrorse 2-

celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long,

with scattered glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm

long and with scattered sessile glands. Fruiting

calyx 4.2—4.5 mm long, with scattered, antrorse

2-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm

long, without glandular trichomes and with scat-

tered sessile glands; upper lobe ovate, c. 2 mm

long, 1.8-2 mm wide; lateral lobes falcate-

triangular, c. 1.8 mm long and | mm wide; lower

lobes lanceolate, 1.8-2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm

wide. Corolla 9.6—-10 mm long, light-purple;

tube 4—4.5 mm long, abruptly curved at c. 90°

2—2.4 mm from base, slightly inflated upwards,

glabrous; upper lobes subcircular, c. 1 mm long

and 1.8 mm wide, with scattered, divaricate 2-

celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long,

without glandular trichomes and with scattered

sessile glands; lateral lobes oblong, c. 1.5 mm

long and 0.8 mm wide, glabrous; lower lobe

broadly oblong, 4.54.8 mm long, 3.5—3.8 mm

wide, + glabrous apart from a few scattered,

divaricate 2-celled non-glandular trichomes to

0.2 mm long. Filaments filiform, 7—8 mm long,

fused for c. 2.5 mm from base, purple; anthers

182

c. 0.4 mm long and 0.3 mm wide. Style filiform

7-8 mm long, purple. Nutlets + circular in

outline, + flattened, c. 0.8 mm long, 0.7 mm

wide and 0.5 mm thick, glossy brown, surface

smooth. Fig. 9.

Specimens examined; Queensland. Coox District: Round

Mountain, Embley Range, 13°33°S, 143°30’E, Jun 1992,

Forster 10486 et al. (BRI); Chester River, 13°40°S,

143°25’E, Jul 1977, Hyland 9477 (QRS); Chester River

Scrub, eastern fall of Mcliwraith Range, 13°40’S, 143°29°E,

Jun 1992, Forster 10445A et al. (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: Known from the east-

ern fall of the McIlwraith Range on Cape York

Peninsula. Plants grow at about 100 m altitude

on granite rock slabs and pavements along the

margins of rainforest. No other species of

Plectranthus were observed in the localities

visited by the author.

Notes: This species appears to have been col-

lected first by Bernie Hyland in 1977.

P. megadontus appears to be allied to P. gratus

but differs from that species in its fleshy foliage,

thinner leaf petioles (1—2 mm wide), leaf lamina

teeth 6—9 on each margin and the much larger

individual teeth (4-6 mm long). In comparison

P. gratus has succulent foliage, thicker leaf

petioles (44.5 mm wide), leaf lamina teeth

12—18 on each margin and much smaller indi-

vidual teeth (2-3 mm long).

Conservation status: The eastern fall of the

Mcllwraith Range remains poorly explored and

it is anticipated that further fieldwork should

reveal additional populations of this species.

A conservation coding of 2K is suggested at

this stage.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Greek mega (large) and dontus (teeth) and

refers to the large marginal teeth of the leaves in

this species in comparison with those on most

Australian species.

10. Plectranthus pulchellus P.l. Forst., sp.

nov. affinis P. arenicolae P.I. Forster a

quahabiturobustiore, laminafolii dentata,

dentibus inambobus marginibus

(lateralibus) 6-11, et floribus numero-

sioribus (12—16) in verticillastris differt.

Typus: Queensland. Cook Districr: Wasp

Gully, Glennie Tableland, Jul 1991,

M.C. Tucker [AQ509442] (holo: BRI! [1

sheet + spirit]; iso: QRS!).

Austrobaileya 4(2): 159-186 (1994)

Subshrub to 30 cm high; foliage unscented;

non-glandular and glandular trichomes

uncoloured, sessile glands 8-celled and yellow.

Stems square, erect to straggling, the lower

parts woody and up to | cm thick; seedling

derived stems lacking a tuberous base; upper

parts with sparse, antrorse 4—6-celled non-glan-

dular trichomes to 1 mm long, without glandular

trichomes and without sessile glands. Leaves

discolorous, petiolate; petiole 2-35 mm long,

0.8—1.1 mm wide, with sparse, antrorse, 4—6-

celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.6 mm long,

without glandular trichomes and without sessile

glands; laminanarrow-ovate to triangular, fleshy,

12-65 mm long, 6—50 mm wide, deeply serrate

with 6—12 teeth on each margin and with | or

more secondary teeth; upper surface green,

veins impressed, with sparse, antrorse 4—6-

celled non-glandular trichomes to 1 mm long,

without glandular trichomes and without sessile

glands; lower surface pale-green, veins raised,

with sparse, antrorse, 4—6-celled non-glandular

trichomes to 1 mm long, without glandular

trichomes and without sessile glands. Inflores-

cence up to 30 cm long, comprising 1—7

pedunculate branches from near the base, each

branch 11—25 cm long; verticillasters 12—-16-

flowered, 6-11 mm apart; cymes sessile; axis

square in cross-section, purple, with sparse,

divaricate, 2-celled non-glandular trichomes to

0.1 mm long, with sparse glandular trichomes to

0.1 mm long and without sessile glands; bracts

broadly ovate, 1.7~-2 mm long, 1.5—-1.7 mm

wide, not forming a coma, with sparse, antrorse,

2—4-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.4 mm

long, without glandular trichomes and with an

occasional sessile gland; pedicels 56 mm long,

c. 0.3 mm diameter, with scattered, antrorse, 2-

celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.1 mm long,

with scattered glandular trichomes to 0.1 mm

long and without sessile glands. Flowering

calyx 3~4.7 mm long, with scattered, antrorse

2-celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.1 mm

long, with scattered glandular trichomes to 0.1

mm long and with an occasional sessile gland.

Fruiting calyx 3-4.6 mm long, with scattered,

antrorse 2-celled non-glandular trichomes to

0.1 mm long, with scattered glandular trichomes

to 0.1 mm long and with scattered sessile glands;

upper lobe ovate, 1.5—2 mm long, 1.4—1.8 mm

wide; lateral lobes falcate-triangular 0.8—2 mm

long, 0.7-0.9 mm wide; lower lobes lanceolate,

183

Forster, New Queensland Plectranthus

Fig. 9. Plectranthus megadontus. A. apical portion of mature flowering stem x 0.6. B. leaf lamina viewed from above * 1.

C. leaf lamina viewed from below x 1. D. verticillaster x 2. E. flower viewed from side x 4. F. flower viewed from front x

4. G. fruiting calyx viewed from side x 4. All from live material of Forster 10637A et al.. Del. W. Smith.

184

1.5—2.1 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide. Corolla

9.4-10.2 mm long, light-purple; tube 4.5—5.2

mm long, abruptly curved at 90-1 10° 22.3 mm

from base, slightly inflated upwards, glabrous;

upper lobes subcircular, 1.8—2 mm long,

1.5—1.7 mm wide, with scattered, divaricate, 2-

celled non-glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long,

without glandular hairs and with scattered

sessile glands; lateral lobes oblong, 2—2.2 mm

long, 0.8-1 mm wide, glabrous; lower lobe

broadly oblong, 4.5—5 mm long, 3.2-3.5 mm

wide, with scattered, divaricate 2-celled non-

glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long, without

glandular trichomes and with occasional sessile

gland. Filaments filiform, 7-8 mm long, fused

for c. 4 mm from base, pale lilac; anthers c. 0.5

mm long and 0.3 mm wide. Style filiform, 7—8

mm long, pale lilac. Nutlets + circular in

outline, + flattened, c. 0.8 mm long, 0.8 mm

wide, 0.5 mm thick, glossy brown, surface

smooth. Fig. 10.

Specimens examined: Known only from the

type collection.

Distribution and habitat: Known only from

the Glennie Tableland on Bromley Station, far

north Cape York Peninsula where plants grow

on sandstone clifflines.

Notes: The type collection of P. pulchellus was

incorrectly listed under P. arenicola P.J. Forster

in my previous paper on Plectranthus (Forster

1992c). P. pulchellus differs most noticeably

from that species in its morerobust habit, greater

number of leaf teeth (6—11) on each margin and

greater number of flowers in the verticillasters

(12—16). P. arenicola is less robust in its habit,

has 3-6 leafteeth on each margin and 10 flowers

in a verticillaster. P. pulchellus is also allied to

P. apreptus but differs from that species in its

more robust and fleshy habit, lack of glandular

trichomes and sessile glands on the under

surface of the leaf, and the shorter fruiting calyx

(3—4.6 mm long). P. apreptus has a weak mesic

habit, has glandular trichomes and sessile glands

on the undersurface of the leaf and a longer

fruiting calyx (4.5—5.5 mm).

Conservation coding: The area of occurrence

of P, pulchellus is extremely remote and poorly

explored; however, there are some minor threats

Austrobaileya 4(2): 159-186 (1994)

to its existence such as geological exploration

or proposed ‘space bases’. Other endemic plants

in the area include Argophyllum verae PI. Forst.

(Forster 1990) and Cyathea exilis Holttum

(Bostock 1991). A suggested conservation cod-

ing for P. pulchellus is 1K.

Etymology: Thespecific epithet is derived from

the Latin pu/cher (beautiful) and alludes to the

attractiveness of this plant.

Acknowledgements

This research was made possible only by

the continuing interest and assistance both

with fieldwork and new plants by various

people, especially A.R. Bean, L.H. Bird,

D. Fell, P. Grimshaw, D. Halford, G. Leiper,

D. & IJ. Liddle, D. Orford, G. & N. Sankowsky,

E.J. Thompson and M.C. Tucker. The illustra-

tions were drawn by W. Smith (BRI). The live

collection of plants was maintained over vari-

ous protracted absences on fieldwork in 1990—

1993 by S. Crane. Translation of the diagnoses

into latin were kindly undertaken by L.A. Craven

(CANB). Useful comments on the manuscript

were provided by both referees.

References

Biakg, S.T. (1971). A revision of Plectranthus (Labiatae)

in Australasia. Contributions from the Queensland

Herbarium 9: 1— 120.

Bostock, P.D. (1991). PLANT PROFILE: Cyathea exilis

Holttum (Pteridophyta: Cyatheaceae). Austrobaileya

3: 565-567.

Bricos, J.D. & Leicu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Austral-

ian National Parks and Wildlife Service Special

Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

Forster, P.I. (1990). Argophyllum verae (Saxifragaceae),

a new species from northern Queensland.

Austrobaileya 3: 173-176.

(1991). Plectranthus arenicolus (Lamiaceae), a

new species from Cape York Peninsula, Queens-

land. Muelleria 7: 375— 378.

(1992a). A taxonomic revision of 7ylophora R.

Br. (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae) in Australia.

Australian Systematic Botany 3: 29-S1.

(19926), Plectranthus blakei (Lamtaceae), anew

species from central Queensland. Muelleria 7:

417-420.

Forster, New Queensland Plectranthus 185

“a

% te ; J 4 = =

Bay ~*~ = $i

——_ nut A i } ral « yFt

44*5 = = = ate

: i a a

e E = - *a

Fy,

Z, 4 at wit .*

: e =

4 ' arrts =F

Lm : =

— egk.= ii

=. -JfFLt i ie SES

i a7

<= * ig. at

= = j FL

= =* =

= =

_j\>

eis

+ ope el 7

Tre

bf hoptae , 7

a a one x

sor

Fig. 10. Plectranthus pulchellus. A. apical portion of mature flowering stem x 0.6. B. leaf lamina viewed from above x 1.6.

C. leaf lamina viewed from below x 1.6. D. vertillaster x 2. E. flower viewed from side x 4. F, flower viewed from front

x 4. G. fruiting calyx viewed from side x 4, All from live material of Tucker s.n. (ex Wasp Gully, Glennie Tableland). Del.

W. Smith.

186 Austrobaileya 4(2): 159-186 (1994)

(1992c). Fivenew species of Plectranthus L.’Herit

(Lamiaceae) from Queensland. Austrobaileya 3:

729-740.

————— (1994). Lamiaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed),

Queensland Vascular Plants: Names and Distribu-

tion pp. 152-156. Brisbane: Queensland Depart-

ment of Environment & Heritage.

a De Dn eee aieg a

Man gy ichee acne ag Ree eo dp yn pete ae Seg a ohare rs eee

Four new species of tronbark (Eucalyptus L.Herit., Myrtaceae)

from southern Queensland

A.R. Bean and M.I.H. Brooker

Summary

Bean, A.R. & Brooker, M.I.H. (1994). Four new species of ironbark (Eucalyptus L.Hérit., Myrtaceae)

from southern Queensland. Austrobaileya 4(2): 187-194. Eucalyptus rhombica, E. tholiformis, E.

faurina and E. corynodes are all newly described. All are endemic to southern Queensland. Each species

is illustrated and compared with related species, and its distribution mapped. A key to the ironbarks of

southern Queensland is provided.

Keywords: Myrtaceae; Eucalyptus - southern Queensland; Eucalyptus rhombica; Eucalyptus tholiformis;

Eucalyptus taurina;, Eucalyptus corynodes.

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

M.L.H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600, Canberra, ACT, 2601

Introduction

The ironbarks are probably the most easily

recognised group of eucalypts because of their

characteristic dark, deeply furrowed, hard or

rarely flaky, rough bark. Ironbarks occur from

the Kimberley of Western Australia and the

‘Top End’ of the Northern Territory (a single

species /. jensenii), throughouteastern Queens-

land and New South Wales, to central and

eastern Victoria.

The ironbarks belong to three taxonomic

series, E. series Siderophloiae Blakely (about

20 formally described species), &. series

Rhodoxyla (Blakely) Chippendale (about 15

formally described species) and &. series

Melliodorae Blakely (2 formally described

species). For field identification a useful, but

purely arbitrary, grouping of ironbarks is into

fully rough-barked and gum-topped tronbarks.

Most ironbarks of the Rhodoxyla and

Melliodorae series are gum-topped, while

several of the Siderophloiae series are likewise.

In this paper, we publish names for four new

gum-topped ironbark species; three belonging

to series Siderophloiae and one to series

Rhodoxyla. In the alternative informal classifi-

cation of Pryor and Johnson (1971), the species

fallinto series Pruinosae and series Paniculatae

respectively. Nomenclature of stigma types fol-

lows Boland and Sedgley (1986).

Accepted for publication 14 March 1994

Taxonomy

Eucalyptus ser. Siderophloiae Blakely, Key

Eucalypts 59, 246 (1934). Type:

E.. siderophloia Benth.

Eucalyptus rhombica A.R. Bean & Brooker

sp. nov. ad &£. seriem Siderophloias |

pertinens, ramulis laevibus, foliis

juvenilibus lanceolatis, absentia stamin-

odiorum, alabastris rhomboideis et

fructibus magnis (ad 10 mm longis)

distinguitur. Typus: Queensland. BURNETT

District: Hungry Hills State Forest,

east of Ceratodus, (25°19’S, 151°25’E),

07 September 1989, 4.R. Bean 1109 &

P.I. Forster (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,

MEL,NSW).

Tree to 21 m tall with dark grey, somewhat flaky

ironbark on the trunk and larger branches;

branches less than 12 cm diameter smooth-

barked. Cotyledons reniform. Seedling leaves

shortly petiolate, lanceolate to broadly lanceo-

late, up to 8 x 3 cm, dull blue-green above,

purplish below, opposite for 4—S pairs. Juvenile

leaves petiolate, lanceolate, to 15 <x 3 cm,

slightly discolorous, bluish, not glaucous,

alternate, base cuneate; adult leaves petiolate,

narrow-lanceolate, 10-14.5 x 1.5—2 cm, con-

colorous, dull grey-green, alternate; venation

densely reticulate, oil glands obscure, discrete

within the areoles. Inflorescences simple and

188

axillary, or apparently compound and terminal;

umbellasters 7-flowered; peduncles terete, to

20 mm long; pedicels 3—5 mm long. Buds

rhomboidal, 11-14 x 5—6 mm, outer operculum

shed early leaving permanent ring scar; mner

operculum conical to rostrate, up to 7 x 6 mm;

stamens white, mostly flexed, all fertile. Stigma

blunt. Fruiting pedicels angular, with ridges

sometimes extending on to fruit itself; fruits

hemispherical to cylindrical, 8-10 x 8-10 mm;

disc broad and descending; valves (3)4 or 5,

enclosed or at rim level. Ovules in 4 vertical

rows on each placenta, Seeds dark brown, re-

ticulate dorsally, not angular, lacunose; hilum

ventral. Fig. 1 A—B.

Specimens examined: Queenstand, Le:rcHyarpt District:

c. 40 km west of Taroom, Sep 1979, Boyland 8041

(BRLCANB). Burnett District: quarry beside Gurgeena

road, 6.8 km from Burnett highway, Sep 1988, Bean 924

(BRI); southern end of Binjour plateau, Nov 1987, Bean

687 (BRLCANB). Dariinc Downs District: 5.5 km from

Washpool Creek crossing on the Karara-Toowoomba road

on the road to Milmerran, Sep 1988, Briggs & Keith 2403

(BRI,CANB); northern boundary of Western Creek SF, c.

30kmNW of Milmerran, Mar 1988, Keith 11 (BRI,CANB,

NSW); 12.5 km from Karara towards Milmerran, Nov

1989, Bean 1175 (BRI,NSW); on Karara-Milmerran road,

12 km from Karara, Jun 1990, Brooker 10525

(AD,BRLCANB, MEL,NSW).

Distribution and habitat: FE. rhombica is

known from a few sites over a total range of

about 400 kilometres, from west of Warwick to

north east of Eidsvold and west of Taroom

(Fig. 2). Soils vary from deep to very shallow

yellow to brown sands, and topography may

be gentle or very hilly. Associated species in-

clude FE. fibrosa F. Muell. subsp. ffbrosa,

FE. apothalassica L.A.S. Johnson & K.D. Hill,

E. virens Brooker & A.R. Bean, E. trachyphloia

F, Muell. and #. tenutpes (Maiden & Blakely)

Blakely & C.T. White.

Flowering period: Flowers have been collected

in March, September and November.

Conservation status: A coding of 3RC its

appropriate according to the criteria of Briggs

and Leigh (1988). All known populations are

small and isolated. Part of the population at the

type locality is protected as a Scientific Area.

Affinities: While E. rhombica belongs to

fk. series Siderophloiae, it has no very close

Austrobatleya 4(2): 187-194 (1994)

relatives. Itis similarto F. ffbrosa subsp. fibrosa,

with which it sometimes grows, but £. rhombica

is easily distinguished by its mostly flexed

stamens (outer stamens erect in E. fibrosa

subsp. fibrosa, fruits 8-10 x 8—10mm (7-9 x

6—8 mm In £. fibrosa subsp. fibrosa) and lan-

ceolate juvenile leaves (orbicular in £. fibrosa

subsp. fibrosa). In the herbarium, &. rhombica

resembles /. sideroxylon A. Cunn. ex Woolls

because of its similar shaped leaves and fruits,

but #. rhombica can be distinguished by its

grey, rather flaky ironbark, early-shedding outer

operculum and lack ofstaminodes. E. rhombica

has larger fruits than almost all other ironbark

species; only E. guadricostata Brooker and

E, tricarpa (L.A.S. Johnson) L.A.S. Johnson &

K.D. Hill have consistently larger fruits.

Etymology: From the Latin, rhombicus, refer-

ring to the shape of the buds.

Eucalyptus tholiformis A.R. Bean & Brooker

sp. nov. ad £. seriem Siderophloias

pertinens, ramulis laevibus, foliis

juvenilibus late-ovatis, absentia stamin-

odiorum et fructibus disco lato ascendenti

distinguitur. Typus: Queensland. Dis-

TRIcT: Salvator RosaN.P., onridge east of

the Sentinel, 18 May 1986, A.R. Bean 444

(holo: BRI; iso: BRI,MEL).

Tree to 15 m high, with hard dark grey to black,

deeply furrowed ironbark persistent on the trunk

and larger branches; branches up to 10 cm di-

ameter with smooth, white bark. Cotyledons

and seedling leaves not seen. Juvenile leaves

petiolate, ovate, 4.5—8 x 23.5 cm, concolorous,

bluish, somewhat glaucous, alternate, base

cuneate. Adult leaves with petioles 13—24

mm long, lanceolate to narrow-lanceolate,

7.5-11.5 x 1.5-3 cm, concolorous, dull blue-

grey to grey-green, alternate; reticulation very

dense, regular, leaves apparently glandless.

Inflorescences apparently compound and

terminal; umbeillasters 7-flowered; peduncles

flattened, 6—14 mm long; pedicels absent or up

to 3 mm long; buds fusiform, 7—8 x 2—3.5 mm,

outer operculum shed early leaving permanent

ring scar, inner operculum conical with a

rounded apex, 3-4 x 2—3.5 mm; stamens white,

flexed. Stigma blunt to slightly pinhead. Fruit-

ing pedicels 0-4 mm long, fruits obconical to

Bean & Brooker, Four new species of ironbark

cylindrical, current-season fruit S—6 x 5—5.5 mm,

older fruit up to 7 x 6 mm, disc broad, convex;

valves 4 or 5, exserted. Seeds brown, reticulate

dorsally, not angular; hilum ventral. Fig. 1 C—E.

Specimens examined; Queensland, LetcHHarot District:

Corries Bluff, Salvator Rosa National Park, May 1986,

Bean 447 (BRI,CANB); 16.9 km east of Mantuan Downs

T/O on Springsure-Tambo road, Sep 1990, Bean 2230

(BRI,CANB); The Sentinel, west shoulder, Oct 1987,

Brooker 9775, 9776 (BRI,CANB); 86 km from Springsure

towards Tambo, Mar 1990, Brooker 10444 (BRI,CANB,

MEL,NSW,QRS),; Salvator Rosa National Park, Apr 1974,

Stanton 13 (CANB); slopes of Pythagoras Mtn, Salvator

Rosa NP, May 1986, Bean 446 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: E. tholiformis has a

quite small geographical range in the area to

the west of Springsure (Fig. 2). It grows on

sandstone hillsides in shallow sandy soils,

and associated eucalypt species include

E. trachyphloia, E. cloeziana F. Muell. and

E. leichhardtii F.M. Bailey.

Flowering period: Unknown.

Conservation status: The species is common in

some parts of Salvator Rosa N.P. and populations

outside the national park are not under any

immediate threat.

Affinities: E. tholiformis appears to be most

closely related to FE. fibrosa, but is easily distin- —

guished by its smooth bark on branches up to

10 cm diameter (up to 5 cm diameter in

E. fibrosa), ovate juvenile leaves up to 8 x 3.5

cm (orbicular andupto 15 x 1Scmin FE. fibrosa),

operculum about the same length as the

hypanthium (operculum more than double length

of hypanthium in £-. fibrosa) and fruits to

7x 6mm with a steeply convex disc (up to

9 x 8 mm and disc level to slightly ascending in

E. fibrosa).

Etymology: From the Latin, tholiformis - dome-

shaped, referring to the domed disc of the fruit.

Eucalyptus taurina A.R. Bean & Brooker sp.

nov. ad F.seriemSiderophloias pertinens,

ramulis laevibus, foliis juvenilibus

lanceolatis, absentia staminum, alabastris

fusiformibus et fructibus sessilibus valvis

exsertis distinguitur. Typus: Queensland.

Moreron District: 7.5 km north-east of

1 3 9 es

Helidon, 17 Oct 1990, A.R. Bean 2514

(holo: BRI; iso: CANB,K,MEL,NSW).

Tree to 22 m high with rugged grey ironbark on.

the trunk and larger branches, branches less

than 8 cm diameter smooth. Cotyledons and

seedling leaves not seen. Juvenile leaves with

petioles 4-7 mm long, lanceolate, 9-13.5 x

1.5—2.5 cm, strongly discolorous, not glossy,

alternate. Adult leaves with petioles 14-18 mm

long, lanceolate to narrowly-lanceolate or

slightly falcate, 9.5—15 x 1,5—-2.5 cm,

concolorous, dull, grey-green, alternate; ven-

ation densely reticulate; oil glands obscure.

Inflorescences axillary in upper leaf axils or

apparently compound and terminal; umbellas-

ters 7-flowered or less by abortion; peduncles

angular, 4-7 mm long; pedicels absent or up to

2 mm long; buds fusiform when young,

becoming elliptical at maturity, 7-8 x 3-3.5

mm; operculum scar present, inner operculum

obtuse, to 4 x 3.5 mm; stamens white, inflexed;

stigma pinhead type. Fruits sessile or shortly

pedicellate, S—6.5 <x 5-6 mm, obconical; disc

obscure; valves 3-5, exserted. Seeds dark

brown, reticulate dorsally, not angular, not

lacunose; hilum ventral, Fig. 1 F—-G.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Morston District:

Davids road, Helidon Hills, NNE of Helidon, Mar 1990,

Bean 1387 (BRI,;CANB, NSW); Crows Nest National

Park, Oct 1987, Brooker 9797 (BRIL.CANB); 10 km NW of

Gatton, Oct 1990, Bean 2511 & Cummings (BRI,CANB).

Distribution and habitat: E. taurina occurs in

two small disjunct areas of south-eastern

Queensland; north and north-east of Helidon,

and east of Crows Nest (Fig. 2). It grows on

ridges in shallow sandy soil derived from

eranite or sandstone. The main associated tree

species are Eucalyptus gummifera (Sol. ex

Gaertn.) Hochr., £. trachyphloia, E. baileyana

F, Muell., &. dura L.A.S. Johnson & K.D. Hill,

E. acmenoides Schauer, E. henryi S.T. Blake

and Angophora woodsiana F.M. Bailey.

Flowering period: Flowers have been collected

in October.

Conservation status: A coding of 2RC is

appropriate according to the criteria of Briggs

and Leigh (1988). The species is conserved in

Crows Nest Falis N.P., but the known popula-

tion there is small. The population near Helidon

is much larger but it is not conserved there.

190

Austrobaileya 4(2): 187-194 (1994)

coh oe

etree ==

47 a? wkk + eet Oe ee

eae tate

“2

be ey i ae

ne ee as ae

‘ee Ht a

He a kt ae te

Pe eS

aan sowed ©

Fig. 1. Eucalyptus spp.: A,B. E. rhombica. A. buds x 1.5. B. fruits x 1.5, C-E. FE. tholiformis. C. juvenile leaf x 1. D. buds

x2. E. fruits x2. F-G. E. taurina. F. budsx 2. G. fruits x 2. H—K. FE. corynodes. H. juvenile leaf x 1. I. buds = 2. J, K.

fruits x 2. A, Briggs & Keith 2403; B, Bean 924; C, Ballingall 2181; D, Bean 447; E, Bean 446; F, Bean 2511; G, Bean

1387; H, Bean 2278; I, Brooker 10479 & Kleinig; J, K, Bean 2284.

ee al lala lel a el le be i eb be Ae

Bean & Brooker, Four new species of ironbark

Affinities: FE. taurina is superficially similar to

F.. crebra F, Muell., from which it differs by its

smooth outer branches, fusiform buds and the

sessile or almost sessile fruits with exserted

valves. -. taurina differs from E. tholiformis by

its narrow juvenile leaves (9—13.5 x 1.5—2.5cm

for &. taurina, 4.5—8 x 2—3.5 cm for E. tholi-

formis) and obscure fruiting disc.

Etymology: From the Latin, taurinus - of bulls,

alluding to an encounter had by the first author

when he first saw this species.

Eucalyptus ser. Rhodoxyla (Blakely) Chip-

pendale, Fl. Australia 19: 504 (1988). Type:

E. paniculata Sm.

Eucalyptus corynodes A.R. Bean & Brooker

sp. nov. Eucalypto durae affinis a qua

pedicellis et fructibus generaliter

brevioribus, foliis latioribus et follis

semper hebetatis glaucis differt. Typus:

Queensland. LEICHHARDT District: 4.5 km

south of Fairyland gate, S of Cracow,

12 June 1990, MI.H. Brooker 10479 &

D.A. Kleinig (holo: BRI; iso: AD,CANB,

MEL,NSW).

Tree to 20 m high. Bark dark grey to black

ironbark, deeply furrowed, sometimes fragment-

ing, persistent on trunk and large branches;

branches less than 5 cm diameter smooth.

Cotyledons elliptical. Seedling leaves with

petioles 7~10 mm long, lanceolate to broadly

lanceolate, 9-12.5 x 1.5-4 cm, discolorous,

opposite for about 5 pairs, then alternate.

Juvenile leaves petiolate, broadly lanceolate or

ovate, up to 9.5 x 5.5 cm, blue-grey, glaucous,

alternate. Adult leaves with petioles 15—23 mm

long, lanceolate to narrowly-lanceolate,

8.5—14.5 x 1.5—3 cm, concolorous, dull grey-

green, alternate; venation densely reticulate,

leaves apparently glandless. Inflorescences

apparently compound and terminal;

umbellasters 7-flowered; peduncles flattened,

8—17 mm long; pedicels angular at least when

dried, 4-6 mm long. Buds rhomboidal, 8-9 x

4-5 mm; operculum scar present, inner

operculum conical to hemispherical, up to

19]

5 x 5 mm. Flowers not seen. Fruits pedicellate,

hemispherical to ovoid-truncate, 6-8 x 5—7 mm;

staminophore prominent; valves 4—5, deeply

enclosed. Seeds dark brown, reticulate dorsally,

jlacunose; hilum ventral. Fig. 1 H—J.

Specimens examined: Queensland, LeicHHArpt District:

about 4 km S of ‘Fairyland’, on Cracow-Taroom road, May

1985, Bean 182 (BRILNSW); 4.8 km south of Downfall

Creek, south of Cracow, May 1985, Brooker 9008 & Bean

(BRI,CANB); Nathan Gorge, about 1 km NE of campsite,

Oct 1989, Bean 1132 (BRD; ridge beside Cracow-Taroom

road, 24,3 km from Cracow, Aug 1987, Bean 652 (BRI);

seedling raised from Bean 652, seed from 24,3 km S of

Cracow, Apr 1990, Bean 1478 (BRI,CANB). Burnett

District: ‘Melrose’, 15 km west of Eidsvold, Bean 2284

(BRIL,CANB,MEL,NSW).

Distribution and habitat: E. corynodes is

known from three areas of south-eastern Queens-

land; Nathan Gorge, Cracow-Taroom road and

west of Eidsvold (Fig. 2). It grows on sandstone

or granite ridges with little soil development.

Associated species include Eucalyptus tenuipes,

FE. watsoniana F. Muell. subsp. watsoniana,

Ei. baileyana, E. cloeziana, E. pachycalyx

Maiden & Blakely, Casuarina inophloia

F, Muell. & F.M. Bailey and Acacia bancroftii

Maiden.

Flowering period: June—August.

Conservation status: A coding of 2R is appro-

priate according to the criteria of Briggs and

Leigh (1988). None of the three populations is

conserved and each population appears to be

quite small.

Affinities: E. corynodes is closely related to

E. dura, differing from that by its dull, some-

what glaucous foliage at all stages of growth

(green and somewhat glossy in £. dura),

juvenile leaves up to 5.5 cm wide (to 4.5 cm

wide in E. dura), pedicels 4-6 mm long

(5—10 mm long in £. dura) and fruits 6-8 mm

long (7-10 mm long in EF. dura). The two

species are allopatric with E. dura occurring to

the south and east of FE. corynodes. Fig. 2.

Etymology: From the Greek, corynodes - club-

shaped, alluding to the buds.

192 Austrobaileya 4(2); 187-194 (1994)

Rockhampton .

Giadstone ©

+ae8st

OY Brisbane

@ loowoo

Goondiwindi

Fig. 2. Distribution of Eucalyptus spp. @ E. rhombica; & E. tholiformis: E. taurina, + E. corynades.

Key to the ironbarks of southern Queensland (south of the Tropic of Capricorn)

Note: Although E. drepanophylla F. Muell. is listed in Flora of Australia (Chippendale 1988) as

occurring in southern Queensland, the current authors believe that the southern records have resulted

from misidentifications of other species, chiefly &. siderophloia Benth.

I, Branches >2¢m diameter-rouch-barked: iene eas ee eee eed lee we ee ees 2

Branches 2—Scm (up to 20 cm) diameter smooth-barked ...... 00.00.00. cc eee eee 6

2. Crown comprising sessile, opposite leaves.......... Pare Ape: E. melanophloia

Crown with alternate, petiolate leaves... 0... cee eee eee ean 3

3. Fruits hemispherical, with 4—6 valves .... 0.0.0... ec ee eee eee nen 4

Fruits obconiéal,. with 3—4 Valves cd koe See od we nce se tS EE WH a wk a has 5

4, Leaves glossy; fruits 4-5 mm across..............5. Fe teheh Paty aba are a aed e2 E. virens

Leaves dull; fruits 5-6 mm across... .. cc ee eee eens E. panda

Bean & Brooker, Four new species of ironbark 193

5. Leaves narrow-lanceolate; fruits 4-6 mm long ..... cc ee ee E. crebra

Leaves lanceolate; fruits 6-8 mm long ....... 0. ccc eee een E. siderophloia

6. Fruits with stammophore; staminodes present... ..... 00... cece ect eens 7

Fruits without staminophore; all stamens fertile .. 0... 0... ccc ce cee eee ee 14

7. “Buas Without Oper SCALE wa deceit nee ee greed aire ae a eee RE ew are E. sideroxylon

EIS WHICIBOPSTOUIIMTE CATE) cus g hhc aver iey bate ncwoeregy cad tele amas eat yew am ee ter adasaeee nl iae area, 8

S. INdust leaves, CHSCOLOTOUS. meet co yard A sae ne dete ee ee seaz sue ee Rage Te: bee ae Ree E. decolor

AUIS TEAVES CORCOIOLOUS . Gracie near ute atari acces epee ageing, Bi attecg ty cenrartens ela is “ate tankee ey ale adeda 9

9. Adult leaves ovate, 2-3 times longer than wide ...... 0... cece cece eee E. caleyi

Adult leaves lanceolate, 4-8 times longer than wide... . 0... 0. . ee ee ees 10

LOR SESUIMPHEAVESAMCAI™ .~,10).53° are 'o expose ary riteta BN AT NIE BOOTIE EV Rohan: ghipln bay ss E. suffulgens

pecdling leaves: ovate fOUaANCEOlALls sn bocce esi doer aie epee oleaerd eee piace Spree asia, woe dyrte we 11

LL AH PREV OS TUN sce: Ren anuen armgceracemantels done acy ie Pamela eo no inete eee ere E. corynodes

ALCUILBAVOS- 2 LOSSY. tent seadeci-a lapsht ony igs bee shac anne yk Saad Va cre ita oa pln Aas ed Bese 12

EZ EGS) OU IAG, HOMIES, saan eyo pt ht rp serntebeeacarinns hoe Bases espa t are aateee te AN cach ek sere rp rte E. dura

FRE A Tas HOS oa ons anata si ay «Wasa sea bet sees eG AITO 4a cdl lke Ba cg Rho ac ans a amin da 13

13. Leaves 1.5—2.8 cm wide; fruits 5—7 mm long ....... 0. ccc ee eee E. melanoleuca

Leaves 0.6--1.6 cm wide; fruits 4-5 mm long ... 0... ee es E. sicilifolia

14, Valves of fruit distinctly exserted 2.0... 0... eee eee rece eens 15

Valves of fruit-enclosed or at mm level... ccs ees ek so kA a 4 wee aa eae ees 19

{5. Juvenile leaves ovate to orbicular. 0... eee eee een eens 16

Jivenilejeaves-inear td lanceolate way sy ona oui 2 Ale en cee © ee VA a On ba eee koe 18

16. Operculum >2 times length of hypanthlum....... 0.0.0... eee eens 17

Operculum about same length as hypanthium......... 0... 0c cee een E. tholiformis

17. Buds and leaves glaucous... 05 cae ee ee A ei ee ie a E. fibrosa subsp. nubila

Buds and leaves not glaucous ........ 0.000 cece eee eee eee E. fibrosa subsp. fibrosa

LS PE UIES: SS MAT SUA ager von deny’ scrtn sa ne pnd Alri Locka, v teas, wee Soe CEniy'o 4, 2 a EK. beaniana

Fruits 5—6 mm wide........... Ss apa al lsele lay tah ep asst Laestratee el langh 4g FORM wlll SGA IPM Gest AN ope 4d E. taurina

19, Branches 6—12 cm diameter smooth-barked..... 0... 00 ccc ce eens 20

Branches >6 cm diameter rough barked ...... 0.0... ccc ce eee een E. siderophloia

20. Buds 11-14 mm long; fruits 8-10 mm long .... 0... ec ee E. rhombica

Buds 6-8 mm long; fruits 4-7 mm long .... 0... ee E. decorticans

Acknowledgements

We would like to thank Betty Ballingallforher for specimens and localities of E. rhombica,

assistance in the field with F&. tholiformis, and Will Smith (BRI) for the illustrations and

Bruce Cummings whose good throwing arm distribution map.

ensured samples of FE. taurina, John Briggs

194

References

Botanp, DJ, & Supcrey, M. (1986). Stigma and Style

Morphology in Relation to Taxonomy and Breeding

Systems in Eucalyptus and Angophora (Myrtaceae).

Australian Journal of Botany 34: 569-84.

Brices, J.D. & Leicu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants, 1988 revised edition. Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publi-

cation No, 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks

and Wildlife Service.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 187-194 (1994)

CuipPpENDALE, G.M. (1988). Eucalyptus, Angophora

(Myrtaceae). In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of

Australia 19, Canberra: Australian Government —

Publishing Service.

Pryor, L.D. & Jonnson, L.A.S. (1971). A Classification of

the Eucalypts. Canberra: The Australian National

University.

Nervilia peltata (Orchidaceae), a new species from north-eastern

Queensland and the Northern Territory

B. Gray and D. L. Jones —

Summary

Gray, B. & D.L. Jones (1994). Nervilia peltata (Orchidaceae), a new species from north-eastern

Queensland and the Northern Territory. Austrobaileya 4(2): 195-198. Nervilia peltata B. Gray &

D. L, Jones is described and illustrated. Keys to the Australian species of Nervilia based on vegetative

and floral material are provided.

Keywords: Orchidaceae - Queensland, Nervilia peltata, Nervilia - Australia.

B. Gray, Australian National Herbartum, CSIRO, Division of Plant Industry, PO Box 780, Atherton, Qld

4883, Australia

D.L.. Jones, Australian National Botanic Gardens, Box 1777, Canberra, 2601, Australia

Introduction

The genus Nervilia Comm. ex Gaudich. in

Australia consists of 5 species, all found in

tropical regions (Clements 1989, Dockrill 1969,

Gray & Jones 1985). A widespread species of

this genus having distinctive, grey-green peltate

leaves has been known to the authors for many

years but floral material to confirm the identity

has proved to be elusive. Cultivated plants of

it, which have flowered over the last two years,

have confirmed the distinctiveness of the

species and it is described here as new.

Nervilia peltata B. Gray & D.L. Jones, species

novaaffinis N. crociformi (Zoll. & Moritzi)

Seidenf. a qua foliis glauces-centibus

adpressis ad terram peltatis, inflorescentia

1—3-flora, floribus minori-bus non re-

supinatis oblique erectis, et labello

laciniato multo magis intricate et multo

magis profunde differt. Typus: Queens-

land: Cook District, cultivated Atherton

ex Queensland, 2 km south of Cape York,

10°42’S, 142°32’E, Sm. alt., 11 February

1986, B. Gray 5287 (holotype: QRS).

Fig. 1.

Tubers irregularly ovoid, 1-2 cm diam., con-

sisting of 4-6 nodes, with nodal roots and

spreading stolons. Leaf solitary, more or less

Accepted for publication 12 April 1994

circular, 2-4.5 cm diameter, peltate, ground-

hugging, pale grey-green, thin-textured, surface

somewhat granular, margins irregular, on flow-

ering plants arising from the base of a scape

after anthesis. Inflorescence 6-10 cm tall, fleshy,

green, brittle. Sterile bracts 2 or 3, 1-1.6 x

0.6-0.8 cm, lanceolate, closely stem-embrac-

ing. Fertile bracts lanceolate, 4—6 x 2—3 mm,

spreading. Flowers 1—3, non-resupinate, open-

ing singly, c. 2—2.8 mm across, pale green with

a white labellum. Pedicels 0.5—1.8 cm long,

slender, Ovary c. 3 x 2 mm, ovoid. Dorsal sepal

narrowly obovate, 1.4-1.7 x 2.5-3 mm, ob-

liquely erect, apex subacute. Lateral sepals

linear to narrowly obovate, 1.4—1.6 xc. 2.5 mm,

divergent, apex subacute. Petals narrowly

oblanceolate, 1.4-1.6 x c. 2.5 mm, obliquely

erect, divergent, subacute to acute. Labellum

oblong to obovate-spathulate when flattened,

2—2.5 cm long, porrect, hardly trilobate, green-

ish towards the base, the proximal margins erect

and column-embracing, narrow in proximal half

(4—5 mm across), then suddenly expanded into

a deeply and irregularly laciniate section 1—1.2

cm across, these margins involute and overlap-

ping; callus relatively obscure, consisting of

aflat plate in the proximal third then small

calli arranged in irregular lines towards the

labellum apex and distal margins. Column pale

green, /-8 xc. 2.5 mm, fleshy, porrect from the

apex of the ovary, dilated towards the apex,

prominently winged. Stigma ovate, c. 1.2 mm

196 Austrobaileya 4(2): 195-198 (1994)

Fig.l. Nervilia peltata: A. plant in flower. B. plant in leaf. C. flower from side. D. flower from front. E. section through

column. F. column from front. G. column from side. H. labellum flattened. I. anther from side. J. anther from behind. All

from Gray 5287,

Gray & Jones, Nervilia peltata

across, sunken. Anther cap more or less

ovate, pale green, inclined forwards. Polliniac.

1.5mm long, linear-clavoid, pale yellow, mealy.

Capsule 8-12 mm x 4—6 mm, obovoid.

Flowering Period: December to February.

Collections Examined: Queensland. Cook Districr: ad-

jacent to Lockhart River Airport, Mar 1982, Gray 2486

(QRS); 2 km south of Cape York, Feb 1986, Gray 4272

(QRS); Moa Island, Mar 1989, Gray 5000 (QRS); 5 km

west of St Pauls, Moa Island, 12 Feb 1989, Jones 3605

(CBG); Stoney Ck, south of Cooktown, | Apr 1993, Broers

444 & Roberts (CBG); North Kennedy; cultivated

Townsville ex Hinchinbrook Island, Dec 1987, Lavarack

s.n. (QRS, CBG); Northern Territory: Green Ant Creek, 6

Mar 1970, Byrnes 1699 (DNA); Hanguana Jungle, Melville

Island, 2 February 1984, Jones 1339 (DNA).

Distribution and Habitat: Endemic to Aus-

tralia, occurring in the Top End of the Northern

Territory, and from Torres Strait (Moa Island)

south to Hinchinbrook Island in north-eastern

Queensland. It forms extensive colonies among

srass in open forest and woodland.

Affinities: Nervilia peltata 1s closest to

N. crociformis but can be readily distinguished

by vegetative and floral features. ‘The leaves of

197

N. peltata can be immediately distinguished

because they are peltate, strongly ground-

hugging, pale grey-green and have a granular

surface. By contrast, those of N. crociformis are

non-peltate, dark green, smooth and are held

horizontally above the ground. Nervilia peltata

bears 1-3 non-resupinate, obliquely erect

flowers to 2.8 cm across, each lasting about a

day. The inflorescence of N. crociformis is

single-flowered with the flower being resupinate,

to3.7 cmacross, facing upwards and lasting two

or more days. The labellum of N. peltata 1s

much more deeply and intricately fringed than

that of N. crociformis.

Notes: ‘The distinctive leaves of N. peltata have

been known to the authors for many years but it

is only in the last two years that it has been

possible to obtain flowers (by maintaining plants

in cultivation). The leaves of wild populations

are somewhat variable with smaller leaves be-

ing nearly round and the petiole almost central,

whereas in larger leaves the petiole tends to be

off-centre and there is often an indentation on

the nearest margin (L. Roberts pers. comm.).

Vegetative Key to Australian Nervilia

1. Leafground-hugging ..............0005.

Leaf erect, never ground-hugging .........

2k TC alep SH Ave a ce yy tia ty lace at ean vist abe J CaaS halons

Leaf non-peltate:, v.y45 e043 aes ee kere te

3, Leaf glabrous, veins immersed ..........

Leaf hairy above, veins raised...........

* 6 & & & & #£F EF © £ & FF FF FE ££ FF £F EF &£& *F £§ FF FF FSF FF FF & FEF F&F BH FH FF FE F&F SF

6 * #8 © # #8 8 #8 #6 8 © #8 8 & 8 8 8 © #8 #£ €£$ 8B &* #8 © *#£ FF F&F £& £ FF FF FF FEF FF F

Hidhlys N. crociformis (Zoll. et Moritzi) Seidenf.

old dh Grint k oatontiont wed N. plicata (Andrews) Schltr.

4. Leaf less than 5 cm across, dark red or pulplish beneath..... N. uniflora (F. Muell.) Schltr.

Leaf more than 5 cm across, green beneath

5. Leaf ovate, plicate, flat throughout .......

rolae sence ee et N. holochila (F, Muell.) Schltr.

Leaf broadly cordate, not plicate, the basal margins infolded....... N. aragoana Gaudich.

Floral Key to Australian Nervilia

|, Flowers pale green with a white labellum ..

ee ee ee ee a

Flowers pink or mauve with a pink or red labellum ...... 0... 0. ee 4

198

2. Labellum mid-lobe entire or slightly crenulate

Labellum mid-lobe fimbIiate or laciniate .. .

Austrobaileya 4(2): 195—198 (1994)

3. Flowers non-resupinate, labellum mid-lobe deeply laciniate

se @ # &®& &#& &#& © &#& & & & 8&© & © & © & &€& © & & & & & & €& FF F&F & &€& FF F F

ear ee Ee N. peltata B. Gray & D. L. Jones

Flowers resupinate, labellum mid-lobe fimbriate . N. crociformis (Zoll. et Moritzi) Seidenf.

4, Labellum mid-lobe ovate ...............

Labellum mid-lobe square to oblong ......

5. Labellum with a broad, hairy central ridge

eo N. holochila (F. Muell.) Schltr.

Labellum glabrous, lacking a prominent central ridge ....... N. plicata (Andrews) Schltr.

Conservation Status: Widely distributed,

common and conserved in national parks.

Etymology: From the Latin peltatus, shield-

shaped with a central stalk, in reference to the

leaf.

Acknowledgements

We thank Bill Lavarack and Lewis Roberts for

discussions about the species, Corinna Broers

for technical assistance, Clyde Dunlop for hos-

pitality, Jeremy Russell-Smith for material from

the Northern Territory, Mark Ciements for com-

menting on the manuscript and Lyn Craven for

the Latin diagnosis.

References

CLEMENTS, M. A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian

Orchidaceae. Australian Orchid Research 1: 1—160.

GRAY, B. & D. L. Jones (1985), Miscellaneous Notes on the

Orchids of North-eastern Queensland. The

Orchadian 8: 108-111.

DockriLtt, A, W. (1969). Australian Indigenous Orchids

Volume 1:185~95, Sydney: Society for Growing

Australian Plants.

Two new species of Rutidosis DC. (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae)

from Queensland |

Ailsa E. Holland

Summary

Holland, Ailsa E. (1994), Two new species of Rutidosis DC. (Asteraceae: Gnaphalteae) from Queens-

land. Autrobaileya 4(2): 199-203. Rutidosis crispata and R. lanata from south eastern Queensland are

described. Conservation codings of 2K and 2E respectively, are suggested. A key to the species of

Rutidosis in south eastern Queensland is given.

Keywords: Asteraceae, Rutidosis — Queensland, Rutidosis crispata, Rutidosis lanata.

Ailsa E. Holland, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Old 4068, Australia

Introduction

The genus Rutidosis DC. is an endemic Aus-

tralian genus. According to Anderberg (1991)

and Wilson (1992), Rutidosis is a polyphyletic

grouping that is partly congeneric with Acomis

F. Muell. The two new species are here treated

as belonging to Rutidosis in the broad sense.

Rutidosis crispata A.E.Holland, sp. nov.

maxime arcte affinis R. /eucanthae

F.Muell. et R. lanatae A.E.Holland; a

R. leucantha foliis ellipticis, corollis luteis,

et pappi squamis acutis differt; aR. Janata

involucri bracteis non lanatis, capitulis

parvioribus (4-10 mm in diametro) et

flosculis paucioribus (9-22) differt.

Typus: Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT:

Glenmoral Gap, 13 km WSW of Theodore,

13 Sep 1986, P.I. Forster 2639 (holo: BRI

(AQ379827); iso: CANB, K, MO, US).

Erectherbaceous perennial to 35 cm high. Stems

single and woody at base, much branched above;

branches thin, densely white woolly hairy.

Leaves all cauline, alternate, sessile, elliptic,

0.72.8 cm long, 1.5—-6 mm wide, with finely

undulate or crisped margins, acute and apiculate

at apex; lower surface white, densely woolly

hairy; upper surface green, sparsely hairy with

a mixture of multicellular scabrous and longer

woolly hairs; 1-veined. Inflorescences mainly

Acepted for publication 20 March 1994

in upper axils; peduncles 2—5.5 cm long, sparsely

to densely white woolly hairy, not scaly; capitula

campanulate, 4-10 mm diam. with 2 or 3 rows

of involucral bracts and 9—22 florets. Outer

involucral bracts ovate or obovate, 0.8-4 mm

long, 0.5—-1.5 mm wide, entire or somewhat

lacerate at apex, acute or obtuse; proximal part

with an obovate stereome 0.5—2.5 mm long, and

surface green or pale brown with short

glandular hairs; margin and distal parts scarious,

glabrous, sparsely glandular, pale brown, trans-

lucent. Inner involucral bracts similar, obovate,

4—6 mm long, 1—-1.5 mm wide, tapered and

entire or lacerate at apex; stereome 3—5 mm

long; margin and distal parts scarious. Recep-

tacle domed, 1-1.5 mm diam., glabrous.

Florets all bisexual, actinomorphic, longer than

the involucral bracts; corolla 4-4.5 mm long,

yellow, glabrous; tube narrowed below, dilated

above; dilated part 2.5—3 mm long; lobes 5,

triangular, 0.8—1.4 mm long, glabrous. Anthers

with triangular apical appendage, c. 0.1 mm

long; collar c. 2 mm long; tails fine, linear, c.

0.5 mm long. Style arms elongated, 1.2—1.5 mm

long; apex tapered and papillose; stigmatic

patches in lower 1/3—1/2. Cypsela obovoid,

2—2.5 mm long, 1—-1.5 mm wide, truncate or

rounded at apex; pericarp crustaceous, dark

brown, glabrous, densely covered with promi-

nent, non glandular tubercles; seed free from

pericarp; testa membranous; pappus scales 6-8,

linear, 1-1.3 mm long, entire or slightly irregu-

larly lacerated at apex, acute, white or slightly

yellowish. Fig. 1.

200

Austrobaileya 4(2): 199-203 (1994)

Kig. 1. Rutidosus crispata: A. portion of flowering stem x 2. B. style arms x 25, C. floret with cypsela and pappus scales

x 10. D, outer involucral bract x 10. E. cypsela x 25, F. anther x 25 (from P./. Forster 2639, BRI).

Other specimens examined: Queensland, LeicHHARDT

District: Glenmoral Gap, 13 km WSW of Theodore, Jan

1987, Forster 2862 (BRI, CANB, MEL); Glenmoral Gap,

13 km WSW of Theodore, Oct 1993, Forster 14076 &

Holland (BRI, CANB, K, MEL, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: This species was first

collected from Glenmoral Gap in the Dawson

Range by P.I.Forster in 1986. It is presently

known only from this single locality. It occurs

on a ridge top, in shallow sandy soil on sand-

stone, in open eucalypt forest dominated by

Eucalyptus suttelgens, E. tenuipes & E. trachy-

phloia, with an understorey of Triodia sp.

Phenology: Flowers occur from September to

January.

Conservation status: This species is presently

known only from the type locality and should

be considered rare. The type locality is not a

conserved area, but the species does not appear

to be under threat of destruction unless land use

or management practices in the area are

changed. Thorough searches in the Dawson

Range and adjacent areas in central Queensland

may reveal further populations. The suggested

conservation code is, therefore, 2K using the

criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1988).

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Latin crispus, crisped or irregularly waved,

refering to the irregularly undulate or crisped

leaf margins.

Rutidosis lanata A.E.Holland, sp. nov., maxime

arcte affinis R. leucanthae F.Muell. et

R.crispatae A.E.Holland; a R. leucantha

foliis ellipticis, corollis luteis, et pappi

squamis acutis differt; a R. crispata

involucri bracteis lanatis, capitulis

Holland, new Queensland Rutidosis

majoribus (8-16 mm in diametro) et

flosculis pluribus (33-40) differt. Typus:

Queensland. MaARANOA District: 3 km

N of Jackson on the road to Wandoan,

3 Nov 1993, A.£.Holland 1087 &

M.A.McGowan (holo: BRI(AQ 621988);

iso:CANB, K).

[Rutidosis leucantha auct. non F. Muell.:

Stanley, T.D. & Ross, E.M., Flora of

South-eastern Queensland 2:543, 550,

fig. 76 D (1986)]. .

Erect herbaceous perennial, to 30 cm high.

Stems single and woody at base, branched

above, densely white woolly hairy. Leaves all

cauline, alternate, sessile, elliptic or oblan-

ceolate, 1.24.5 cm long, 3—9 mm wide, with

entire or with slightly undulate margins, acute

or obtuse at apex; lower surface white, densely

woolly hairy: upper surface green, moderately

hairy with a mixture of scabrid multicellular

hairs and longer woolly hairs. Lower leaves

3-veined from base and somewhat stem clasp-

ing. Inflorescences mostly in upper axils;

peduncles 1-5 cm long, densely white woolly

hairy, not scaly; capitula campanulate to hemi-

spherical, 8—16 mm diam., with several rows of

involucral bracts and 33-40 florets. Outer

involucral bracts obovate, 2.5—5 mm long,

1.5—3 mm wide, entire, sometimes lacerate at

apex, obtuse or acute; proximal part with an

ovate or obovate stereome 1—3 mm long and

1—2 mm wide, and surfaces green or golden

brown, densely woolly hairy interspersed with

short glandular hairs; margins and upper parts

scarious, translucent, pale brown, sparsely

woolly hairy. Inner involucral bracts similar,

lanceolate to linear, 4-8 mm long, 1—-1.5 mm

wide, acute or tapered, sometimes lacerate at

apex; stereome 1.5—2.4 mm long, with a few

woolly hairs and glands on surface; margin and

distal parts scarious, glabrous. Receptacle

domed, 2—2.5 mm diam., glabrous. Florets all

bisexual, actinomorphic, longer than invol-

ucral bracts; corolla 44.5 mm long, yellow,

glabrous; tube narrowed below, dilated above,

dilated part 2.5—3 mm long, c. 0.7 mm wide;

lobes 5, triangular, 1.0—1.5 mm long, glabrous.

Anthers with triangular apical appendage, c. 0.5

mm long; collarc. 2.2mm long; tails fine, linear,

c. 0.5 mm long. Style arms elongated, 2—3 mm

201

long; apex tapered and papillose; stigmatic

patches in lower 1[/3—1/2. Cypselas obovoid,

2.2-3.0 mm long, 0.8—1.5 mm wide, truncate

at apex; pericarp crustaceous, dark brown,

glabrous, densely covered with prominent non-

glandular tubercles; seed free from pericarp;

testa membranous; pappus scales 8—12, linear,

0.7—1.3 mm long; entire or sometimes slightly

irregularly lacerated at apex, acute, white or

slightly yellowish. Fig, 2.

Other specimens examined; Queensland. Maranoa Dis-

trict: Yuleba Forestry Road between Condamine High-

way and Clayhole Creek, Nov 1958, Johnson 649 (BRI); N

of Jackson, Mar 1953, Blake 19149 (BRI). Dartinc Downs

District: About 9 miles [15.2 km] S of Meandarra, Mar

1959, Johnson 735 (BRI, NSW); ‘Woodlands’, 5 miles [8

km] SW of Westmar, Dec 1958, Pedley 358 (BRI); Glenoie,

near Hannaford, Apr 1939, Everist 17872 (BRD).

Distribution and habitat: This species had been

collected from only five locations on the west-

ern Darling Downs (given above). A recent

intensive survey of the area has relocated the

species at only two of the five localities, near

Meandarra and north of Jackson. It occurs in

remnant roadside vegetation, on sand ridges

and sandy clay flats, under Eucalyptus and

Acacia species.

Phenology: Flowers occur from October to

March.

Conservation status: This new species is both

rare and endangered. In the recent survey of the

western Darling Downs (November 1993) only

two small populations, each less than 100 indi-

viduals were located within 5 m ofthe road edge

and adjacent to cleared or partly cleared farm

and grazing land. The western Darling Downs

has been cleared extensively and only a few

areas of native forest remain. Although this

species was collected in Yuleba State Forest in

1958, it could not be relocated there at the time

of the recent survey. The suggested conser-

vation status 1s, therefore, 2K using the criteria

of Briggs and Leigh (1988).

Etymology: Vhe specific epithet is derived from

the latin /ana, wool, refering to the distinctive

woolly hairy involucral bracts of the capitula.

Notes: Examination of type material of Rutidosis

leucantha F,Muell. from MEL revealed that

specimens at BRI previously ascribed to

Austrobaileya 4(2): 199-203 (1994)

202

Fig, 2, Rutidosus lanata: A. flowering stem = |. B. style arms x 25. C. floret with cypsela and pappus scales x 10. D. outer

involucral bract x 10. E. cypsela x 25. F. anther x 25. (from R. W. Johnson 649, BRI).

Holland, new Queensland Rutidosis

R. leucantha belong to R. lanata, and that

other specimens segregated as a possible new

species are correctly R. leucantha. Thus the

taxon called R. leucantha in Flora of South-

eastern Queensland by Stanley and Ross in

1986 is correctly R. lanata.

R. crispata and R. lanata are most closely

related to each other, sharing a small habit,

203

indumentum type, yellow flowers, tapered style

arms, elliptic leaves, and acute pappus scales.

They are also related to Rutidosus leucantha

which has similar tapered style arms. These

three species and others in SE Qld, can be

distinguished as follows:

Key to Rutidosis species in S.E.Queensland

. Involucral bracts golden yellow and entirely scarious; style arms short and

TEI GAT a se yeni ek F588 ©, ee Hw Ak LW Gilgit Datel V bead be bel Myles HEEL Dee he 7. 228 Wee wie Fag Re pee es wt ale 2

Involucral bracts brown, scarious only at apex and margins; style arms long |

atic Taneree 10:4 Pome, Sa ov cael Ses eee eh OAS weed dod wih Rs CAE EAR DE ie 3.

. Involucral bracts distinctly transversely rugose; pappus scales entire and

EPEC ALE NAL BOON ers: sus n 0 9-% ad shewsa abla’ 0 tear atck and tute et kbe ee Rearad oe gee tele R. helichrysoides

Involucral bracts smooth; pappus scales ciliate and acute at apex

sok Lastarlge et rend stan ee arty alge ra aaa Plone asad Meese naran tah Imac e Td toasingstegke gar” He EE CLS OME

. Pappus scales obovate, rounded or truncate at apex; capitula 14-24 mm

diameter; florets white or cream, 4-6 mm long; outer involucral bracts =>

with a distinctive dark brown patch at base ... 0... . eee eee R. leucantha

Pappus scales linear, acute; capitula 4-16 mm diameter; florets yellow,

4—4.5 mm long; outer involucral bracts more uniformly coloured.................. 4.

. Outer involucral bracts covered with woolly hairs; capitula 8—16 mm diam.,

with 33-40 florets; leaves 1.24.5 cm long, entire or slightly undulate;

basal leaves somewhat stem clasping, with 3 veins from base............... R. lanata

Outer involucral bracts lacking woolly hairs or with a few at base; capitula

4—10 mm diameter, with 9-22 florets; leaves 0.7—2.8 cm long, finely

undulate or crisped; basal leaves not stem clasping, I-veined............. R. crispata

Acknowledgments

[thank the directors of K, MEL and NSW forthe

loan of type material, Paul Forster and Mary

McGowan for assistance in the field, and Eliza-

beth Brownjohn for assistance in the laboratory.

The illustrations were prepared by Will Smith.

References

ANDERBERG, A.A. (1991). Taxonomy and Phylogeny of the

tribe Gnaphalieae (Asteraceae), Opera Botanica

104:1-195 (1991).

Briaos, J.D. and Leicu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition, Austral-

ian National Parks and Wildlife Service Special

Publication 14, Canberra: Australian National Parks

and Wildlife Service.

Wirson, P.G. (1992). A new species of Acomis from the

Northern Territory and a new combination in the

genus Thiseltonia (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieac),

Nuytsia 8(3):479-483.

Eucalyptus clandestina (Myrtaceae),

anew bloodwood from central Queensland

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R.(1994). Eucalyptus clandestina (Myrtaceae), a new bloodwood from central Queensland.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 205-208. Eucalyptus clandestina, is described and illustrated, and is compared to

related species. Notes on distribution, habitat and conservation status are given.

Keywords: Myrtaceae, Eucalypius - Queensland, Eucalyptus clandestina

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Old 4068, Australia

Introduction

The recent comprehensive treatment of the

genus Eucalyptus L'Hérit. (Chippendale 1988)

included all species described before January

1987. Since that time, many new species have

been described from all parts of Australia. A

significant proportion of these belong to the

bloodwood group, with which this paper is

concerned. The identity of bloodwoods as a

group is discussed by Brooker and Bean (1991),

New bloodwood species have been described

by Brooker and Bean (1987), Carr and Carr

(1987), Bean and Brooker (1989) and Brooker

and Bean (1991). The species described here

belongs to E. series Terminaliptera Maiden

(Chippendale 1988), one of six validly pub-

lished bloodwood series recognised by Brooker

and Bean (1991). In the alternative mformal

classification of Pryor and Johnson (1971), it

belongs to £. subgenus Corymbia, section

Rufaria, series Gummiferae. In another infor-

mal classification by Carr and Carr (1987), the

new species belongs in their £. series

Gummiferae.

Taxonomy

Eucalyptus clandestina A.R. Bean sp. nov.

affinis E. lamprophylla a qua fructibus

minoribus, pedicellis longioribus, plantulis

glabris ultra nodum septimum differt.

Typus: Queensland. SourH KENNEDY

District. 34.2km from Clermont, along

Accepted for publicaton 14 March 1994

road to Alpha, 24 September 1990, A.B.

Bean2399 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,NSW).

Tree 6-10 m tall with grey flaky tessellated

bloodwood bark on the trunk and branches

greater than 3 cm diameter; underbark yellow-

ish or reddish; terminal branches smooth

barked. Cotyledons reniform, c. 6 x 9 mm;

seedling leaves with petioles 1—3 mm long,

narrow-lanceolate, 25—60 x 6—9 mm, not peltate,

discolorous, somewhat glossy, opposite for many

pairs; base cuneate; apex obtuse or acute. Stems

and abaxial leaf midribs of young seedlings

sparsely covered by bristle-glands, seedlings

glabrous beyond node seven. Juvenile leaves

with petioles 2-4 mm long, narrow-lanceolate,

55—105 x 8-16 mm, strongly discolorous, some-

what glossy on adaxial surface, glabrous,

subopposite; base cuneate; apex obtuse to acu-

minate. Adult leaves with petioles 8-14 mm

long, narrow-lanceolate, 80-115 x 10-20 mm,

strongly discolorous, somewhat glossy on

adaxial surface, alternate; base cuneate; apex

acuminate; venation densely reticulate; main

lateral veins set at a wide angle to the midrib

and terminating at an intramarginal vein, oil

glands small and scattered. Conflorescences

apparently terminal, compound. Umbellasters

7-flowered; peduncles angular, 5—7 mm long;

pedicels slender, terete, 6-8 mm long; buds

ovoid to clavate, to 8 x 5mm, smooth, minutely

punctate. Opercula more or less conical, c. 2

mm long, both shed at anthesis. Stamens fully

inflexed in bud, all fertile. Fruits pedicellate,

ovoid to urceolate, 10-14 x 7-10 mm, smooth,

206

Austrobaileya 4(2): 205—208(1994)

Fig. 1. Eucalyptus clandestina: A. buds x 2. B. fruits x 2. C. juvenile leaves x 1, D, juvenile leaf x 4, A,B, Bean 5768; C,D,

Bean 23 19.

srey; disc descending; valves deeply enclosed,

usually four, occasionally three; seeds brown

with a long terminal wing. Fig 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. LercHHarpt District:

on Laglan road,.about 29 km W of Clermont, Belyando

Shire, Aug 1988, Anderson 4497 (BRI). SoutH KENNEDY

District: Clermont-Laglan road, 31.7 km from Clermont,

Sep 1990, Bean 2318 (BRI,CANB ,NSW); ditto, Bean

2319 (BRD; 32 km along Laglan road, NW of Clermont,

Feb 1993, Bean 5766 (BRI); 29.8 km along Laglan road,

NW of Clermont, Feb 1993, Bean 5768 (BRI,CANB).

Distribution and Habitat: EF. clandestina has

a very restricted distribution on the Drummond

Range west of Clermont Fig 2. It grows on

hillsides in reddish to grey loamy soils where

it forms a minor component of woodland

dominated by Eucalyptus crebra F. Muell.

Other associated species include FE. papuana

F, Muell., £. melanophloia F. Muell. and

Acacia rhodoxylon Maiden.

Phenology: Known to flower in February, but

full flowering period unknown.

Conservation status: KE. clandestina is not

conserved and is currently known from Just

two stands, each of less than 100 trees. Hence

an appropriate coding is 2V (cf. Briggs & Leigh

1988).

Affinities: E. clandestina is closely related to

both £. lamprophylla Brooker & A.R. Bean

and £. arnhemensis D.J. Carr & S.G.M. Carr.

ee nea ht dada a LEE LU beatae ee elise et ae BS te Ot eS anand a

+ Ee SIE a ene Pl eae ee nee

Bean, Eucalyptus clandestina

E. clandestina differs from FE. lamprophylla

by its smaller fruits, longer pedicels and

glabrous seedlings beyond node seven.

E. clandestina differs from FE. arnhemensis by

its glabrous seedling leaves between nodes

7 and 12, its persistent bark, and its lack

207

of indumentum on adult foliage. These

differences are summarised in Table 1.

E.. clandestina has the smallest fruits of all

central Queensland bloodwoods with the

exception of FE. trachyphloia F. Muell.

Table 1. Comparison of £. clandestina with E. lamprophylla and E. arnhemensis.

E. clandestina

fruit size 10-14 x 7-10mm

abaxial surface slabrous

of adult leaves

pedicel length 6-8 mm

seedling leaves glabrous beyond

node 7

bark rough to small

branches

not Mackay ¢

(Clermont

| Emerald

Aloha

E. lamprophylia E. arnhemensis

to 18 x 14mm 10-15 x 10 mm

glabrous | indumentum of

single celled hairs

0—2 mm 2—7 mm

hairs persisting glabrous beyond

beyond node 12 node 12

rough to small rough on trunk,

branches branches smooth

150°

22°

Rockhampton

“\

Fig. 2. Distribution of Eucalyptus clandestina (open circles).

208

Etymology: The species epithet is derived from

the Latin word clandestinus, meaning ‘to be

hidden, secretive’, and refers to the small

populations of this species “hidden” amongst

the abundant ironbarks in the area.

Acknowledgements

Iam grateful to Eric Anderson of Rockhampton,

who first discovered this species and brought it

to my attention, to Les Pedley for providing the

Latin diagnosis, and to Will Smith for the illus-

trations.

References

Bean, A.R. & Brooxesr, M.1.H. (1989). Two New species

of Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) from Central Queens-

land. Austrobaileya 3(1): 39-44.

Austrobatleya 4(2): 205-208(1994)

Brices, J.D, & Leteu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Austral-

ian National Parks and Wildlife Service Special

Publication 14, Canberra: Australian National Parks

and Wildlife Service.

Brooker, M.1.H, & Bean, A.R. (1987). Two New Ironbarks

and a New Bloodwood (Eucalyptus, Myrtaceac)

from Queensland. Brunonia 10: 189-200.

(1991). A Revision of the Yellow Bloodwoods

(Myrtaceae: Eucalyptus ser. Naviculares Maiden).

Austrobaileya 3(3): 409-437.

Carr, D.J. & Carr, 8.G.M. (1987). Eucalyptus I. The

rubber cuticle, and other studies of the Corymbosae.

Canberra: Phytoglyph Press.

CHIPPENDALE, G.M. (1988). Flora of Australia. Volume 19

Myrtaceae - Eucalyptus, Angophora. Canberra: Aus-

tralian Government Publishing Service.

Pryor, L.D. & Jounson, L.A.S. (1971). A Classification of

the Eucalypts. Canberra: The Australian National

University.

SAA tated Sites ntevatet, Pb fy Ae

2 PURAPSEYS DE ASS a nal

A taxonomic revision of Acalypha L. (Euphorbiaceae) in

Australia

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paull. (1994), Ataxonomicrevision of Acalypha L. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya

4(2): 209-226. The genus Acalypha L. is revised for Australia. Eight species are present in Australia,

including six native taxa, A. capillipes Muell. Arg., A. eremorum Muell. Arg., A. lanceolata Willd.,

A. lyonsii P.I. Forst. sp, nov., A. nemorum F. Muell, ex Muell. Arg. and A. pubiflora subsp. australica

Radcl. — Sm. and two naturalised taxa, A. australis L. and A. wilkesiana Muell. Arg. Lectotypes are

selected for A. capillipes, A. cunninghamii Muell. Arg., A. eremorum and A. nemorum. A. indica vat.

australis F.M. Bailey is placed in the synonymy of A. lanceolata.

Keywords: Acalypha — Australia; Acalypha australis, Acalypha capillipes, Acalypha eremorum,

Acalypha lanceolata, Acalypha lyonsii, Acalypha nemorum, Acalypha pubiflora subsp. australica,

Acalypha wilkesiana.

Paul I, Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Old 4068, Australia

Introduction

The genus Acalyphawas described by Linnaeus

in his ‘Species Plantarum’ and included three

species at that time. Species of Acalypha are

widespread in both the New and Old Worlds

and there are around 430 species in the genus

(Mabberley 1989). According to Webster

(1994), Acalypha isthe sole member ofsubtribe

Acalyphinae Griseb. in tribe Acalypheae

Dumort., but there has been no critical assess-

ment of its relationship to other genera in the

Euphorbiaceae.

The genus was first recognised for Aus-

tralia in the 1860’s by J. Mueller (1864, 1865,

1866) who described A. capillipes, A. cunn-

inghamii, A. eremorum and A. nemorum, based

mainly on material forwarded to him at Geneva

by F. Mueller in Melbourne. Bentham (1873)

recognised only three species in Australia,

reducing A. cunninghamii to synonymy of

A, nemorum. Bailey (1902) recognised four

species in Queensland, those of Bentham and

A, indica var. australis F.M. Bailey.

Airy Shaw (1981), in his conspectus of

Australian Euphorbiaceae, recognisedas native

A, capillipes, A. eremorum and A. nemorum

Accepted for publication 15 April 1994

and considered A. australis L. and A. wilkesiana

Muell. Arg. as naturalised. Airy Shaw included

A, indica var. australis in the synonymy of

A, australis. More recently Radcliffe-Smith

(1990) included A. lanceolata Willd. as a new

record for Australia and described A. pubiflora

subsp. australica both from Western Austral-

ian material.

The present revision arose as part of my

studies in the family directed towards a ‘Flora of

Australia’ treatment and is necessary for the

following reasons:

(1) One new taxon requires naming.

(2) The names of over half the taxa require

lectotypification.

(3) All species require detailed descriptions.

This was not undertaken by Airy Shaw

(1981) or Radcliffe-Smith (1990).

(4) Considerable new data on distribution has

become available and greatly modifies those

given by Airy Shaw (1981).

Hence, in the present revision eight taxa,

six native (five endemic) and two naturalised,

are recognised.

210

Materials and Methods

This revision is based on herbarium holdings at

AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, MEL, NSW, PERTH

and QRS, photographs of type material at BM,

G-DC and K, and field collections and obser-

vations by the author.

Foliage measurements and descriptions

have been made from dried material. Flower

and fruit descriptions have been made from

both spirit and dried material. Leaf sizes refer

to those measured on fertile stems. Indumentum

cover is as defined by Hewson (1988), except

that ‘scattered’ is used instead of ‘isolated’.

The term ‘refringent glands’ refers to small

cellular structures that are sessile and some-

what embedded in the leaf lamina of some

species. Airy Shaw (1981) used this term,

although whether these structures are glandu-

lar in function requires investigation.

The ‘Wet Tropics’ is defined as that area

of north-eastern Queensland which encom-

passes the ‘hot, humid vine forests’ from near

Cooktown in the north to Paluma in the south

(Webb & Tracey 1981, Barlow & Hyland

1988).

Taxonomy

Acalypha L., Sp. Pl. 1003 (1753). Type: A.

virginica L, (lecto; fideJ.K.SmallinN.L.

Britton & A. Brown, Il. Fl. N. U.S. ed. 2,

2: 457 (1913)).

Derivation of name: from the Greek akalephe,

an ancient name used by Hippocrates for

the nettle meaning not (a) pleasant (kalos),

Austrobaileya 4(2): 209-226(1994)

alluding to the similarity between some species

of Acalypha and stinging nettles.

Herbs, shrubs or small trees, annual or

perennial, monoecious or dioecious. Indumen-

tum of simple, rarely stellate, often glandular

trichomes and sometimes with sessile refringent

glands. Stems developing bark or lenticellate.

Leaves alternate, generally petiolate, stipulate,

elobate, often toothed, palmi- or penninerved.

Inflorescences terminal or axillary, solitary or

paired, uni- or bisexual, spicate, racemose or

paniculate. Bisexual inflorescences axillary or

terminal, with female flowers towards the base

and male flowers towards the apex. Female

inflorescences axillary or terminal with flowers

usually sessile and 1—5 within a toothed or

lobed accrescent bract. Female flowers: calyx

lobes 3—5 and imbricate; petals and disc absent;

ovary 2 or 3 locular with 1 ovule per locule;

styles free or variously connate, usually lacinate,

rarely entire or bilobed. Male inflorescences

axillary with flowers pedicellate and clustered

together into bracteate glomerules. Male flow-

ers: calyx lobes 4-parted and valvate; petals and

disc absent; stamens 8-12 and attached to a

slightly raised receptacle; filaments free, filiform

or flattened; anthers basifixed, bilobate, thecae

oblong to linear, longitudinally dehiscent;

pistillodes absent. Fruits capsular, trilobate,

dehiscing septicidally into 3 bivalved cocci.

Seeds ellipsoid or subglobose, carunculate or

ecarunculate; testa crustaceous; albumen fleshy;

cotyledons broad, flat.

A genus of approximately 430 species in

the Old and New Worlds. Eight species in

Australia.

Key to species of Acalypha in Australia

1. Planta wiry herb................. SN CT a

Plant a perennial shrub or small tree.......

2. Inflorescences single in each axil; inflorescence axis with glandular

TSE OTIS, otis Fl eee sree cel ites bee aye eet

Besta ee cs Ft vest Chia, A emt ed E abee bal ade 5S, A. lanceolata

Inflorescences usually paired in each axil; inflorescence axis without

glandular trichomes ..............000.

ss = FF © &©& @ &© © © @© © & © & ©#© & &£ 8 FB EF & Fe BF F&F &

1. A. australis

3, Leaf lamina with refringent glands on the lower surface .......... 0.0... eeu e eee nee 4

Leaf lamina without refringent glands on the lower surface............. 0.0 cue eeeees 5

“He ae eee ern et Sa NER RY SD RE EE,

Forster, Acalypha in Australia

211

4. Virgate shrub; leaf lamina 3-30 mm long, with refringent glands on upper

SEB EACE ok 205 teaelades ft dealt dsetendes bce ganliod alti dh

pst besh ean i xs Sadak bata ert ltt oo Mi ie 4. A. lyonsi

Spreading shrub; leaf lamina 25-120 mm long, refringent glands absent on

UPPerSUMACE wis dis: aves Rares wae eee

Linea $358 MEY FE Rte Me te, SERENE a .7, A. pubiflora

5. Branchlets with ridges of cream-coloured, flaky bark; female flowers on

1OKE PSCUNCIES. sw ype ee eee YO

Branchlets lenticellate and without ridges of cream-coloured, flaky bark;

female flowers + sessile............5.

B17 a CLS CR aR ee Ce

7. Virgate shrub; leaf lamina with 5—7 lateral veins per side of midrib....... 3. A. eremorum

Spreading shrub; leaf lamina with 8-10 lateral veins per side of

POMS ee ony EY ee ae secde Wve: We Ue OE

1. Acalypha australis L., Sp. Pl. 1004 (1753).

Type: ‘America meridionalis’ [China]

(ecto: LINN1139.5 [fiche at BRI!]; fide

Airy Shaw, Kew Bull. 35: 584 (1981)).

Wiry herb to 150 mm high, monoecious;

indumentum consisting of simple non-glandu-

lar trichomes. Stems rounded, with sparse to

dense trichomes; spines absent. Stipules

lanceolate, 0.5—2 mm long, 0.2—0.4 mm wide,

with scattered trichomes. Leaves petiolate,

eglandular, discolorous; petioles 1-60 mm long,

0.5—1 mm wide, with sparse trichomes; lamina

ovate to obovate, 9-85 mm _ long, 5-40 mm

wide, venation palminerved with 3-veins from

base and with 2-4 lateral veins per side of

midrib; margins shallowly crenate; upper sur-

face dark green, glabrous, venation «+ obscure;

lower surface pale green, glabrous or with a

few scattered trichomes, venation weakly

developed; tip acute; base cuneate. I[nflores-

cences axillary and solitary, racemose-spicate,

up to 20 mm long, bisexual, axis with sparse

trichomes; bracts unequally crenate, 3—4 mm

long, 7-15 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered

trichomes. Female flowers sessile; sepals lan-

ceolate, c. 0.8 mm long and 0.4 mm wide, with

sparse trichomes; styles 1—-2.5 mm long, fused

for 0.2—0.5 mm at base, branched 2 or 3 times,

clear to brownish; ovaries 1—1.8 mm long,

0.8—1.5 mm diameter. Male flowers: pedicels

0.3—0.4 mm long, c. 0.05 mm diameter, glab-

rous; sepals lanceolate, 0.4—0.5 mm long,

0.2—-0.3 mm wide, glabrous; stamens 8, fila-

ments flattened, c. 0.2 mm long and 0.1 mm

wide; anthers c. 0.1 mm long and 0.05 mm wide.

Fruits depressed-globose, c. 1.8 mm long and

2 mm diameter, with sparse trichomes. Seeds

ovoid, 1.7—1.8 mm long, 1.1-1.3 mm wide,

0.9-1 mm thick, smooth, dark brown.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Port Curtis District:

North Rockhampton, Feb 1980, Stanley 453 (BRI).

Moreton District: Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Dec 1924,

Bick [AQ201022] (BRI); ditto, Oct 1930, White 7141

(BRD; ditto, May 1942, White 11747 (BRD; ditto, Apr

1961, Pedley 772 (BRI); The Gap, Brisbane, Dec 1993,

Forster 14483 (BRI, MEL, NSW); Indooroopilly, Bris-

bane, May 1969, Kleinschmidt [AQ201020] (BRI). New

South Wales. Doon Doon, May 1978, Fogartys.n. (NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Native to Asia and

northern Malesia (Airy Shaw 1981), A. australis

is naturalised in afew localities near habitation

in south-east Queensland and in north-east New

South Wales (Map 1). Plants are common as.

weeds in footpaths or in gardens.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits throughout the

year.

Notes: Linnaeus (1753) cited two elements for

A, australis, “Plum. spec. 20?” and “Habitat in

America meridional”, Airy Shaw (1981) cited

“Type: ‘Americameridionalis’, /eg.? (LINNY’,

with no accompanying discussion. Linnaeus

obviously regarded the first element he cited as

questionable, and Airy Shaw appears to have

disregarded it. There is one specimen in LINN

(as seen on the microfiche) with ‘America

meridionalis’ and this is regarded as lectotype

of the name.

212

Airy Shaw (1981) erroneously included

A. indica var. australis F.M. Bailey in the

synonymy of A. australis. Bailey’s variety is

conspecific with A. lanceolata.

2. Acalypha capillipes Muell. Arg., Linnaea

34: 40 (1865); Acalypha eremorum var.

capillipes Baill., Adansonia 6: 317 (1866)

‘capillipeda’; Ricinocarpus capillipes

(Muell. Arg.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:

617 (1891). Type: New South Wales.

Clarence [River], Beckler 16 (lecto [here

designated]: MEL! [MEL707648);

isolecto: Clarence River, Beckler (K

[photo at BRI!]).

IMustrations: K.A.W. Williams, Native PI.

Queensl. 2:31 (1984); J. Hauser, Fragments of

Green 189 (1992),

Erect, virgate shrub to 3 m high, perennial,

monoecious, seasonally deciduous; indumen-

tum consisting of simple non-glandular

trichomes unless otherwise stated. Branchlets

rounded, with dense trichomes when young,

glabrescent, lenticels absent, developing

ridges of cream-coloured flaky bark that sheds

in long strips; lateral branches often terminat-

ing in simple spines up to 15mm long. Stipules

lanceolate, 0.6—0.8 mm long, 0.3-0.4mm wide,

with sparse trichomes. Leaves petiolate,

eglandular, discolorous; petioles 1-5 mm long,

0.20.3 mm wide, with sparse trichomes; lamina

elliptic, obovate or ovate, 4-25 mm long,

3—10 mm wide, venation penninerved and com-

prising 4 or 5 lateral veins per side of midrib;

margins crenate to sinuate; upper surface matt

sreen, venation + obscure, with scattered

trichomes when young, glabrescent; lower sur-

face pale green, venation weakly developed,

glabrous apart from scattered trichomes on veins;

tip mucronate, retuse or truncate; base cuneate

to obtuse. Inflorescences axillary and solitary,

racemose or spicate, unisexual. Female inflor-

escences spicate, up to 30 mm long, comprising

a single pedunculate flower; peduncles 10-26

mm long, glabrous or with scattered trichomes;

bracts sinuate, but not irregularly crenate, 14

mm long, 2-6 mm wide, glabrous. Female

flowers sessile; sepals 3, narrowly ovate, 0.5—0.8

mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, with sparse

trichomes; styles 2—3 mm long, fused for c. 0.5

Austrobaileya 4(2): 209-226(1994)

mm at base, repeatedly branched 2 or 3 times,

red; ovaries 0.6—1 mm long, 0.6~-1.8 mm diam-

eter, with sparse non-glandular trichomes and

scattered to sparse glandular trichomes. Male

inflorescences up to 20 mm long, racemose,

peduncles up to 2 mm long, glabrous or with

scattered trichomes, densely flowered with the

glomerules of flowers «+: continuous or up to 3

mm apart; bracts lanceolate-triangular, c. 0.3

mm long and 0.2 mm wide, with scattered to

sparsetrichomes. Male flowers: pedicels 0.4—1.2

mm long, c. 0.1 mm diameter, glabrous; sepals

narrowly ovate, 0.7—-0.9mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm

wide, glabrous or with scattered to sparse

trichomes; stamens 8, filaments flattened,

0.2—0.6 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide, anthers

0.30.5 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide. Fruits de-

pressed-globose, 1.8-—2 mm long, 3—4 mm

diameter, with sparse non-glandular trichomes

and scattered glandular trichomes. Seeds ovoid,

1.9-2.3 mm long, c. 1.8 mm wide, c. 1.8 mm

thick, smooth, light brown. Fig. 1A—-F.

Selected specimens: Queensland, LeicHHarpT District:

4 miles [6.7 km] ESE of Edungalba, Jun 1960, Jolinson

1967 (BRD. Port Curtis District: $.F. 60, Rundle Range,

23° 38'S, 150°58’E, Nov 1987, Gibson 929 (BRI), Burnett

District: Eidsvold, Bancroft [AQ201027] (BRI); Table-

lands, 6 miles [10 km] N of Murgon, Nov 1980, Seiler 8

(BRI); Mt Wooroolin, near Kingaroy, 26°31°S, 151°48’E,

Dec 1991, Sipre/l[AQ509763] (BRI). Wing Bay Dsrrrict:

S.F.50 Glenbar, 1 km WSW of Mt Urah summit, 25°50’S,

152°20’E, Feb 1993, Forster 13127 & Machin (BRI, MEL,

ORS); NW base of Boogooramunya, 25°51’S, 152°08’E,

Jan 1989, Forster 4896 (BRI); Mt Glastonbury, S.F. 242

Glastonbury, 26°14’S, 152°27’E, Dec 1991, Forster 9291

& Sharpe (BRL K, L, MEL, QRS); Kin Kin, Mar 1916,

Francis & White [AQ201038] (BRD. Dartinc Downs

District: 20 km E of Bell, Nov 1980, Strong 170 (BRI).

Moreton District: Stable Camp, YarramanS.F., 26°51’S,

151°56’°E, Nov 1987, Forster 3229 et al. (BRI); Commis-

sioners View, Blackbutt Range, S.F. 283, 26°53’S,

152°12’E, Apr 1990, Forster 6637 (BRI, L, MEL, QRS);

Mt Davidson, 5 km S of Withcott, 27°36’S, 152°02’E,

Jul 1990, Forster 6926 & Bird (BRI, QRS); Worlds End

Pocket, Pine Mt, Dec 1979, Bird [AQ330374] (BRI).

New South Wales. Acacia Creek, 28°22’S, 152°19’E,

Dec 1986, Coveny 12414 ef al. (BRI, NSW); Pikapene

S.F., c. 12 mtles [20 km] directly SE of Tabulam, Nov

1966, Hayes 2659 et al. (BRI, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: A. capillipes is found

in central and south-east Queensland and north-

east New South Wales (Map 2). Plants grow in

microphyll and notophyll vineforest on various

solltypes at altitudes below 700 m.

Phenology: Flowers January to May; fruits

October to December.

Forster, Acalypha in Australia

115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155

CREECH eee

EEC CEE era a AH Bie

“i ~T Rat

ENCE ER f Perk oar Sunnn

ua Cunanee ete teTOTOnGHOradafaracazs ter tenes

we avin

ACTER ECC ECC

CCE EEE EEE

1i5 128 125 130 135 140 145 150 155

Map 1. Acalypha australis (closed squares); A. lancealata (open squares).

115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 135

KERR LLL CFG

2Eeeee ee Raee Pe a i Ge 5

% ) CCP eH

20 ECR eR ERT

A CeCe ate

Eero rr ewes SoS

anaes

cee :

are bs

EERCEEEEEEEC EEE Ere et

Pala TPT San

CEECCOLE Teco PT

EEECCEE EEE EEE

ie! a E ¥

: JETT Lo ew ee eh YP re. — f

iS 120 125 130 135 149 145 150 155

Map 2. Acalypha capillipes (closed squares), A. /vonsii (open squares) ._

213

214

Notes: In the protologue of A. capillipes,

J. Mueller states “In Nova Hollandiaad Clarence

-River (nuperrime cum altis Euphorbiaceis novis

benevole misit cl. Ferd. Miler).” Airy Shaw

(1981) gives for the type “N.S.W., Clarence

River, [Beckler 19] (MEL,K).” There are

specimens at G-DC, K and MEL that are prob-

ably all part of the original type collection that

F, Mueller recetved from Beckler and then

proceeded to label badly and distribute

indiscriminantly. The MEL sheet selected as

lectotype of the name is the best of those

available and clearly indicates Beckler as the

collector. I have accepted a second sheet at K

as an isolectotype.

Material of A. capillipes is often confused

with that of A. eremorum and when sterile it

may be difficult to identify on leaf morphology

alone. In nearly all instances I have easily been

able to distinguish herbarium material of

A. capillipes by the presence of long ridges of

cream-coloured flaky bark on the older stems.

In A. eremorum this type of bark is absent, and

the stems are conspicuously lenticellate.

Airy Shaw (1981) considered A. spin-

escens Benth. from the Celebes as conspecific

with A. capillipes. A. spinescens is poorly rep-

resented by herbarium specimens, but after

examination of a photograph of the holotype at

K (Riedel s.n.: Gorontalo, North Celebes) I

cannot support Airy Shaw’s treatment as the

specimen depicted lacks the distinctive bark of

A. capillipes.

Conservation status: Widespread and com-

mon. Present in at least 10 conservation

reserves in south-east Queensland (Forster

et al. 1991).

3. Acalypha eremorum Muell. Arg., Flora 47:

440 (1864); Ricinocarpus eremorum

(Muell. Arg.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:

617 (1891). Type: Queensland. NortTH

KENNEDY District: Brigalow Scrub

Burdekin River, “F.M.”, (lecto [here des-

ignated]: MEL! [MEL707681}).

Acalypha eremorum var. sessilis Baill.,

Adansonia 6: 317 (1866). Type: Queens-

land. NoRTH KENNEDY District: Burdekin

River, fF. Mueller (holo: G-DC?, n.v.).

Austrobaileya 4(2): 209-226(1994)

Illustrations: K.A.W. Williams, Native PI.

Queensland 2:31 (1984); S. & A. Pearson, Pl.

Central Queensland 45—46 (1992); J. Hauser,

Fragments of Green 190 (1992),

Erect, virgate shrub to 4 m high, perennial,

monoecious, seasonally deciduous; indumen-

tum consisting of simple non-glandular

trichomes unless otherwise stated. Branchlets

somewhat angular, with dense trichomes when

young, glabrescent, lenticellate with age, flaky

bark absent; lateral branches sometimes termi-

nating in spines 10-12 mm long. Stipules

lmear-lanceolate, 1.5—3 mm long, 0.2—-0.3 mm

wide, with sparse to dense trichomes. Leaves

petiolate, eglandular, discolorous; petioles

1-18 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diameter, with dense

trichomes; lamina lanceolate, ovate or spath-

ulate, 3—35 mm long, 2-15 mm wide, glabrous

or with scattered to dense trichomes on both

surfaces (often on same plant), venation

penninerved and comprising 5 to 7 laterals per

side of midrib; margins crenate; upper surface

matt green, venation + obscure; lower surface

pale green, venation well developed; tip acute,

mucronate or obcordate; base cordate, cuneate

or obtuse. Inflorescences axillary and solitary,

racemose or spicate, unisexual, often produced

while whole plant is leafless. Female inflor-

escences spicate, up to 3 mm long, comprising

a single pedunculate flower; peduncles 0.5-—1

mm long, with sparse to dense trichomes; bracts

deeply crenate to lobed, 1-1.7 mm long, 1.74

mm wide, up to’7 mm long and 12 mm wide on

fruits, glabrous or with scattered to sparse

trichomes. Female flowers sessile; sepals 3,

ovate, 0.5—0.6 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide, with

scattered non-glandular trichomes and sparse

glandular trichomes; styles 1.5-3 mm long,

fused for 0.4—0.5 mm at base, branched 2 or 3

times, red. Male inflorescences racemose, 7—40

mm long; peduncles 1-5 mm long, with dense

trichomes, densely flowered withthe glomerules

+ continuous or up to 3 mm apart; bracts

lanceolate-triangular, c. 0.3 mm long and 0.2

mm wide, with dense trichomes. Male flowers:

pedicels 0.4—1 mm long, c. 0.1 mm diameter,

glabrous or with scattered to sparse trichomes;

sepals ovate, 0.5-0.8 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm

wide, with sparse to dense trichomes; stamens

8, filaments flattened, c. 0.3 mm long and 0.1

mm wide, anthers 0.2—0.4 mm long, c. 0.1 mm

+S aden reece eo ee ae

Forster, Acalypha in Australia 215

a + ate "

= | a*

treet AP ys r*

ee ee ee

‘

+ FF

ye eh

[et

Tawa

\ Fe,

+4 4,

‘ =

ne ok

*4 i,

= 1

1, fe i

‘ ,

+ +

+, ™

ta, ft

itt .

ama

“

+. f

* Lad faa *

+ *

Fig. 1. A-F. Acalypha capillipes, G-L. A. eremorum. A & G. fertile twigs. x 1, B & H. leaves. x 5. C. stem section with

ridges of bark. x 5. D. & J. female flowers and inflorescences. x 10, x 2. E, & K. male flowers. x 20. F. & L. stamens. x

40.1. stem section with lenticels. x 5. A-D from Forster 12531 (BRD; E-F from Strong 170 (BRI); G—L from Forster

12712 (BRD. Del. W. Smith.

216

wide. Fruits depressed-globose, 1.5—2 mm

long, 2.5~-3 mm diameter, with sparse to dense

trichomes. Seeds + globose to slightly ovoid,

1.7—1.8 mm long, c. 1 mm wide and 1 mm thick,

minutely punctate, brown. Fig. 1G—L.

Selected specimens: Queensland. NortH KEenNngepy

District: White Falls, Lolworth Creek, Toomba Station,

19°56’S, 145°39°E, May 1977, Williams 77058 (BRD;

Barrabas Scrub, 20°05’S, 146°55’E, May 1972, Stocker

862a (BRI, QRS). SoutH KENNEpy District: Strathmore,

SW of Collinsville, May 1960, Johnson 1805 (BRI);

Hazelwood Gorge, SSW of Eungella, 21°1S’S, 148°27’E,

Jan 1993, Forster 12730 & Pearson (BRI). LeicHHARDT

District: Marlborough road, 8 km S of Lotus Creek, 128

km from Sarina, 22°37’S, 149°09°E, Mar 1990, Forster

6557 (BRI,L, QRS); MelaleucaCreek Scrub, ‘Rookwood’,

23°12’S, 149°46’E, Apr 1991, Forster 7906 & McDonald

(BRI, QRS); Nathan Gorge road, 2.5 km SSW of ‘Fairy-

land’, 18.5 km from Cracow, 25°26’S, 150°18’E, Jul 1990,

Forster 7028 (BRI, MEL, QRS). Porr Curtis District:

Moores Creek E.P., Beserker Range, 23°19’S, 150°33’E,

Jan 1993, Forster 12712 (BRI, L, MEL, QRS); 2.5 km SW

of Raglan, R.146, Horrigan Creek, 23°43’S, 150°48’E,

Mar 1989, Gibson TOISI1 (BRI). Maranoa District:

Ooline, 20 miles [33 km] W of Mitchell, Mar 1936, Blake

10837 (BRI, DNA). Burnetr District: Monogorilby,

26°01’S, 151°O01’E, Dec 1981, Forster 491b (BRD; Near

Taabinga Homestead, May 1948, Michael 4016 (BRI).

Warreco District: 4 km E- of ‘Ardnaree’, 26°07’S,

146°41’E, May 1979, Purdie 771d (BRI). Wipe Bay D1s-

trict: Stony Creek, 4 km E of Didcot, 25°39’S, 151°54’E,

Oct 1990, Forster 7532 (BRI, MEL, QRS); Black Gin

Creek, T.R. 580, 25°29’S, 151°SS’E, Forster 6596 (BRI,

MEL, QRS). Mrrcuett District: Enniskillen, Nov 1943,

White 12420 (BRD); Cuttsy’s Spring, c. 30 miles [50 km]

ESE of Yalleroi, Feb 1940, Everist 1967 (BRI). Dariine

Downs District: ‘Kilbumie’,26°48’S, 150°27’E, Oct 1985,

Hoy 83 (BRi). Moreton District: 1.5 km SW of Mt

Berryman, 27°44’S, 152°19’E, Feb 1991, Forster 7768 &

Sharpe (AD, BRI, CGB, DNA, K, L, MEL, MO, PERTH,

QRS); Hansens Road near Milbong, 4 km E of Boonah-

Ipswich road, Sep 1984, Bird & Collins [AQ395644]

(BRI). New South Wales. Grounds of Wollongbar

Annexe of Lismore TAFE, Wollongbar, 28°48’S, 153°24’E,

Jul 1991, Forlonge s.n. (NSW).

Distribution and habitat: A. eremorum is en-

demic in central and southern Queensland and

from a few populations in north-eastern New

South Wales (Map 3). Plants grow inmicrophyll

and notophyll vineforests and vinethickets ona

variety of soil types. These communities are

often subject to prolonged droughts when the

Acalypha plants are completely leafless.

Phenology: Flowers from September to June,

fruits two to three months later. Plants may

retain buds for months and then quickly flower

on new growth after storm rains, often while the

plant is still leafless.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 209-226(1994)

Notes: Airy Shaw (1981) cited syntypes of the

name. A. eremorumas being at G-DC and MEL.

I could not discern any appropriate specimens

at G-DC (based on the microfiche); however,

there is one specimen at MEL (probably col-

lected by Mueller, cf. “F.M.”) that is probably

type material. This sheet is selected here as

lectotype of the name.

Baillon (1866) described a variety sessilis

of A. eremorum and apparently based his name

on a syntype of A. eremorum at G-DC (Airy

Shaw 1981). [have not been able to locate this

specimen.

A, eremorum may be sympatric with

A, capillipes and material of the two species

can be confused when sterile; however, as noted

above, characters of the bark can be used to

identify it.

Conservation status: Common and widespread.

Present in at least 12 conservation reserves in

south-east Queensland alone (Forster ef al.

1991).

4, Acalypha lyonsii P.I. Forst., sp. nov. affinis

A. capillipedi Muell. Arg. a qua sine

cortice ramentaceo, foliis utrinque

glandibus refringentibus, stylis viridibs,

staminibus 12, et seminibus subglobosis

differt. Typus: Queensland. Coox Dis-

TRicT: Isley Hills, McKinnon Creek,

17°02’S, 145°43’E, 18 May 1992,

C. Lyons 113 (holo: BRI! [1 sheet +

spirit}).

Erect, virgate shrub to 4 m high, perennial,

monoecious, probably evergreen; indumentum

of simple non-glandular trichomes that are clear

in colour. Branchlets with sparse trichomes,

glabrescent and with scattered lenticels with

age, flaky bark absent; lateral branches not

terminating inspines. Stipules lanceolate, 0.4—

0.5 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide at base, often with

along trichome on tip that is up to 0.7 mm long,

but otherwise + glabrous. Leaves petiolate,

discolorous; petioles 1—2 mm long, c. 0.3 mm

wide, with sparse to dense trichomes; lamina

elliptic, lanceolate or obovate, 3-30 mm long,

2—~1 1mm wide, venation penninerved and com-

prising 4 or 5 lateral veins per side of midrib;

margins crenate to sinuate; upper surface dark

Forster, Acalypha in Australia

ereen, glabrous, venation + obscure, with

numerous refringent glands; lower surface pale

green, glabrous or with only an occasional

trichome, venation weakly developed, with

numerous refringent glands; tip acute to retuse;

base cordate to obtuse. Inflorescences axillary

and solitary, racemose or spicate, unisexual.

Female inflorescences spicate, up to 12 mm

long, comprising a single pedunculate flower;

peduncles 5-10 mm long, with scattered to

sparse trichomes; bracts irregularly crenate, 3-6

mm long, 8-14 mm wide, glabrous. Female

flowers sessile; sepals 3, narrowly ovate, c. 0.5

mm long and 0.3 mm wide, with sparse

trichomes; styles up to 3 mm long, fused for c.

1.6 at base, divided 2 or 3 times, green; ovaries

c. 0.8 mm long and 0.9 mm diameter, lacking

non-glandular trichomes, with sparse glandular

trichomes. Male inflorescences racemose, up

to 4 cm long; peduncles up to 1 mm long, with

scattered trichomes, densely flowered with the

glomerules + continuous or up to 2 mm apart.

Male flowers: pedicels 0.4—0.5 mm long, c

0.1 mm diameter, glabrous; sepals ovate, 0.7—

0.8 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, glabrous and

often with red flush; stamens 12, filaments flat-

tened, c. 0.4 mm long and 0.1 mm wide, anthers

c. 0.2 mm long and 0.1 mm wide. Fruits

depressed-globose, c.2 mm long and 3.5—-4 mm

diameter, lacking non-glandular trichomes, with

sparse glandular trichomes, when mature green

in colour, whitish towards base; bract continu-

ing to enlarge from dispersal of capsule until

abscission. Seeds + globose, c. 2.2. mm long,

1.9 mm wide and 1.6 mm thick, smooth, brown.

Fig. 2.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Coox District:

Currunda Creek, Cairns, 16°56’S, 145°41’E, Nov 1990,

Lyons 83 (BRI, QRS); ditto, May 1991, Lyons 98 (BRI,

QRS); Isley Hills, McKinnon Creek, May 1992, Lyons 114

(BRD; Isabella Falls area, McKinnon Creek, 4 km W of

Edmonton, 17°02’S, 145°43’E, Jan 1993, Forster 13086

& Bean (A, BRI, MEL, QRS).

Distribution and habitat: A. lyonsiiis endemic

to the ‘Wet Tropics’ of north-east Queensland

and is known from two populations near Cairns

in the headwaters of Currunda Creek and

McKinnon Creek (Map 2). Plants grow in the

understorey of complex notophyil vineforest

dominated by Argyrodendron sp. on soil de-

rived from metamorphic rocks.

217

Phenology: Flowers November to January. |

Fruits January to March.

Notes: A. lyonsiiis a distinctive species allied to

A, capillipes and A. eremorum. It appears to be

most closely allied to A. capillipes, both species

having long-peduncled female flowers; how-

ever, A. /yonsii differs from A. capillipes in its

lenticellate stems that lack flaky bark, both leaf

surfaces with refringent glands, green styles, 12

stamens and + globose seeds. A. lyonsii is

unique among the Australian species of

Acalypha in having refringent glands on both

leaf surfaces and 12 stamens in each male

flower.

Conservation status: Both known populations

ofthis plant are quite large with several hundred

mature plants present at each locality. The

McKinnon Creek population is not reserved

and the majority of the Currunda Creek popu-

lation occurs in Currunda Logging Area in State

Forest 607. The lower portions of Currunda

Creek are subjected to considerable disturbance

due to residential development and it is likely

that some isolated individuals of the Acalypha

outside of the State Forest are endangered atthis

locality. Some consideration should be given

to managing the relevant portions of S.F. 607

to protect both this plant and Wetria australiensis

P.I. Forst. (Forster 1994) that grows in close

proximity.

A suggested conservation coding is 2V

(cf. Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: Named for Christopher (Chris)

Lyons of Gordonvale who discovered this plant

and made a number of excellent collections of

fertile material for the Queensland Herbarium.

5. Acalypha lanceolata Willd., Sp. Pl. 4: 524

(1805). Type: Burm.f., Thes. Zeyl. 205,

t. 93, fig. 2 (1737) (holo.),

Acalypha indica var. australis ¥.M. Bailey,

Bot. Bull. 3: 16 (1891), syn. nov. Type:

Queensland, Coox District: Walsh River,

Barclay-Millar (holo: BRI!; iso: MEL!

[MEL707679]).

Wiry herb, up to 60 cm high, monoecious:

indumentum consisting of simple non-glandu-

lar trichomes unless otherwise stated. Stems

: 209-226(1994)

Austrobaileya 4(2)

218

#7 ot a

= 7

Sear ee NNT gg eae

Ne tilt eee :

shh 3 | * fal, pit ‘

som, ie baal oh » Cin ad

gas i! Wot at

‘ oe ls ee ead fa

celal — wa yin rhb

Tam SST tn ee

be ee

re h "

ow Ta. PTT yy ro ad Om yw * ANG

yy hy Op ote gett he, oa

TR tte WMT ES Mar gg get file De oe ae Late ees

ear baal ne a een on

ben ee LT

ad ”

a tp eae

ile

1h nob

a hp Pe a hee

mT oa dina he ee

el,

ied LS eo

7%, 1 ~ COREA T + et) + ee

™ age oa" Pn ee * ”

ee a es . 8 V4

PEE ET ah a oy ttm ho Seen gh eT

Cae

Liane

a el

ing

ses

Fig. 2. Acalypha lyonsii. A. fertile twig. x 1. B. leaf. x 2, C. refringent glands on leaflamina surface. x 25. D. stem show

lenticels, x LO. E. female flower, bract and peduncle. x 5. F. female flower & bract, face view. x 10. G. male inflorescence.

x 2.H. glomerule of male buds. x 20. 1. male flower. x 40. J. stamen. x 40. K. fruit. x 10. L. glandular trichomes on fruit.

x 20. M. seed. x 10. All from Lyons 113 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Forster, Acalypha in Australia

rounded, with sparse trichomes, lacking spines.

Stipules linear, 0.5—4 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide,

with sparse trichomes. Leaves petiolate,

eglandular, discolorous; petioles 2—60 mm long,

0.5—0.8 mm wide, with sparse trichomes; lamina

ovate, 5-60 mm long, 5-35 mm wide, with

scattered to sparse trichomes on both surfaces,

venation + palminerved with 3 veins from base

and 5 or 6 laterals per side of midrib further up

lamina; margins crenate; upper surface dark

green, venation weakly developed; lower sur-

face pale green, venation strongly developed;

tip acute to shortly acuminate; base cuneate

to truncate. Inflorescences axillary and usually

paired, racemose-spicate, bisexual, up to

25 mm long; pedunculate up to 3 mm below the

flowers, with scattered to sparse non-glandular

trichomes and sparse glandular trichomes;

female bracts deeply lobed, 2-3 mm long,

3—5 mm wide, with sparse non-glandular

trichomes and sparse glandular trichomes;

male bracts lanceolate, c. 0.8 mm long and 0.3

mm wide with sparse trichomes. Female flow-

ers + sessile; sepals 3, lanceolate, c. 0.5 mm

long and 0.2 mm wide, with sparse trichomes;

styles 0.8—1.2 mm long, fused for c. 0.2 mm at

base, divided once, green to clear; ovaries c. |

mm long and 1 mm diameter, with sparse

trichomes. Male flowers: pedicels 0.3-—0.4 mm

long, c. 0.1 mm diameter, with sparse trichomes;

sepals lanceolate, 0.40.5 mm long, c. 0.2 mm

wide, glabrous or with scattered trichomes;

stamens 8, filaments flattened, c. 0.2 mm long

and 0.05 mm wide, anthers c. 0.2 mm long and

0.05 mm wide. Fruits depressed-globose,

1,5—2 mm long, 2—2.2 mm diameter, with sparse

trichomes. Seeds globose to somewhat

ovoid, 1.1—-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1.1 mm wide,

0.8—1 mm thick, faintly patterned, light brown.

Fig. 3G—J.

Specimens examined; Cocos Keeling Islands, Nortu

KEELING IsLanp: northeast, 11°49°S, 96°49’E, Mar 1986,

Williams 37 (BRI, CBG). Philippines. Luzon: Province of

Tatangas, Jul— Aug 1914, Ramos Bur. Sc. 22357 (BRD.

Papua New Guinea. West Sepik Province: Timbunke

mission, Sep 1959, Pullen 1747 (CANB). Mapana Prov-

iINcE: Stephansort, 1899, Lewandowsky 354 (BRI). New

IRELAND Province; Katu Plantation, 26 miles [43.3 km]

from Kavieng, Feb 1967, Coode etal, NGF29742 (CANB),

BouGAINVILLE Province: Kugumaru, Buin, Jui 1930,

Kajewski 1837 (BRI. Moross Province: Finshhafen, 1889-

91, Weinland21 (BRD; Erap, 6°35’S, 146°40’E, Jun 1960,

Henty NGF12424 (BRI). Australia. Western Australia.

219

6km E of Mt Talbot, North Leopold Range, Kimberley

Region, 16°27’°S, 124°S0’E, Mar 1989, Keighery 10645

(PERTH). Queensland. Cook District: Pine River Basin,

southern end near mouth, 12°31’S, 141°39’E, Feb 1981,

Morton 1135 (BRI, MEL); 1.5 km NW of Marina Plains

Homestead, 14°34°S, 143°52’E, Apr 1992, Neldner 3889

& Clarkson(BRI). purke District: 84 km NE of Hughenden,

17 km NNE of Clyde Park Homestead (New), 20°13’S,

144°38°E, Mar 1993, Thompson HUGI94 & Henderson

(BRI. NortyKennepy District: Mt Julian near Proserpine,

Michael 933 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Widespread in the

palaeotropics including the Philippines and

New Guinea. Recorded from widely scattered

localities in northern tropical Australia in

Western Australia and Queensland(Map 1). In

Australia, the species has been collected in

scrubby woodland, vineforest or black soil

grassland.

Phenology: Flowers December to April. Fruits

February to May.

Notes: This species was first recorded for

Australia by Bailey (1891) when he named

A, australis var. indica. Airy Shaw (1981) erron-

eously included this variety in A. australis,

whereas Radcliffe-Smith (1990) did not

mention it at all when claiming 4. lanceolata

as a new record for Australia based on the

Western Australia collection.

A, lanceolata is a weedy species that was

first collected in Australia over a hundred years

ago. Despite the scattered and disjunct origin

of collections available in herbaria, that are

suggestive of sporadic and separate introduc-

tions of an alien taxon, J am considering it as

native.

Conservation status; Widespread, but rarely

collected.

6. Acalypha nemorum F. Muell. ex Muell.

Arg., Linnaea 34: 38 (1865); Ricino-

carpus nemorum (F. Muell. ex Muell.

Arg.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI.2:618 (1891).

Type: New South Wales. Clarence River,

Beckler (lecto [here designated]: MEL!

[MEL707659]; isolecto: MEL! [MEL

707662}).

Acalypha cunninghamii Muell. Arg.,

Linnaea 34: 35 (1865); Ricinocarpus

- 209-226(1994)

Austrobaileya 4(2)

220

sage

Lor

ag dh

ar]

ee es ed

tas

ae aoty

* *

+ 4 ¢@e

* 4%

batten y

a7Tb be tay

* s

t -

ee Oe = a aa

eeteay ttf ciety ote nh,

Reuse

we het Dae

+ ‘al 7

"hy

Tt?

ay Mate yg any

4 ht ’ ee

; *

Wk ed aan

ee eee a a

FE "474 be beh

atlas * tl date

weit he Pb

7”

Ld leo

¥ »

the te ee

avid fe

taby

hog eee

ree

*»

a ad

+*! Lt

”

d from below.

lowe

tems. x 0,5. B & H. leaves v

x 1. C. bottom portion of male inflorescence with single female flower at base. x 2. D. male flower. x 20. E. stamen. x

GJ. A. lanceolata. A&G. flowering s

Fig. 3. A~F. Acalypha nemorum

G & H from Morton 1135 (BRI)

40. F & I. female inflorescences. x 2, 4. J. seed. x 20. A-F from Forster 13144 (BRD

1 & J. from Neldner 3889 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

+ URES at ea

Forster, Acalypha tn Australia

cunninghamiti (Muell. Arg.) Kuntze, Rev.

Gen, Pl. 2: 617 (1891). Type: Queens-

land. MoreTON District: Brisbane River,

Moreton Bay, 1829, A. Cunningham 1836

(lecto [here designated]: G-DC [photo at

BRI!]); Woods of Moreton Bay, 1828,

A. Cunningham 1836 (lectopara: G-DC

[photo at BRI']).

Illustrations: K.A.W. Williams, Native PI.

Queens]. 3: 11 (1987); J. Hauser, Fragments of

Green 177 (1992).

Sprawling to erect, spreading shrub to 4 m high,

perennial, monoecious, evergreen; indumentum

consisting of simple non-glandular trichomes

clear to yellowish m colour. Branchlets with

dense trichomes, glabrescent, lenticels absent,

flaky bark absent. Stipules linear-lanceolate,

4—5 mm long, 0.8—1 mm wide at base, with

dense trichomes. Leaves petiolate, eglandular,

discolorous; petioles 2-50 mm long, 1-2 mm

wide, with dense trichomes; lamina elliptic to

ovate, 15—150 mm long, 4-60 mm wide, vena-

tion penninerved and comprising 8 to 10 lateral

veins per side of midrib; margins crenate to

sinuate; upper surface dark green, with sparse,

softly velutinous simple trichomes, venation

obscure; lower surface pale green, with dense,

softly velu-tinous simple trichomes, venation

strongly developed; margins = entire, crenate or

rarely serrate; tip acute to acuminate; base cor-

date to obtuse. Inflorescences axillary and

solitary, racemose or spicate, unisexual or occa-

sionally bisexual. Female inflorescences spicate,

up to 11 cm long, comprising 1-several+ sessile

flowers, with sparse trichomes; bracts

irregularly crenate, 5-11 mm long and up to

20 mm wide, with sparse to dense simple

trichomes. Female flowers sessile; sepals 3,

broadly ovate, c. 0.8 mm long and 0.8 mm

wide, with sparse simple trichomes and sparse

glandular trichomes; ovaries 1—1.5 mm long,

I~1.5 mm diameter, with sparse to dense simple

trichomes and scattered glandular trichomes;

styles 5—7 mm long, fused for less than | mm at

base, branched 2-3 times, red. Male inflores-

cences racemose; peduncles up to 31 cm long,

with dense simple trichomes; densely flowered

with glomerules + continuous along axis or up

to | mm apart; bracts triangular, 0.5—0.8 mm

long, 0.5—0.8 mm wide, with dense simple

221

trichomes. Male flowers: pedicels 0.9-1.5 mm

long, c. 0.1 mm diameter, usually glabrous, but

sometimes with a few simple trichomes near the

base; sepals ovate, 0.5—0.8 mm long, 0.4—0.7

mm wide, with sparse, simple hairs; stamens 8,

filaments flattened, 0.3—0.7 mm long, c. 0.1 mm

wide; anthers 0.4—0.5 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide.

Fruit depressed-globose, 2.5—2.8 mm long, c. 4

mm diameter, with dense simple trichomes and

sparse glandular trichomes. Seeds + globose,

c.2mm long, 1.7—1.8 mm wide, c. 1.5 mm thick,

smooth overall with minute patterning faintly

discernible, pale brown. Fig. 3A—F.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Burnett District:

Coongarra Rock, May 1931, White 7707 (BRI). Wink Bay

District: The Springs, Bundaberg, Mfichae/ 1733 (BRD;

Utopia, 14kmSSE of Biggenden, 25°38’S, 152°05’E, Dec

1991, Forster 9229 (BRI, MEL); T.R. 375, Palm Valley,

Coast Range, 25°39’S, 152°02’E, Dec 1989, Forster 6161

(BRI, MEL); Wason L.A., S.F. 632, 25°59’S, 152°13’E,

Feb 1989, Forster 4973 (BRI, K, MEL); Mudlow Gap,

T.R. 26, 8 km N of Kilkivan, 26°01’S, 152°13’E, Nov

1990, Forster 7634 (BRI, CBG, K, L, MEL, MO, QRS);

S.F, 639 Wrattens, Blackboy L.A.,26°E5’S, 152°21’E, Feb

1993, Forster 13144 & Machin (BRL K, L, MEL, QRS);

Mt Cooroy, 4 km E of Cooroy, 26°24’S, 152°S7°E, Apr

1986, Sharpe 4319 & Guymer (BRI). Moreton District:

Mt Eerwah, 4km W of Eumundi, 26°29’S, 152°55’E, Aug

1984, Sharpe 3566 (BRI); Coolum Mt, c. 3 km S8 of

Coolum Beach, 26°33’S, 153°04’E, Oct 1991, Sharpe

3038 (BRI, NSW); Mt Beerwah, Glasshouse Mtns, Oct

1935, Goy 76 (BRB); Nineteen L.A., T.R. 209, Mt Brisbane,

27°06’S, 152°32’E, Jun 1990, Forster 6874 et al. (BRE

ORS); One Mile Creek, Lawnton, Jan 1931, Blake

{AQ201080] (BRD; Mt Coot-tha, Taylor Range, Jul 1930,

Hubbard 3393 (BRI ex K); 0.5 km SW of McAfees

Lookout, S.F. 309, 27°25’S, 152°52’E, Forster 7789 &

Bird (BRI, L, MEL); Mt Crosby -Brisbane road, c. 3 km

from Mt Crosby, Jun 1984, Williams 84054 (BRI); Nerang

River, upper, May 1977, Byrnes 3511 (BRI); Mt Edwards

N.P., 28°01’S, 152°32’E, Sep 1992, Forster 11485 &

Reilly (BRI, L, MEL, NSW); Near White Swamp road,

SSW of Boonah, 28°15’S, 152°34’E, Feb 1990, Bean 1368

(BRI), New South Wales. Moleton, 15 miles [25 km] NW

of Coffs Harbour, Nov 1965, Constable 6364 (BRI, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Endemic in central

and southern Queensland and north-eastern

New South Wales (Map 4). Plants grow in

vineforests, vineforest -eucalypt forest ecotonal

areas or open eucalypt forests.

Phenology: Flowering and fruiting throughout

the year.

Notes: In the protologue for A. nemorum,

J. Mueller states “In Nova Hollandiaad Clarence

River (acl. Ferd. Miler nuperrima missa!)’. |

222

could not discern a relevant specimen at G-DC

(as seen on the microfiche); however, there is

ample material for choice of types at MEL.

These specimens were all collected at ‘Clarence

River’ by the collectors Beckler, C. Moore and

Wilcox. The best of these sheets is MEL707659,

collected by Beckler and this is selected as

lectotype of the name.

With regards to the typification of

A, cunninghamii Muell. Arg., there are two

relevant specimens collected by A. Cunning-

ham, both with the collecting number of 1836,

in G-DC. One is labelled as being collected in

1828 from ‘Brisbane River, Moreton Bay’ and

the other in 1829 from ‘Woods of Moreton

Bay’. The 1829 collection is the better spect-

men and is selected as lectotype for the name

A, cunninghamit,

Conservation status: Common. Present in at

least six conservation reserves in south-east

Queensland (Forster ef al, 1991).

7. Acalypha pubiflora Baill., Adansonia 1:

268 (1861). Type: Mozambique,

Inhambane, Peters s.n. (holo: B |de-

stroyed]|; isotype: K [photo at BRI!]).

This species was considered by Radcliffe-Smith

(1990) to comprise two subspecies; only A.

pubiflora subsp. australica A. Radcl.-Sm. 1s

present in Australia.

Acalypha pubiflora subsp. australica Radcl. -

Sm., Kew Bull. 45: 678 (1990). Type:

Western Australia. 1 km SE of Yammera

Gap, SW side of Napier Range, 17°22’S,

124°49’E, 26 April 1988, RJ. Cranfield

6548 (holo: PERTH); iso: K, QRS!).

Erect, spreading shrub to 3 m high, perennial,

monoecious, evergreen; indumentum of sim-

ple non-glandular trichomes clear in colour.

Branchlets + rounded, with scattered to dense

trichomes when young, glabrescent, lenticels

absent, flaky bark absent. Stipules lanceolate,

2—5.5 mm long, 0.4—0.8 mm wide, with scat-

tered to dense trichomes. Leaves petiolate,

discolorous, glandular; petioles 5-35 mm long,

c. | mm diameter, glabrous; lamina ovate,

25-120 mm long, 15-60 mm wide, venation

penninerved and comprising 9to 11 laterals per

Austrobaileya 4(2): 209-226(1994)

side of the midrib; margins crenate; upper sur-

face dark green, glabrous or with occasional

trichome, venation weakly developed; lower

surface pale green, glabrous apart from occa-

sional trichomes on veins and numerous sessile

refringent glands, venation strongly developed;

tip acute to acuminate; base obtuse to truncate.

Inflorescences axillary and solitary, spicate,

probably unisexual. Female inflorescences

spicate and comprising 1-several flowers, 5—20

mm long; peduncles up to 20 mm long, with

sparse trichomes; bracts irregularly crenate,

6-10 mm long, 14-20 mm wide, with sparse

sessile glands and occasional trichome.

Female flowers sessile; sepals 3, lanceolate-

ovate, 0.8—1 mm long, 0.4—0.5 mm wide;

ovaries c. 0.8 mm long and 0.7 mm diameter,

with scattered trichomes and dense sessile

glands; styles 3-4 mm long, fused for c. 0.5 mm

at base, branched 2 or 3 times, green. Male

inflorescences and flowers not seen, Fruits

globose, 3—3.5 mm long, c. 3 mm diameter,

lacking or with only scattered trichomes, with

dense sessile glands. Seeds + subglobose,

2.3—2.7 mm long, 1.8—2 mm diameter, smooth,

dark brown. Fig. 4A —E.

Specimens examined: Western Australia. 13.5 km E of

Hat Point, 13°56’S, 126°08’E, Jun 1987, Kenneally 10207

& Hyland (PERTH); 16 km W of Mt Anderdon, York

Sound, W Kimberley coast, 14°57’S, 125°16’E, Jun 1987,

Kenneally & Hyland s.n. (PERTH),

Distribution and habitat: Known only trom the

Kimberley region of north-western Western

Australia (Map 3). Plants grow in closed tus-

sock grassland dominated by Sorghum sp. in

brown black clay soil over limestone.

Phenology: All of the collections of this taxon

examined, apart from the type, are sterile.

Further observations to determine phenological

patterns are required.

Notes: This taxon is poorly known as complete

floral data are unavailable at present. Radcliffe

-Smith (1990) considered the Kimberley

material to be conspecific with the African

A. pubiflora, but differing mainly in size of the

plants, hence his recognition of a distinct sub-

species.

Conservation status: This plant is poorly col-

lected; however, much of its potential habitat is

remote and difficult to access. It is likely that

* Fgh eed Le ats, sped tid ATO ISS

VERA EO es Ey

Forster, Acalypha in Australia

af,

riz a

vom Seeteeee 10

1 |

rT {4 aS CREE

r eee ag CELE Se He

ECC EEL ANCE CC ECCT EPS REE

EEE ECE

| &

EECECEPEE CECE EEE REECE aaa Hy

eee on EEE SIT;

aay qanne AEE relia SCHR cy

* S000 000000008 Risin,

CECE ECE Bae ore He

Sheen. peeeeeeeeee SECC HeSGIGR

se rere ee ee

ARRECCEEEEEEEEEECCEE ERECT Hae

HERE rye ett ee es iB 8 5:

pn euueauuceeeusssuesaarasesseetereceen®

PCCDEERECTTTT TT et od]

ae ane :

0 FOE ees GENNS Rte iE

hae Sl Ise aaa Oa my

EERE Perec ae PEAT

CT AT

Nita Tt CPs

| CCU LRT TP

CERCA CECECECT ELECT eee rH

» FECEETEEEEEEE CECE EEE ERR PE

cE CEEEEE CE EECE EEE CCECCTT Tree RET

CCE Eee HA

CCCP eT

@ ECCCE EEE ECC

ECKERT EEE

ECECCEE CCE erect mee aae TH

PEELE EEE

Lis 126 125 130 135 140 145 150 155

Map 3. Acalypha eremorum (open squares); A. pubiflora subsp. australica (closed squares).

115 120 125 130 135

ECC eee

eaeseeecnnns ~eery

gee

be Zs at

2 qguasaaeees Oe Bs

oh eel Mi I

at FEE

ra | | | he

is~ CCCP TTT Tee C

PPLE cece SAECEHE EE

ECECEECE EEE Lf

GEaEe a [Gz an } hy

CCC EEE TT

AEC EEE CEREEHEEE HERAT

145 [30

Map 4. Acalypha nemorum (open squares); A. wilkesiana (closed squares).

223

224

further populations will be found when

botanical exploration in the Kimberley region

is given priority. The species is not considered

rare or threatened.

8. Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in A. DC.,

Prodr. 15(2): 817 (1866). Type: ‘In insulis

Fidji’ [Fiji], 1838-42, Wilkes (holo: G-DC

[fiche at BRI!]).

Erect, spreading shrub to 2 m high, perennial,

monoecious, evergreen; indumentum consist-

ing of simple non-glandular trichomes clear to

somewhat golden in colour. Branchlets rounded,

with dense velutinous trichomes, becoming

scattered to sparse with age, lenticels absent,

flaky bark absent. Stipules linear, 5-11 mm

long, 0.2—-1 mm wide, with sparse to dense

velutinous trichomes. Leaves petiolate,

eglandular, discolorous; petioles 15-120 mm

long, c. 3 mm diameter, with dense, velutinous

trichomes; lamina ovate, 70-250 mm long,

50-150 mm wide, venation palminerved with 5

veins from base and 9 to 12 lateral veins per

side of midrib further up the lamina; margins

crenate; upper surface dark green or often

variegated and usually coloured in reds and

browns, with scattered trichomes, venation +

obscure; lower surface pale green or often

variegated and usually coloured in reds and

browns, With scattered to sparse trichomes,

venation strongly developed; tip acute to short

acuminate; base cordate, cuneate or obtuse.

Inflorescences axillary and single, racemose or

spicate, usually unisexual. Female inflores-

cences spicate, 100-140 mm long, comprising

l-several flowers; peduncles + sessile, with

sparse trichomes; bracts deeply lobed,

5—10 mm apart, 2-8 mm long, 1-9 mm wide,

with sparse trichomes. Female flowers sessile;

sepals 3, lanceolate-ovate, 1—-1.2 mm long,

0.7— 1 mm wide, with sparse trichomes; styles

2.5-9 mm long, fused for c. 0.5 mm at base,

divided several times, red; ovaries 1.2—2 mm

long, 1.8—2 mm diameter, with dense trichomes.

Male inflorescences racemose, up to 140 mm

long, pedunculate up to 10 mm long; densely

flowered with glomerules continuous along the

axis; bracts lanceolate, 1~-1.2 mm long,

0.4—0.8 mm wide, with dense trichomes. Male

flowers: pedicels 0.7-1 mm long, c. 0.1 mm

diameter, with dense trichomes; sepals lanceo-

Austrobaileya 4(2): 209-226(1994)

late, 0.8-0.9 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, with

scattered trichomes; stamens 8, filaments

flattened, c. 0.2 mm long and 0.1 mm wide,

anthers c. 0.2 mm long and 0.1 mm wide. Fruits

depressed-globose, 2.5—2.7 mm long, 3—3.2 mm

diameter, with sparse trichomes. Seeds oblong,

c. 2mm long, 1.3 mm wide and 1.2 mm thick,

smooth, brown. Fig. 4F—J.

Specimens examined: Queensiand, Cook District: Murray

Island, 1878, Chalmers [MEL69828] (MEL), ditto, Jul

1970, Lawrie 9 (BRI); ditto, Jan 1970, Lawrie 25 (BRD;

Low Island, Great Barrier Reef, c. 15 km from Port

Douglas, Jun 1969, Done [AQ008176|] (BRI). Souts

Kennepy District: Dolphin Heads, 21°02’S, 149°117E,

Jul 1992, Batianoff 920790 et al. (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: A. wilkesiana is wide-

spread in Malesia and Melanesia where it

is extensively cultivated in villages both for

ornament and practical uses (Smith 1981). In

Australia it 1s cultivated as an ornamental

and leaves may be used for wrapping bananas

on Torres Strait islands (Lawrie 9). It is semi -

naturalised in disturbed areas on some islands

(Map 4).

Phenology: Flowers and fruits throughout the

year in tropical regions.

Notes: Smith (1981) speculated that A.

wilkesiana could be a ‘sport’ of a Malesian

species, although this remains to be determined.

Excluded species

A, compacta C.T. White was named from a

plant of unknown origin cultivated in the Bris-

bane Botanic Gardens and although mentioned

by Airy Shaw (1981) is neither native nor natu-

ralised in Australia.

Acknowledgements

W. Smith (BRI) provided the illustrations. The

Directors/Curators of the cited herbaria allowed

access to collections either on loan or in situ.

Types at BM and K were located and photo-

graphed by P.S. Short (MEL) and P.S. Weston

(NSW) while each was Australian Botanical

Liaison Officer (ABLO) at Kew (U.K.). Types

at G-DC were located and photographed by

G.P. Guymer (BRI) while ABLO. C. Lyons of

Gordonvale made special collections and kindly

showed me populations inthe wild, during what

225

Forster, Acalypha in Australia

Fig. 4. A-E. Acalypha pubiflora subsp. australica, F—-J. A. wilkesiana. A & F. flowering or fruiting stems. x 0.8, 0.2. B

& G, leaves viewed from below. x 1, 0.4. C & I. female flowers. x 8. D. dehisced third of capsule. x 8. E & J. seeds x 8,

H. female part of inflorescence. x 4. A-E from Cranfield 6548 (PERTH); F-I from Lawrie 25 (BRD; J from Batianoff

920790 et al. (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

ie bros ire, 1 Stet Othe bere ta Grr bee Cob Rica red beep tether eo Eee

226

can only be described as rather wet conditions.

As usual various people assisted me in obtain-

ing material over the years, in particular A.R.

Bean, L.H. Bird, D. & I. Liddle, P. Machin, W.J.

McDonald, D. Orford, S. Pearson, P.R. Sharpe,

G. Smyrell and M.C. Tucker. Aspects of this

study were discussed with L.W. Jessup (BRI).

The Queensland Forest Service, Queensland

Department of Primary Industries issued per-

mits to collect and traverse in State Forests and

Timber Reserves. This work was supported

by preferred objective grants from the

Australian Biological Resources Study for

Euphorbiaceae (in part) in 1992-1994. Addi-

tional fieldwork in north Queensland was sup-

ported by a grant from the ‘Wet Tropics Man-

agement Authority’ in 1993-1994,

References

Airy Suaw, H.K. (1981). A partial synopsis of the

Euphorbiaceae-Platylobeae of Australia (excluding

Phyllanthus, Euphorbia and Calycopeplus). Kew

Bulletin 35: 577-700.

Batvey, F.M. (1891). Botany: Contributions to Queensland

Flora. Botany Bulletin 3. Brisbane: Government

Printer.

(1902). Euphorbiaceae, In Queensland Flora S:

1392-1457. Brisbane: H.J. Diddams & Co.

BaiLton, H.E. (1866). Species Euphorbiacearum

Euphorbiacées Australiennes. Adansonia 6:

282-345.

Bar.ow, B.A. & Hy-anp, B.P.M. (1988). The origins of the

flora of Australia’s wet tropics. Proceedings of the

Ecological Society of Australia 13: 1-17.

Bentuam, G. (1873). Euphorbiaceae. In Flora Australiensis

6: 41-153. London: L. Reeve & Co.

Briaas, J.D. & Leicu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Austral-

ian National Parks and Wildlife Service Special

Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 209-226(1994)

Forster, P.J. (1994). Wetria australiensis sp. nov.

(Euphorbiaceae), a new generic record for Aus-

tralia. Austrobaileya 4: 139-143.

Forster, P.J., Bostocx, P.D., Bird, L.H., & Bean, ALR.

(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east

Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.

Hewson, H. (1988). Plant Indumentum. A Handbook of

lerminology. Australian Flora & Fauna Series No.

9, Canberra: Australian Government Publishing

Service.

Maspercey, DJ. (1989). The Plant Book. Cambridge:

Cambridge University Press.

Muster, J. (1864). Neue Euphorbiaceen des Herbarium

Hooker in Kew, auszugsweise vorl4ufig mitgetheilt

aus dem Manuscript fir De Candolle’s Prodromus.

Flora 47. 433-441.

——--——(1865), Euphorbiaceae. Vorldufige Mittheilungen

aus dem ftir De Candolle’s Prodromus bestimmten

Manuscript liber diese familie. Linnaea 34: 1-224.

~—_—— (1866). Euphorbiaceae. In A.L.L.P. de Candolle

(ed.), Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni

Vegetabilis 15(2): 189-1260. Paris: Masson.

Rapc.iFFE-SMitH, A. (1990). New records of Acalypha in

Australia, Kew Bulletin 45: 677-679.

SmitH, A.C. (1981). Euphorbiaceae. In Flora Vitiensis

Nova. 2: 439-575, Lawai, Hawait: Pacific Tropical

Botanical Garden.

Wess, L.J. & Tracey, J.G. (1981). Australian rainforests:

pattern and change. In A. Keast (ed.), Ecological

Biogeography of Australia. pp. 605-694. The

Hague: W. Junk.

Wesster, G.L. (1994). Synopsis of the genera and

suprageneric taxa of Euphorbiaceae. Annals of the

Missouri Botanical Garden 81: 33-144.

UP pn ae cc a Re

A Revision of Archontophoenix H.Wendl. & Drude (Arecaceae)

John L. Dowe and Donald R. Hodel

Summary

Dowe, John L. & Hodel, Donald R. (1994). A Revision of Archontophoenix H.Wendl. & Drude

(Arecaceae). Austrobaileya 227-244. The genus Archontophoenix H.Wendl. & Drude (Arecaceae) is

revised and accepted as containing six species. Four new species, A, maxima, A. myolensis, A. purpurea

and A. tuckeri are named. A, alexandrae (F.Muell.) H.Wendl. & Drude and 4. cunninghamiana

(H.Wendl.) H. Wendl. & Drude are maintained. Notes on distribution and ecology are included, as are

separate keys for vegetative material and flowering/fruiting material.

Keywords: Arecaceae - Australia, Archontophoenix alexandrae, Archontophoenix cunninghamiana,

Archontophoenix maxima, Archontophoenix myolensis, Archontophoenix purpurea, Archontophoenix

tuckeri.

John L. Dowe, Townsville Botanic Gardens, P.O. Box 1268, Townsville, Old 4810, Australia

Donald R. Hodel, University of California, 2615 S. Grand Ave, Suite 400, Los Angeles, CA 90007, U.S.A.

Introduction

Archontophoenix is a genus of moderate to

large, single stemmed, pinnate-leaved,

monoecious Arecoid palms endemic to eastern

Australia, Greatest speciation has occurred in

the moist subequatorial and tropical regions of

northern Queensland between 10°S and 26°S

where five of the six species occur. The sixth

species extends from tropical central Queens-

land, 21°S, to warm-temperate New South

Wales, 35°S.

Taxonomic History

The genus was established by Wendland &

Drude (1875), comprising A. alexandrae, A.

alexandrae var. schizanthera, A. cunning-

hamiana and A. veitchii, Bentham (1878) did

not recognise the new genus, maintaining some

of the species in Ptychosperma, though Hooker

(1883) recorded Archontophoenix with two

species. F.M.Bailey (1902) listed_A. alexandrae,

A, beatriceae, A. cunninghamiana and A.

jardinei, but subsequently excluded the latter

species (Bailey 1913). Domin (1915) listed

only A. alexandrae and A. cunninghamiana.

Cook (1915) created anew genus, Loroma, for

taxa which he considered should not be in-

cluded in, though were closely allied to,

Archontophoenix. Cook’s collections were

Accepted for publication 24 May 1994

from cultivated plants growing m Southern

California, Burret (1928) corrected Cook’s in-

terpretation as well as errors by Drude (1882)

and Dammer (1902) who had both named cul-

tivated plants of Archontophoenix as species of

the unrelated South American Jessenia.

L.H.Bailey (1935) provided the first detailed

synopsis of the genus since its establishment,

listing A. alexandrae, A. alexandrae var.

beatriceae and A. cunninghamiana. Bailey’s

work was the last serious taxonomic treatment.

Recently, Uhl & Dransfield (1987 p.369) noted

the genus had two species but suggested that

“35 new species need to be described”.

The possibility of undescribed species

has been recognised for some time (Bailey

1935; Moore 1965; Tracey 1982; Rodd 1983;

Jones 1984; Tucker 1988). Some of these taxa

have received ‘tag names’ based on their local-

ity, for example ‘Mt Lewis Archontophoenix’

‘Rocky River Archontophoenix’ and ‘Myola

Archontophoenix’; such names have been

adopted in both botanical and horticultural lit-

erature.

Materials and methods

This revision is the result of field studies under-

taken in Queensland and New South Wales,

an assessment of herbarium materials in BH,

BRI, MEL, MO, NSW and QRS, a review of

literature and unpublished field notes made by

226

researchers during the last three decades. Culti-

vated specimens in The Palmetum and Anderson

Park Botanic Gardens, Townsville, Mt Coot-

tha Botanic Gardens, Brisbane and Honolulu

Botanic Gardens, Hawaii, have been examined.

The keys have been constructed from

both fresh and preserved material, supp-

lemented with field observations.

Generic relationships

Archontophoenix is included in the subtribe

Archontophoenicinae, which includes seven

genera distributed in eastern Australia, New

Caledonia, New Zealand and on Lord Howe and

Norfolk Islands (Uhl & Dransfield 1987), This

subtribe is characterised by palms with a tall,

solitary, erect trunk; well developed crown-

shaft; pinnate leaves; inflorescence infrafoliar;

two bracts enclosing the inflorescence more or

less equal in length; inflorescence branches

divaricate; flowers usually asymmetric, inserted

spirally on the rachillae; gynoecium pseudo-

monomerous; fruit with more or less apical

stigmatic remains; and the seed with a basal

embryo.

The pattern of distribution of the

Archontophoenicinae is similar to that of other

rainforest taxa and is indicative of a discrete

phytogeographic and floristic region centred

on Australasia and islands in the South-west

Pacific. This ‘relictual’ flora (Webb etal. 1986),

in most parts, has descended from elements

which are considered autochthonous to the

now dispersed East Gondwanan sub-continent

(Morat et a/. 1986). Further support for an East

Gondwanan origin for the subtribe (Dowe in

press) is found in the lack of any closely related

taxa to Archontophoenix occurring in areas to

the north of the Australian mainland.

The most closely related genus, Chambey-

ronia Vieill. (2 spp.), occurs in New Caledonia.

Rhopalostylis H.Wendl. & Drude, (2 spp. & 1

subsp.) from New Zealand and Norfolk Island,

and Hedyscepe H. Wendl. & Drude (1 sp.) from

Lord Howe Island, are also closely related.

Other genera in the subtribe occur in New

Caledonia. Kentiopsis Brongn. (1 sp.) and

Mackeea H.E.Moore (1 sp.) are closely related

to each other but are distant from Archonto-

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-244 (1994)

phoenix. Actinokentia Dammer (2 spp.) is mor-

phologically isolated within the subtribe,

Moore & Uhl (1984) suggested that the New

Caledonia Archontophoenicinae may represent

a single introduction, an assessment based on

the uniformity of leaf anatomy within the New

Caledonia genera.

The characters used to separate Archonto-

phoenix from other genera in the subtribe

include: fruit with seed endosperm ruminate;

mesocarp with dispersed tannin cells; staminate

flowers asymmetric; pistillode prominent.

Relative distribution, abundance and mor-

phological variation

Three ofthe species, A. alexandrae, A. cunning-

hamiana and A, tuckeri, have an extensive

distributional range both latitudinally and

altitudinally and occupy many different habi-

tats.

A. alexandrae shows little morphological

variation throughout a latitudinalrange of 1 400

km, It is ubiquitous in the swampy lowlands

between Cooktown and Sarina. A. cunning-

hamiana, covering a range of almost 2000 km,

exhibits a moderate increase in lamina thick-

ness and overall reduction in size in the southern

area of its distribution. This species and A.

alexandrae display a sympatric occurrence in

the Eungella area of central Queensland. This

area is the northern limit of distribution of

A, cunninghamiana, where it is confined to

altitudes above 600 m. A. alexandrae extends

from sea-level to about 800 m. Although these

species are known to hybridise in cultivation,

there is no evidence to suggest that hybridisa-

tion occurs in these sympatric populations. The

barrier preventing natural hybridity has not

been established. A. tuckeri, covering some 450

km in range from Cape York to Mcllwraith

Range, exhibits a moderate decrease in leaf size

and trunk height in northern parts of its range. It

is less abundant than the two preceding species,

but still common throughout its range.

The remaining species, A. maxima,

A. myolensis and A. purpurea, are of limited

distribution and abundance. The first two

species are rare, restricted to single drainage

systems. A. maxima is confined to highland

Sadd spiel tl WEEE EASES TEA 8 Baan a lp lattice AAAS ht haat 2a a ded gees gas oye ages tay eee eee pee tere salsa ween ober bees sto

Dowe & Hodel, revision of Archontophoenix

areas (800—1 200 m altitude) of the western

Atherton Tablelands in the upper reaches of the

Walsh River and its tributaries and the Mount

Haig Range where it is locally abundant. A.

myolensis occurs in lowland forest (350-400 m

altitude) in the vicinity of Warrill Creek/Barron

River west of Kuranda. The known population

comprises less than 100 mature individuals and

has an endangered conservation status. A.

- purpurea is confined to the upland/highland

(400-1 200 m altitude) granitic massifs of

Mounts Lewis, Spurgeon and Finnigan, where it

is locally abundant.

The characters used to delimit species in

this revision are listed in Table 1. Diagnostic

fruit and floral characteristics of the species are

siven in Table 2.

Taxonomy

Archontophoenix H. Wendl. & Drude, Linnaea

39: 182,211 (1875). Type: A. alexandrae

(F.Muell.) H. Wendl. & Drude (lecto: fide

Uhl & Dransfield 1987). L.H.Bailey,

Gentes Herb. 3(8): 404-405 (1935); Uhl

& Dransfield, Genera Palmarum 368-369

(1987).

LoromaO.F.Cook, Journ, Washington Acad.

Sc. 5: 117 (1915). Type: L. amethystina

O.F.Cook.

Moderately tall, solitary, erect, emergent,

pleonanthic, monoecious palms. Trunks slen-

der, frequently with a swollen base; leafscars

prominent or not; internodes short or long.

Leaves paripinnate, reduplicate, cleanly

deciduous. Sheaths tubular, forming an elon-

gate crownshaft eventually splitting opposite

the petiole, green, brown or purple. Ligule

absent. Petiole absent to moderately long.

Rachis long. Pinnae linear-acute, inserted in a

single plane along rachis, subopposite, erect to

semi-pendulous, rigid or lax; midrib prominent,

secondary ribs frequently present abaxially;

abaxial surface green or with silver/grey scales,

sometimes very dense to give silver/grey colour.

Ramenta lacking, or present on midrib abaxially,

medi-fixed. Inflorescence infrafoliar at maturity,

branched to 3 or 4 orders, erect to pendulous

paniculate, branches divaricate, protandrous.

Bracts enclosing inflorescence 2, the prophyll

229

attached at base of peduncle fully enclosing the

peduncular bract; peduncular bract inserted

slightly above attachment of prophyll, tubular;

bracts deciduous immediately prior to floral

anthesis; small to moderate rameal bracts often

present. Peduncle stout, short. Rachis much

longer than the peduncle. Rachillae erect or

pendulous, elongate, zig-zagged throughout or

only toward the apex. Flowers unisexual, sessile,

lilac/purple or white/cream/light green, in

well-spaced triads of a single pistillate flower

subtended by a pair of staminate flowers one

either side, borne spirally throughout the

rachillae, or only on the proximal portion and

then with staminate flowers distally, in pairs or

solitary. Staminate flowers asymmetric in bud,

three imbricate sepals, three valvate petals;

petals much longer than sepals. Stamens 9-35;

anthers dorsifixed, near the middle, basally

bifid, apically pointed, latrorse; filaments curved

or deflexed. Pollen white, elliptic, monosulcate,

exine tectate, finely reticulate. Pistillode

cylindric, about as long as stamens, tapered,

apically lobed. Pistillate flowers smaller than

the staminate, symmetric; three imbricate sepals;

three imbricate petals briefly valvate at the

apex; staminodes three, tooth-like; gynoecium

unilocular, uniovulate; style short; stigmas three,

recurved. Fruit conic-ovoid, ellipsoid, globose

to sub-globose, one-seeded, coral pink, red or

dark brick-red at maturity; stigmatic remains

apical or sub-apical; epicarp thin, smooth or

lightly pebbled; mesocarp thin, with fine to

thick longitudinal fibres, terete or flat,

unbranched or branched; endocarp thin, crusta-

ceous or brittle, non-operculate; seed ovoid,

globose to sub-globose, hilum lateral, raphe

fibres elongate, anastomosing, adherent to the

seed; endosperm ruminate; embryo basal. Ger-

mination adjacent-ligular. Eophyll bifid.

Six species endemic to eastern Australia

in coastal and near-coastal lowlands and ranges;

generally not found further inland than the Great

Dividing Range, from sea-level to 1 200 malti-

tude, extending almost continuously in favour-

able habitats from Cape York, Qld, 10°40’S to

Durras Mountain, NSW, 35°10’S.

Derivation of name: from the Greek archon,

king or ruler, and phoenix, palm.

230 Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-244 (1994)

Table 1. Characters used to delimit the species of Archontophoenivx.

Seed

1 degree of rumination of endosperm (shallow to deep)

Fruit

2 degree of adherence of raphe fibres to the seed (weak to strong)

degree to which mesocarp fibres are embedded in the endocarp (shallow to deep)

thickness of fibres in the mesocarp (thin to thick)

position of stigmatic remains (apical or sub-apical)

size

N WU Bm Ww

Flowers

7 orientation of the staminal filament (curved or deflexed)

8 number of stamens

9 colour (cream-white or lilac/purple)

Inflorescence

10 size

11 colour of axes (cream/white or green)

12 order of branching (3 or 4 orders)

13 stiffness or flaccidness of inflorescence branches

Leaf

14 ramenta on the midrib on abaxial pinna surface (absent or present)

15 silver/grey scales on the abaxial pinna surface (absent or present)

16 degree of lateral twist (moderate to strong)

17 colour of the crownshaft (green or other)

Table 2: Floral and fruit details of Archontophoenix species.

Species Stamens Filament Fruit Mesocarp fibres

orientation length diameter

(##) (mm) (mm)

A, alexandrae 9-16 curved 8—14 I

A,cunninghamiana 9-18 deflexed 10-15 I

A.maxima 11-16 curved 1J]—15 i

A.myolensis 14-24 curved 13-2] 0.5

A, purpurea 20-35 curved 20-26 2

A.tuckeri 13-19 curved 15-25 3

Dowe & Hodel, revision of Archontophoenix 231

Key to species of Archontophoenix based on fresh vegetative material of mature plants

1. Crownshaft dark-green, blue-green, bronze-green, brown OURS SIS chef, Sane bSpSical bediete Ad sort Sp 2

Crownshaft lime-green, whitish green, light to mid-green.. 0... ke ee 4

2. Pinnae lacking ramenta abaxially on midrib; crownshaft blue-green,

Warrill Creek/Barron River (QIid).. 0... ee een 4, A. myolensis

Pinnae with ramenta abaxially on midrib ...... 0.0... cc cc ee ete ee tee 3

3. Pinnae lacking silver/grey scales abaxially; crownshaft not blue-green,

Eungella (Qld) to Batemans Bay (NSW)..............0 000 2. A. cunninghamiana

Pinnae with silver/grey scales abaxially; crownshaft plum purple; Mts

Lewis, Spurgeon and Finnigan (Qld) .. 0.0... ce ees 5. A. purpurea

4. Leaves usually less than 3.5 m long, with less than 55 pinnae each side of

rachis; pinnae tending to be semi-pendulous at the apex; crownshaft lime-

green, Cape York to McIiwraith Range (Qld) 0... 2... . cee ee 6. A. tuckeri

Leaves usually 3.5 m or more long, with 60 or more pinnae each side of

rachis; pinnae usually rigid; crownshaft light to mid-green ... 2.0... 0... ccc cee eee 5

5, Leaves ascending, held rigid; petiole absent or very short; Western Atherton

Eabletands (OID ¢ cre wate Vin ieee Cdn Rb Oe hd whe Faw Si kin howl ee ONDA 3. A. maxima

Leaves arching; petiole present, short to long; Bathurst Bay to Baffle Ck

REE Ye eitaeg ancy oh cicotie extol iron; b-Alnses, Gh 9-1 lies tg Uo abe ph nt aee aa orare a eee ee ecu eag teen 1. A. alexandrae

Key to species of Archontophoenix based on floral/fruit characteristics

L_ Brtitimorte: ai LAr On 8 ar, oy. chm Ghat id ahh oh aie ee eee a Ob ACR dle a sul arts, Gand cloo We seen 2

Paes tines LAs JOM ee ogee clases jeune ed whe a bedded ae de Dusan ¥ Go Roy woe ul ato hw) Aaiellg ba 3

2 SLAMeNs MOTE MAT ZO eta, wig ale Ee ed ales ihen guess alto nk oo wk Geter ann Weed gatas 5. A. purpurea

STAMIGHS: AGSS TAT ZO es asec scinpat hus stink i atedcied a Wa atic’ ak acela dk doh hatch as 6. A. tuckeri

3, Flower segments lilac/purple; staminal filaments deflexed........ 2. A. cunninghamiana

Flower segments white/cream; staminal filaments not deflexed .........0. 00.000 eee 4

4. Mesocarp fibres less than 0.5 mm wide, unravelling in the dried state .... 4. A. myolensis

Mesocarp fibres more than 0.5 mm wide, not unravelling in the dried state............. >

5, Flowers widely spaced on the rachillae; floral bracts round and low, anthers

LO DAIS ONE fh parte cock bd soe td ch ee eth eek hea dintane gs date MahL ee Ai Nad eb fy ae 3. A. maxima

Flowers closely spaced on the rachillae; floral bracts raised with sharp

margins; anthers 3.44 mm long ........... ccc ccc eee eee eens 1. A, alexandrae

|. Archontophoenix alexandrae (F.Muell.) Archontophoenix alexandrae var.

H.Wendl. & Drude, Linnaea 39: 212 schizantheraH. Wendl. & Drude, Linnaea

(1875); Ptychosperma alexandrae 39: 212. PL.3, Fig.6 (1875). Type: Queens-

F.Muell, Fragm. 5: 47,213.t.43,44 1865). land. NortH KENNEDY DIstTRIcT:

Type: Queensland. Port Curtis District: Rockingham Bay, Jul 1866, Bowman s.n.

Fitzroy R., scrub near upper flats, Jul (holo: MEL).

1866, Bowman [MEL 516571-516577]

(holo: MEL (7 sheets)).

232

Archontophoenix veitchii H.Wendl. &

Drude, Linnaea 39: 213 (1875). Piycho-

sperma veitchii H.Wendl. (in lit. ad clar.

lectorum Veitch) Linnaea 39: 213 (1875).

Type: Queensland. NorTH KENNEDY DIs-

TRICT: Rockingham Bay, Gould Island,

Aug 1868, O’Shanesey s.n. (holo: MEL’).

Ptychosperma beatriceae F.Muell, The

Chemist and Druggist4, Australasian Sup-

plement 77 (Feb 1882). Archontophoenix

beatriceae (F.Muell.) F.M.Bailey,

Queensl. fl. 5: 1675 (1902). Archonto-

phoenix alexandrae var. beatriceae

(F.Muell.) White ex L.H. Bailey, Gentes

Herb. 3: 409 (1935). Type: Queensland.

NortTu KenNeEpDY District: Mt Elliot, near

Port Denison, Nov 1881, Fitzalan [MEL

5 16567—5 16570, 5165785 16583 | (holo:

MEL (10 sheets)).

Jessenia glazioviana Dammer, in Engl., Bot.

Jahrb. Syst. 31:21 (1902). Type: Cult. ex

Quinta S%o Christovdo, Rio de Janeiro,

Brazil, undated, Glaziou 20537 (holo: B

[destroyed?]; iso: MO).

Palm to 30 m tall. Trunk to 30 cm DBH, green

to light grey, enlarged at the base to 50 cm In

diameter, becoming fissured with age. Leaf

scars prominent, often stepped in the lower

2—3 m. Leaves 10-12 in the crown, to 4.5 m

long, with a pronounced lateral twist, 60-80

pinnae per side. Crownshaft to 100 (130) cm

long, elongate, lishtto mid-green or lime green,

waxy, swollen, tapered toward the base and the

apex, irregularly bulging near the attachment of

the petiole. Petiole to 38 cm long, concave

above, convex below. Rachis ridged above,

convex below. Pinnae to 75 cm long, 3—S cm

wide, rigid, dark green adaxially, silver/grey

abaxially due to presence of persistent dense

silver/grey scales. Midrib prominent on both

surfaces, cream, up to 12 secondary ribs

prominent on abaxial surface. Ramenta lacking.

Inflorescence 50-100 cm long, to 50 cm wide,

branched to 4 orders, axes initially white, cream

or light green, becoming brown/cream or green

in infructescence. Prophyll to 78 cm long, to

12 cm wide, dorsiventrally compressed, light to

dark green, winged, fibrous, with persistent

black scales in the proximal portion. Peduncular

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-244 (1994)

bract to 44 cm long, to 6 cm wide, beaked,

thickly fibrous, with persistent black scales

densest distally, white/cream internally. Third

bract non-enclosing, to 49 cm long, 9 cm wide,

distally acute. Fourth bract acuminate to 2.5 cm

long, to 2 cm wide. Peduncle to 15 cm long, to

8 cm wide, green. Scars of 3rd, 4th and Sth

bracts positioned progressively above attach-

ment of peduncular bract. Rachis erect, to40 cm

long, to 2.5 cm wide by 2 cm thick, angular

proximally, becoming terete distally. Rachillae

to30cm long, erect to semi-pendulous, becoming

zig-zageged distally; triads borne on proximal

2/3—7/8, paired staminate flowers distally.

Flowers white to cream. Floral bracts acute,

triangular, to 2 mm high. Staminate flowers

6—9.5 mm long, 2—3 mm wide in bud, opening

to 10 mm wide at anthesis. Sepals to 2 mm long.

Petals 6—7 mm long, 2—2.6 mm wide, falcate,

pointed, suffused light brown at the base, light

brown on the inner surface distally. Stamens

9-16. Anthers 3.54 mm long. Filaments curved,

to 2 mm long, cream/brown, lacking scales.

Pistillode equal to or slightly longer than the

stamens, acuminate/cylindric or fusiform.

Pistillate flower to 4 mm high, to 3 mm wide.

Fruit ovoid/globose, 8-14 mm long, 6-11 mm

wide, bright red at maturity. Stigmatic remains

prominent, apical, Calyx to 3 mm long. Epicarp

smooth, waxy/glossy. Mesocarp fibres to | mm

wide, flat, sparingly branched, remaining tight

in the dried state. Endocarp brittle, lacking

embedded mesocarp fibres. Seed globose, to

8 mm in diameter, raphe fibres weakly adherent.

Endosperm moderately ruminate, Eophyll re-

mains undivided until Sth—6th leaf. n = 16.

Representative specimens: Queensland: Cook District:

Cooper Ck, [6°11’S, 145°26’E, Aug 1972, Hind 216

(NSW); Mission Beach, Dec 1949, Clemens [AQ268542]

(BRD; Clump Pt, Sep 1911, White 5475 (NSW); Norts

Kennepy District: MtFox, Michael Ck, 18°50’S, 145°47’E,

630 m, Jun 1993, Dowe 110 (BRD; Paluma Ra., Hervey

Holding, 19°15’S, 146°25’E, 500 m, Jun 1974, Jrvine 900

(QRS); Mt Elliot, 1881, Fitzalan [AQ342251] (BRI, MEL);

Mt Dryander, headwaters of Dryander Ck, 500 m, Oct

1969, Webb 10103[AQ75362] (BRI); Eastern fall, 20°15’S,

148°33’E, 400 m, Jul 1974, Moriarty 1810 (QRS); Repulse

Ck, S.FLR. 229, 20°20’S, 148°45’E, 50 m, Aug 1974,

Irvine 952 (QRS); Conway, 20°50’S, 148°30’E, 50m, Aug

1974, Irvine 953 (QRS); South Kennepy District: Oct

1922, Francis [AQ75359] (BRI); Cawley S.F. 658, W of

Cathu between Mackay and Proserpine, 600 m, Jun 1965,

Webb 7689|AQ76063| (BRI); Cawley, N of Eungella,

S.F.R. 652, between Mackay and Proserpine, Jul 1974,

Dowe & Hodel, revision of Archontophoenix

Irvine 951 (QRS); Mackay, undated, Buchanan [AQ75360]

(BRI); Upper Camilla Ck, S of Sarina, 75 m, Jun 1965,

Webb 7862[AQ75363] (BRI). Porr Curtis District:

Byfield, Sep 1931, Whife 8192[AQ75355]| (BRD:

Rockhampton, Mar 1927, White 3364[AQ75361] (BRD;

Shoalwater Bay Military Reserve, Jul 1977, Clarkson

838[AQ269148] (BRI); Erimbula, Dec 1970, Webb

10370[AQ326371] (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: This species occurs

in coastal Queensland between Melville Range

14°17’S and Baffle Creek 24°20’S. It is pre-

dominantly a lowland species but occasionally

ascends to c. 600 m, and infrequently to c.

1 000.m. It occurs on off-shore continental is-

lands such as Hinchinbrook Island and

Magnetic Island (Tracey & Webb 1978; Jackes

1987; Sandercoe 1990). The most southern

distribution is recorded at Baffle Creek, south

of Gladstone (Batianoff & Dillewaard 1988).

Irvine (1983) notes it in Melville Range, south-

east of Bathurst Bay, Cape York Peninsula,

which is possibly the northern limits of

distribution.

This species is typically associated with

swamps and dramage lines (Covacevich &

Covacevich 1980). It also occurs commonly on

interfluve ridges as a rainforest subcanopy ele-

ment in very wet regions (up to 2500 mm

rainfall per annum) as well as occurring in

gallery forests along seasonally dry creeks. Soil

types are diverse and include a variety of bed-

rocks; for example on basaltic and alluvial soils

(Tracey 1982) and poorly drained piedmont

alluvial terraces and lower granite footslope

colluvium (Graham & Hopkins 1980),

Phenology: Flowering occurs throughout the

year. Mature fruit has been observed through-

out the year. |

Etymology: Named for Princess Alexandra of

Denmark.

Conservation: Though most of this species’

former range in the lowlands has been cleared

for agriculture, it 1s adequately conserved in

numerous National Parks and reserves,

Typification: Archontophoenix alexandrae

(basionym Ptychosperma alexandrae F.Muell.)

is typified by Bowman s.n., July 1866 (MEL).

The collection consists of seedlings and

sections of leaf and inflorescence; sheet

233

MEL 516577 is accompanied by pencil draw-

ings of a single tree which was later used as the

basis for the illustration by Mueller (1865).

Bailey (1902) noted that this illustration was

“not good, the stem too slender”, thus suggest-

ing it not to be a true representation. In addition

tothe Bowman collection, Wendland and Drude

(1875) cited a collection by Nernst from

Rockhampton at MEL. It consists of sections of

inflorescence, loose fruit and a few flowers. A

note, in Mueller’s handwriting on one of the

covers states, “panicle more ramified than in

cunninghamii”’,.

A few species and subspecies which are

conspecific with Archontophoenix alexandrae

have beennamed. Archontophoenix alexandrae

var. schizanthera H.Wendl. & Drude was

separated from the type taxon by its smaller

inflorescence, prominent floral bracteoles,

staminate flowers with 14 or 15 stamens,

pistillode longer than the stamens, fruit about

14mm long by 10 mm wide and broader pinnae.

Archontophoenix veitchii H.Wendl. & Drude

was distinguished by its inflorescence with thin

rachillae, pointed bracteoles and pinnae green

on both surfaces. Archontophoenix alexandrae

var. beatriceae (F.Muell.) C.T.White was de-

scribed with a maximum trunk height to 10 m

and this being prominently stepped in the lower

portion, stamens 8—12, and withsmallier flowers

and fruit than those on the type. It was collected °>

on Mt Elliot.

2. Archontophoenix cunninghamiana

(H. Wendl.) H.Wendl. & Drude, Linnaea

39: 214 (1875). Ptychosperma

cunninghamianum H.Wendl., Bot. Zeit.

16: 346 (1858). Type: Hook. Bot. Mag.

83: t. 4961, Figs 1-6 (1857) (here desig-

nated as lectotype).

[Seaforthia elegans sensu Hook. Bot. Mag.

83. sub t. 4961, (1857), p.p., non R.Br.]

Jessenia amazonum Drude, m Mart. FI.

Bras. 3(2): 474. pl. 109 (1882). Type:

Cult. ex Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, undated,

Glaziou 8062, (holo: B) [destroyed?].

Loroma amethystina O.F.Cook, Journ.

Washington Acad. Sc. 5: 118 (1915).

Type: Cult. ex Santa Barbara, California,

U.S.A., 11 Nov 1914, O.F. Cook 694813,

(holo: US).

234

Palm to 30 m tall. Trunk to 30 cm DBH, dark

sreen to grey, smooth in the distal portion

becoming fissured with age, slightly enlarged at

the base. Root mound sometimes present, to

1 m tall. Leaves 9-12 in the crown, to 4.5 m

long, arching, with a moderate lateral twist,

70—90 pinnae per side; new leaf occasionally

with a bronze tinge. Crownshaft 70-140 cm

long, narrow, tapered toward the apex, dark-

ereen, brown/green or purple/green. Petiole to

50 cm long, to 5 cm wide, concave above, con-

vex below, with rusty red/brown scales densest

abaxially. Rachis ridged above, becoming sharp

adaxially toward the distal portion, convex be-

low. Pinnae to 100 cm long, 3-10 cm wide,

rigid becoming lax/semi-pendulous with age,

dark glossy green adaxially, lighter green

abaxially, lacking silver/grey scales abaxially.

Midrib prominent on both surfaces, brittle;

secondary ribs not prominent, slightly raised

adaxially in larger pinnae. Ramenta present on

midrib abaxially, to 6 cm long, brown/red,

twisted, basi- or medi-fixed, irregularly spaced,

densest in proximal portion of pinnae. Inflores-

cence to 150 cm long, to 60 cm wide, branched

to 4 orders, axes initially yellow/green, white

or cream, becoming light green or mauve in

infructescence. Prophyll 50—60 cm long, to 12

cm wide, dark green with sparse, persistent

black scales, fibrous, winged, beaked apically

(dries papery); peduncular bract to 58 cm long,

tubular, thin, papery, mildly fibrous (dries

papery). Third bract to 30 cm long, completely

encircling peduncle at attachment; fourth bract

acuminate, to 4 cm long; rachis branches sub-

tended by small acuminate bracts. Peduncle to

15 cm long, 5—7 cm wide, yellow/green with

red/brown scales, densest abaxially. Rachis to

60 cm long, to 3.5 cm wide by 2 cm thick,

tapered to 4 mm thick distally; rachis branches

angular, terete distally, white with brown scales

in the proximal 1/8. Rachillae to 55 cm long, to

5mm wide at attachment of basal triad, to2 mm

wide at distal triad, pendulous, becoming zig-

zagged distally. Triads borne on the proximal

5/8—7/8, well spaced, paired or solitary staminate

flowers distally. Flowers lilac or purple. Floral

bracts prominent, semi-cupular, acute.

Staminate flowers 5—6 mm long, to 3 mm wide

in bud, cupular to widely opening at anthesis to

11 mm in diameter, petals remaining cupped.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-244 (1994)

Sepals to 1 mm high. Petals 4—5.5 mm long, 2—3

mm wide, fibrous, firm, falcate, pointed, gibbous

basally, not detaching easily, scattered

translucent scales on the outer surface, scales

less dense on the inner surface; outer surface

with dark dotted longitudinal nerves. Stamens

9-18, Anthers 1.5—2.5mm long. Filaments

purple, with light coloured scales in the basal

1/2, strongly deflexed near attachment to

anthers. Connective elongate. Staminal ring

dark purple. Pistillode 1/2 to equal length of

stamens, tapering toward apex, irregularly lobed

with 2—3 segments. Pistillate flower dark lilac,

to 4 mm high. Fruit ovoid/globose, 10—15 mm

long, bright red at maturity. Stigmatic remains

not prominent, apical. Calyx 1.8~-2 mm high.

Epicarp waxy. Mesocarp fibres branched, flat,

to | mm wide, loosening in the dried state.

Endocarp crustaceous, lacking embedded

fibres. Seed globose to 9 mm in diameter; raphe

fibres embedded, strongly adherent. Endo-

sperm deeply ruminate. Eophyli remains

undivided until 4th—8th leaf. n = 14.

Representative specimens: Queensland: SoutH KENNEDY

District: Eungella,S.F.R.679,21°1S’S, 148°33’E, 900 m,

Jul 1977, Irvine 1838 (QRS); Sep 1938, White 13036

[AQ75368] (BRI); Crediton Area, Mia Mia, S.F.R.411, Jul

1974, Irvine 946 (QRS); Palm Walk, 40 miles W of

Mackay, Aug 1968, Briggs 2089 (NSW); Massey Ck, road

junction W of Mackay, Oct 1951, Smith 4827[AQ198098]

(BRI). Porr Curtis Districr: Mt Perry, undated, Keys

[AQ75375] (BRD; Fraser Island, Oct 1930, Hubbard

4553{AQ75370] (BRI); Four miles W of Happy Valley,

May 1967, Baxter 845[AQ75374] (BRI); Cooloola, ENE

of Gympie, Sep 1970, Moriarty 432[AQ75376] (BRD;

Bunya Mts, undated, Bailey [AQ75371] (BRI). Morgtron

District: Mt Glorious, 600 m, Mar 1971, Moriarty

621{AQ75377| (BRD; Manorina N.P., D’Aguilar Ra.,

between Mt Glorious and Mt Nebo, Apr 1961, Blake

21473[AQ410961] (BRD); Tamborine Mt, Dec 1926, White

3335[AQ75369] (BRI). New South Wales: Nort Coast:

Whian Whian S.F., undated, Webb [AQ75372] (BRD;

MacPherson Ra., Nixons Ck, 500 m, May 1951, /Jofmson

s.n. (NSW); Coffs Harbour, Orara East S.F. 12 km NW of

Coffs Harbour, May 1956, Constable s.n. (NSW), Empire

Bay, 33°31’°S, 151°21’E, sea-level, May 1993, Dowe 109

(BRD; UWlawarra, Jul 1881, Weber s.n. (NSW); Nowra,

southern head of Mattie’s Ck, 10 km W Wandandian, Feb

1960, Johnson & Constable s.n. (NSW); Cedar Brush Ck,

45 km S Nowra, Aug 1952, Floyd s.n. (NSW).

Distribution and habitat: This species occurs

in the east coast lowlands and nearby ranges,

from Eungella (Qld) 21°05’S to Durras Moun-

tain (NSW) 35°10’S, from sea-level to 1 200 m

Re ro POR EE re rel ome PRET ee ree te a sa pet tp ge vt a a a ee ee eee ern nner ii iia

PI LI 1 SES SESE UTR ETE CEE PERCE CdS RE NAR RA REDE PARAS ES TES ANT

AGES

Dowe & Hodel, revision of Archontophoenix

altitude. Francis (1927) recorded it at about

1 000 maltitude on Mt Dalrymple, Eungella, in

association with other species which also have |

their northern distribution limit in the area.

Helman (1987) noted the southern limit on

Durras Mountain in complex notophyll

vineforest. The most inland occurrence, at

c. 160 km inland, is at The Palms N.P., north-

east of Cooyar in southern Queensland.

This species occurs predominantly in the

vicinity of drainage lines and seepage zones in

rainforest, swampforest, vine forest and wet

sclerophyll forest. Soils are primarily alluvial,

derived from granite, schist and basalt.

Other habitats include: depauperate low closed

forest on windswept headlands and nearby hills

or in association with Melaleuca quinquenervia

(Cav.) S.T.Blake in semi-swampy areas

(Batianoff & McDonald 1980); localised strand

and beach ridge rainforest communities or in

sclerophyll Eucalyptus forests on high sand

dunes and rhyolite (McDonald & Elsol 1984);

in beach sand deposits in association with

Cupaniopsis anarcardiodes (A.Rich.) Radlk.

(Baur 1957); and in rainforest on large unstable

sand islands (e.g. North Stradbroke Island) off

the southern coast of Queensland (Clifford &

Specht 1979). Benson and Hager (1993) record

this species as an associate of Eucalyptus dunnii

Maiden in north-eastern New South Wales and

south-eastern Queensland, on basalt and de-

rived high nutrient alluvial soils (.e. red-brown

loams and black earths), particularly on the

margins ofrainforests inthe 1 100to 1500 mm

rainfall zone.

Phenology: Flowering has been observed all

year but with an increased intensity occurring

between June and January. Fruiting occurs all

year but prolifically between December and

March

Etymology: Named for Allan Cunningham

(1791-1839), British appointed Australian

Colonial Botanist.

Conservation: Adequately conserved in nu-

merous National Parks and reserves.

Typification: Wendland (1858) did not cite a

specimen in his protologue for Ptychosperma

cunninghamianum, though he noted Figs 1-8 of

235

Hooker’s (1857) illustrations for Seaforthia

elegans R. Br. as being conspecific. Hooker

(op.cit.) noted that the illustrations were made

from a plant cultivated at Kew “... from seeds

.. by Allan Cunningham; and one of these...

represented in our figure ...’.

On close examination of Hooker’s illus-

trations, it appears that only Figs 1—6 (not 1-8

as suggested by Wendland) are attributable to

Archontophoenix cunninghamiana, whilst

Figs 7-11 are of Ptychosperma elegans (R.Br.)

Blume. Hooker’s illustrations 1-6 are therefore

designated as the lectotype of the name

Ptychosperma cunninghamianum,. Wendland

noted that Hooker’s illustration contained

mixed elements, these being Allan Cunning-

ham’s collection from the east coast to 35°S

(representing A. cunninghamiana), and

Browns’s collection from the north-east coast

(representing P. elegans).

Wendland and Drude (1875) cited an

additional collection by Nernst (MEL) which

consists of leaf and inflorescence sections and a

prophyil. A letter, dated April 1866, to Mueller

from Howard McIntosh? (partially illegible

surname), relating to the Nernst collection,

accompanies the specimens. Description of the

palm in the letter is too imprecise fora determin-

ation though the specimen is attributable to

Ptychosperma elegans.

Domin (1915) superfluously published a

new combination of the name ‘A. cunnineg-

hamiana’ presumably to correct the misspelling

of ‘A. cunninghami? as used by Bailey (1902).

3. Archontophoenix maxima Dowe sp. nov.

A, alexandrae (F.Muell.) H.Wendl. &

Drude affinis sed habitu grandiore, foltis

ascendentibus rigidis, inflorescentiis

srandioribus differt. Typus: Queensland.

Cook Districr: Cultivated [ex Walsh

River, Feb 1975 [Irvine 1168 (QRS) ], prop-

erty of A.K. Irvine, Atherton,;4 May 1993,

Dowe 106 (holo: BRI).

Palm to 22 m tall. Trunk to 30 cm DBH with

prominent leaf scars, green to grey, becoming

fissured with age, expanded to 50 cmatthe base,

stepped in the basal portion. Leaves 8—11 inthe

crown, to 4(5) m long, ascending, held straight,

with a moderate lateral twist, to 85 pimnae per

236

side. Crownshaft 74-145 cm long, mid-green

with sparse black persistent scales, thick tex-

tured, heavily fibrous, slightly bulged at the

base and at the apex near attachment of petiole.

Petiole absent or to 20 cm long, to 9 cm wide,

sreen, glabrous, flatto shallowly concave above.

Rachis to 340 cm long, ridged above becoming

sharp in the distal portion. Pinnae to 90 cm long,

to 7 cm wide, coriaceous, dark green adaxially,

silver/grey abaxially due to persistent dense

silver/grey scales. Midrib prominent on both

surfaces, brittle, thick, yellow/green; up to 9

secondary ribs prominent on the abaxial sur-

face; pinnae remain rigid during the life of the

leaf. Ramenta lacking. Inflorescence 80—140

cm long, to 100 cm wide, branched to 4 orders,

smooth, axes cream/green initially, becoming

green in infructescence. Prophyll to 105 cm

long, winged with a beak at the apex, thick

texture; peduncular bractto 80 cm long, strongly

beaked at the apex, papery. Peduncle to 16 cm

long, 6.8~-12 cm wide, 2.8—4 cm thick, curved

downward when fruit mature, proximal portion

with prominent lateral ‘horns’. Rachis with

18—23 main branches, angular, proximal

branches to 8 cm wide, to 2 cm thick. Rachillae

to 40 cm long, stiffly pendulous, proximally

straight, becoming mildly zig-zagged in the

distal 1/4, to 6 mm wide near attachment of

basal triad. Flowers white/cream. Triads borne

on proximal 7/8 of rachillae, widely spaced,

paired staminate flowers distally. Floral bracts

low, rounded. Staminate flowers 5-6 mm long,

2—2.5 mm wide in bud, opening to 11 mm wide

at anthesis; petals not easily detaching. Petals

5—6 mm long, 2—2.5 mm wide, falcate, pointed,

fleshy. Stamens | 1—16, about as long as petals.

Anthers 2 mm long. Filaments curved, connec-

tive very short. Pistillode about as long as

stamens, cream/brown, tapered toward the apex

which is shallowly lobed. Pistillate flowers to

5mm high. Fruit conic-ovoid, 11-15 mm long,

7-12 mm wide, red at maturity. Stigmatic re-

mains apical, moderately protrusive. Epicarp

smooth, waxy and glossy. Mesocarp fibres

moderately thick, to 1 mm wide, flat, sparingly

branched, Endocarp brittle. Mesocarp fibres

not embedded in endocarp. Seed globose, to

6 mm in diameter. Raphe fibres deeply embed-

ded and strongly adherent. Endosperm deeply

ruminate. Bifid portion of eophyll elongate.

Cytology not studied, Fig. 1. A—A.,,.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-244 (1994)

Representative specimens: Queensland: Coox District:

Oaky Ck, S.F.R. 194, Sylvia L.A. 17°20°S, 145°25’E,

800 m, Aug 1972, /rvine 331 (NSW, QRS); ditto, 1 100 m,

Jan 1975, Jrvine 1125 (QRS); Walsh R., S.F.R. 194,

17°20°S, 145°25’E, 1020 m, Feb 1975, Irvine 1168 (QRS);

W of Atherton, S.F.R. 194, 17°10’S, 145°20’E, 800 m, Feb

1964, Moore 9239[AQ75382] (BH, BRI); Mt Haig Ra.,

Robson L.A., immediately N of Tinaroo Dam, 900 m, Jul

1978, Irvine 1910 (QRS).

Distribution and habitat: This species is con-

fined to the western Atherton Tablelands,

north-east Queensland, on the upper reaches of

the Walsh River and tts tributaries, and inthe Mt

Haig Range to the north of Lake Tinaroo, at

800—1 200 m altitude. It most commonly

occurs on stream-banks in association with

rainforest elements, the surrounding vegetation

being composed of open eucalypt forest with

Eucalyptus grandis W, Hull ex. Maid. domi-

nant; occasionally occurs in nearby wet

sclerophyll forest or in rainforest patches.

It is locally abundant within the known dis-

tributional range though re-examination of

Archontophoenix populations in other upland

and highland areas may possibly show these

to be A. maxima.

Phenology: Flowering occurs from June to

August, Fruit matures December to March.

Etymology: From the superlative maximus of

the Latin magnus, ‘great’, in reference to the

larger size of the inflorescence, and in particular

the greater width of the peduncle as compared

to all other species of Archontophoenix.

Conservation: Conserved 1n Danbulla S.F.R.

185 and S.F.R. 194.

Typification: The collection chosen for the type

of this species (Dowe 106 (BRI)) consists of a

complete leaf, sections of inflorescence, and

staminate and pistillate flowers. The plant was

grown from seed collected from S.F.R. 194

(Herberton Range), in the upper reaches of

Walsh River on 13 February 1975, at 1020 m.

According to Irvine (pers.comm.), seed of the

plant from which the type was taken was sown

on 17 February 1975, germinated on 7 April

1975 and planted out in December 1976.

Notes: In addition to the distinguishing features

of the inflorescence, Archontophoenix maxima

differs from other Archontophoenix species in

that its leaves are ascending and rigid with only

+s paso u aa coeise 2a onsemn a area na ape Ue Se A en Sa SE SR a SOA SD SEPA TOP BONE ED TP aces RE PT I NEA EAE

Dowe & Hodel, revision of Archontophoenix

a moderate lateral twist. The petiole is fre-

quently lacking, butifpresentcan be 20 cm long

on mature plants. The petiole 1s flat adaxially or

shallowly concave in the proximal portion rather

than moderately to deeply concave as in other

Archontophoenix species.

4, Archontophoenix myolensis Dowe sp. nov.

A. alexandrae (F.Muell.) H.Wendl. &

Drude affinis sed fructibus reliquus

stigmatum subapicalibus, foltis longt-

oribus, pinnarum costis flexuosis, foliorum

vaginis venetis differt. Typus: Queens-

land. Cook District: Myola, Warrill Ck,

16°48’S, 145°36’E, gallery rainforest, 350

m, A. K./rvine 1780, 30 May 1976 (holo:

QRS).

Palm to 20 m tall. Trunk to 30 cm DBH, green

to grey, expanded to 50 cm at the base, smooth

becoming fissured with age. Leaves 9—12 in the

crown, to4m long, with amoderate lateral twist,

68-71 pinnae per side. Crownshaft 74-95 cm

long, blue-green, tapered toward the apex,

prominent bulges below the attachment of the

petiole. Petiole to 22 cm long, to 4 cm wide by

2.5 cm thick, concave above, convex below.

Rachis to 380 cm long, becoming sharply ridged

above in the distal portion, convex below. Pinnae

to 110 cm long, to 6.5 cm wide, coriaceous, dark

green adaxially, with persistentmoderately dense

silver/grey scales abaxially. Midrib prominent

on both surfaces, light green, moderately brittle,

to 11 secondary ribs prominent abaxially; pinnae

become lax with age. Ramenta lacking. Inflor-

escence 50-157 cm long, to 60 cm wide,

branched to 4 orders, axes light cream initially,

becoming light green in infructescence, Prophyll

to 45 cm long, winged with a beak at the apex,

thin texture; peduncular bract to 42 cm long,

strongly beaked at the apex, papery. Third

acuminate bract to 80 mm long by 9 mm wide,

attached slightly above the attachment of the

peduncular bract. Fourth bract to 14 mm long

by 2.5 mm wide. Fifth bract, to 7 mm long,

acuminate, subtends firstrachis branch. Pedun-

cle 8.5—23 cmlong, 5~7.2 cm wide by 2.8-—3 cm

thick, green. Rachis to 70 cm long with 21—23

branches. Rachillae thin, to 4 mm wide at at-

tachment of basal triad, becoming mildly zig-

zagged in the distal portion. Triads borne on

proximal 2/3—7/8 of rachillae. Flowers white/

237

cream. Floral bracts not prominent. Staminate

flowers 5.5—9 mm high, 3—3.8 mm wide in bud.

Sepals 1.5—3 mm high, to 2.5 mm wide. Petals

7-7.8mm long, 1.5—-3.8 mm wide, both surfaces

with scattered light brown scales densest to-

ward the base and the apex of the inner surface;

petals detach easily. Stamens 14—24, Anthers to

3 mm long. Filaments curved, 3.5 mm long,

cream/brown with rusty brown/red scales

present. Pistillode tapered, to 4 mm long, some-

times longitudinally grooved, cream with brown/

red scales toward the base, 2 or 3 terminal lobes.

Pistillate flower with sepals and petals about

equal in length, to 5 mm high. Fruit conic-

ovoid-elongate, 13-21 mm long, 10-12 mm in

diameter, red at maturity. Epicarp waxy.

Stigmatic remains prominent, subapical. Calyx

2—3 mm high. Mesocarp fibres terete or flat, thin

to thick, to 0.5 mm wide, branched, forked

about midway, shallowly embedded in the

endocarp. Endocarp crustaceous, Seed ovoid-

elongate, 14—20 mm long, 8—9.5 mm wide, dull

light brown, hilum narrow, raphe fibres strongly

adherent. Endosperm moderately rumuinate.

Eophyll remains undivided until 3rd to Sth leaf.

Cytology not studied. Fig. 1. B, — B,.

Representative specimens: Queensland, Coox District:

Myola, Warrill Ck, creek bank about 100 m upstream from.

confluence with Barron R., 400 m, May 1993, Dowe 107

(BRI), |

Distribution and habitat: This species is known

only from the Myola area, 5kmNW of Kuranda,

on Warrill Ck and nearby southern banks of the

Barron River downstream from their con-

fluence. It occurs in riverine rainforest at

350-400 m altitude on metamorphic rocks.

Phenology: Flowering occurs from May to

July. Mature fruit has been observed from De-

cember to March.

Etymology: Named for the type locality, Myola.

Conservation: This is an endangered species

which is not conserved in any declared reserve

or national park. The total population covers

less than 10 km?, and is estimated to have less

than 100 individuals. The appropriate conser-

vation rating 1s 2E (cf. Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Typification: The type collection contains leaf

and inflorescence sections, staminate and pistil-

late flowers, and fruit.

238

Notes: Archontophoenix myolensis 1s primarily

distinguished by fruit with sub-apical stigmatic

remains, rather than apical as in all other species,

and mesocarp fibres which are loosely attached

and ‘unravel’ readily to stand away from the

endocarp, a feature which may aid settling ofthe

seed in rheophytic conditions. The crownshaft

has a blue-green tinge. The pinnae resemble

A, cunninghamiana in gross appearance in that

they tend to become lax and pendulous, though

in surface features they are most similar to

A, alexandrae, though the silver/grey scales on

the abaxial surface are less dense than in that

species.

5. Archontophoenix purpurea Hodel & Dowe

sp. nov. insignis foliorum vaginis

purpureis, fructibus grandissimis,

pinnarum pagina abaxiali combinatione

squamarum canarum et costae ramentis

distincta. Typus: Queensland. Cook Di1s-

TRIcT: Mt Lewis, montane rainforest,

amongst granite boulders, 1 200 m alti-

tude, 17 Apr 1993, M Ferrero 101 (holo:

BRI).

Palm to 25 m tall. Trunk to 45 cm DBH,

expanded at the base, green to whitish/grey,

smooth in the distal portion becoming deeply

fissured with age, with slightly raised leafscars

3 cm wide, internodes to 10 cm wide. Leaves

7-15 in the crown, to 4(6) m long, held flat or

with a moderate lateral twist, 5S5—85 pinnae per

side; new leaf frequently with a bronze tinge.

Crownshaft 105-150 cm long, obscurely but

densely longitudinally striate, abaxially dark

blue/grey/green covered with dense glaucous

bloom and moderate to densely flecked with

deciduous reddish/mahogany scales giving the

sheath a plum-purple colour, glossy coppery-

brown adaxially. Petioleto 40 cm long, to 12 cm

wide narrowing to 1.5.cm at the rachis, convex

below with a light coloured band extending to

the sheath, concave above with central flatridge

to 3 mm high. Rachis to 4m long, becoming

sharply ridged above distally, convex below,

light green adaxially and silvery lepidote

abaxially throughout. Pinnae to 105 cm long, to

7.5 cm wide, rigid, coriaceous (brittle in the

dried state), glossy light green adaxially, with

persistent dense silver/grey scales abaxially.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-244 (1994)

Midrib prominent on both surfaces, brittle, to 10

secondary ribs on lower surface. Ramenta

present on midrib below (sometimes absent), to |

5 cm long, medi-fixed, twisted, red/brown,

irregularly positioned, most noticeable towards

the base of the pinnae in the proximal half ofthe

leaf. Inflorescence 50—135 cm long, to 65 cm

wide, branched to 4 orders, axes initially light-

green, becoming dark green in infructescence.

Prophyll to 140 cm long, to 25 cm wide, glabrous

or covered with reddish-brown scales.

Peduncular bract attached 5 cm above prophyll,

to 78 cm long, to 11 cm wide, glabrous, fibrous.

A third bract to 11 cm long and 2.3 cm wide,

acuminate, positioned slightly above attach-

ment of peduncular bract. Peduncle to 25 cm

long, 5.5-9(15) cm wide, with irregularly placed

persistent brown scales, densest abaxially.

Rachis to 65 cm long, up to 12 first order

branches, angular in the proximal] portion, terete

distally. Rachillae up to 111 per inflorescence,

to 85 cm long, irregularly zig-zagged, to 7 mm

wide at attachment of proximal triad, tapering

to 3.5 mm wide at distal triad. Triads borne on

proximal 2/3—7/8 of rachillae, paired staminate

flowers distally. Flowers cream with green suf-

fusions. Floral bracts prominent, sharp (particu-

larly in the dried state), angular. Staminate

flowers 6—7 mm high, 4—5 mm wide in bud,

white tinged with green, opening to 17 mm in

diameter at anthesis; petals not easily detached.

Petals 8-11 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, small

brown scales on both surfaces but densest on

the inner surface. Stamens 20-35, to 9 mm tall.

Anthers to 6 mm long, dorsifixed near middle.

Filaments curved, purple/brown with fine

elongate brown/red-brown scales. Pistillode,

about as long as stamens, with shallow longitu-

dinal ridges, apex broad, lobed, light brown.

Pistillate flower globose, white tinged with green,

to 6.5 mm high. Fruit ovoid-ellipsoid-globose,

20-26 mm long, 18—22 mm in diameter, red/

crimson at maturity. Stigmatic remains promi-

nent, apical, (ight coloured ring to 4 mm in

diameter surrounds stigmatic remains in dried

state). Calyx 3-9 mm high. Epicarp glossy,

minutely pebbled (dries markedly pebbled).

Mesocarp fleshy, fibres flat, to 2 mm wide,

branched, overlaid and interspersed with thin

straight fibres, some deeply embedded in the

eR eS A ng eg a vn Md

Dowe & Hodel, revision of Archontophoenix

endocarp. Endocarp thin, crustaceous. Seed

subglobose, to 23 mm long and 18 mm in

diameter, light brown, glossy surface (seed dries

cratered), Raphe fibres deeply embedded in

seed. Endosperm deeply ruminate. Eophyll

remains undivided until at least the 6th leaf.

Cytology not studied. Fig. 1. C—C,,.

Representative specimens: Queensland. Coox District:

Mt Lewis, 900 m, Sep 1971, Moriarty 833[AQ75380]

(BRI); ditto, 16°30’S, 145°15’E, 915 m, Aug 1972, Irvine

324 (NSW, QRS); N Mary L.A., 900 m, Dec 1973, Hyland

7923 (QRS); Mt Spurgeon, Sep 1936, White 10688

[AQ75354| (BRI). Cultivation. Queensland. Mt Coot-

tha Botanic Gardens (Acc.1502/77) [from Mt Lewts, May

1977, Covacevich s.n.], Jun 1993, Cameron s.n. (BRI);

The Palmetum, Townsville (Acc.018-83-074) [from Mt

Lewis, Feb 1983, Tucker s.n.], Jun 1993, Dowe 113 (BRD.

U.S.A, Hawaii: Honolulu Botanic Gardens, Wahiawa

Garden (HBG 65.1344—A) [from Mt Lewis, Australia,

1965, Barry s.n.j, Jun 1993, Hodel et al. 1255 (BH);

Ho’omuluhia Garden (HBG 77.332) [from Mt Lewis,

Australia, 1977, Bezonas.n.]|, Jun 1993, Hodel & Weissich

1256 (BH).

Distribution and habitat: This species is

confined to Mt Lewis, 16°35’S, 145°17°E, Mt

Spurgeon, 16°28’S, 145°12’Eand Mt Finnigan,

15°48’S, 145°16’E, in north-east Queensland.

It occurs mostly in highland rainforest up to

1 200 m altitude. It descends to 400 m altitude

on the steep slopes of Mt Finnigan, in gullies

where cool air descends in winter. Primarily

confined to gullies and creeks where there ts

permanently flowing water, amongst granite

boulders and in decomposed, compacted

granite alluvium. Seeds often germinate in

pools of shallow water. Individuals within the

populations are well spaced, 2 or 3 m apart.

Populations are numerous though small,

usually including no more than about 20 indi-

viduals.

Tracey (1982) recorded this species in

simple microphyll vine/fern forest on Mts

Spurgeon and Lewis. Occurrence on Mt Finnigan

is on the north-east face in vine forests restricted

to gullies at 400—600 m altitude and in simple

notophyli forest at 600-1 100 m altitude. Mt

Finnigan is granitic with associated alluvia; Mt

Lewis, also granitic, is deeply weathered with

associated yellow earth.

Phenology: Flowering occurs between

November and April. Mature fruit has been

observed from December to April.

239

Etymology: From the Latin purpureus, purple;

named for the distinctive colouration of the

crownshaft.

Conservation: Conserved in S.F. 143 and

T.R. 66 [Mt Lewis], T.R. 140 [Mt Spurgeon]

and Cedar Bay N.P. 212 [Mt Finnigan].

Typification: The type collection consists of a

complete leaf, a complete inflorescence and

mature fruit.

Notes: The purple colour of the leafsheath

forming the crownshaft is due to three separate

components of the sheath surface and

indumentum. From the innermost to outermost

they are the dark blue-grey green of the sheath

surface, the powdery glaucous bloom, and the

reddish mahogany coloured fleck-like scales.

From a distance the three components merge to

give the characteristic purplish colour. The

merging of the three components, each of its

own colour, can be likened to a style of painting

called ‘pointillism’ developed by the 19th

century French painter George Seurat. Instead

of brush strokes, Seurat painted similar sized

dots side by side. From a distance, the dots seem

to merge and appear as, or suggest, other col-

ours. In this case, the individual but closely

spaced reddish mahogany flecks merge with the

blue-grey green sheath tissue to make the pur-

plish colour.

The distinctive plum purple crownshaft

distinguishes Archontophoenix purpurea from

all other species in the genus. Inmost populations

of A. cunninghamiana, many individuals may

have crownshafts which approach the colour of

A, purpurea. However, the crownshafts of A.

cunninghamiana are more of a patchy greenish

red/purple, lacking the powdery glaucous bloom

and blue tinge essential to make the plum purple

colour so characteristic of A. purpurea. In addi-

tion to the purple crownshaft, a combination of

other characters distinguish 4. purpurea from

other members of the genus. Vegetatively these

include a combination, on the abaxial surface of

the pinnae, of both dense persistent silver/grey

scales and brownish ramenta along the midrib.

These features are mutually exclusive in all

other Archontophoenix species. Floral differ-

ences include more numerous stamens in male

flowers (20-35). The fruit of this species is the

largest (20-26 mm long) in the genus.

240

6. Archontophoenix tuckeri Dowe sp. nov.

insignis combinatione fructuum grandium,

foliorum brevissimorum, pinnarum

paucissimarum angustissi-marum,

petiolorum paginae adaxialis concavae

profunde distincta. Typus: Queensland.

Cook District: Upper Peach River, Bo-

nanza Creek, common at water’s edge in

rainforest, 240 m altitude, Aug 1948, Brass

19831 (holo: BRI[AQ325430]).

Palm to 20 m tall. Trunk to 26 cm DBH with

prominent leaf scars, expanded to 60 cm in

diameter at the base, distinctly tapered to the

apex, green to grey, smooth in the distal portion

becoming fissured with age. Leaves 7-12 in the

crown, to 3.15 m long, held flat or with a

moderate lateral twist, 43-68 pinnae per side;

new leaves often with bronze-red or pink tinge.

Crownshaft 84-130 cm long, waxy light green

or lime green, slightly bulging at the base, not

bulged toward the attachment of the petiole,

thin textured, tapered toward apex, light brown

and glossy adaxially. Petiole to 44 cm long,

deeply concave above, convex below, to 4 cm

wide in the proximal portion. Rachis to 175 cm

long, concave above with a broad flat ridge

becoming sharp above in the distal portion,

convex below. Pinnae to 93 cm long, to 5 cm

wide, slightly falcate, apical 1/3 frequently

semi-pendulous, dull mid to dark green adaxially,

silver/grey abaxially due to dense persistent

silver/grey scales. Midrib prominent on both

surfaces, mid-green/yellow green adaxially; up

to 8 prominent secondary ribs abaxially.

Ramenta lacking. Inflorescence 30-60 cm long,

to 70 cm wide, axes glabrous, initially light

green, becoming dark green in infructescence,

branched to 3 orders. Prophyll to 45 cm long, 12

cm wide, thin, fibrous, papery, yellow/green,

winged, apically beaked, dorsiventrally com-

pressed, silver/grey on the adaxial surface.

Peduncular bract to 37 cm long, to 9 cm wide,

tubular, thin, yellow/green, silver/yellow on the

adaxial surface. A third bract positioned

2 cm above attachment of peduncular bract,

acuminate, to 15 mm long, to 15 mm wide;

additional bracts, 1-4 mm high, acuminate, per-

sistent, subtend all first order branches.

Peduncle to 12 cm long, to 4.5 cm wide, to2 cm

thick, green, terete, winged at the base. Rachis

to 50 cm long, angular, with 8 main branches.

Austrobaileya 4(2); 227-244 (1994)

Rachillae stout, to 30 cm long, prominently zig-

zagged throughout, to 9 mm thick at attachment

of basal triad. Flowers white. Triads borne

throughout rachillae. Floral bracts prominent,

sharp, cupular. Staminate flowers 6.5—7 mm

long, 2-3 mm wide in bud, opening to 11 mm

wide at anthesis; petals detach easily. Sepals

1.5—3 mm long. Petals 4.5—7 mm long,

1.8—3.6 mm wide, falcate, pointed, with rusty/

brown scales on both surfaces but densest

toward the base of the inner surface. Stamens

13-19, about as long as petals, cream/brown to

light purple. Anthers to 4 mm long. Filaments

curved, cream/brown, with rusty-brown scales

at the base; connective very short. Pistillode

about as long as stamens, purple/cream, longi-

tudinally grooved, apex with 2 or 3 lobes, basal

portion with rusty red/brown scales. Pistillate

flowers globose, to 5 mm high. Fruit ovoid,

15-25 mm long, 10-15 mm wide, bright red to

dark brick-red at maturity (drying dark ochre).

Stigmatic remains prominent, apical. Calyx to

S—6 mm high. Epicarp glossy (dries smooth).

Mesocarp fibres in two distinct layers, the outer

layer of fibres thin, occasionally branched, the

inner layer thick, flat, to 3 mm wide, mostly

branched, some embedded in the endocarp;

fibres not usually loosening in the dried state.

Endocarp crustaceous. Seed globose, to 9 mm

in diameter, dull brown. Raphe fibres shallowly

embedded in the seed. Endosperm deeply

ruminate. Eophyll remains undivided until the

4th—6th leaf. Cytology notstudied. Fig. 1.D —D..

Representative specimens: Queensland. Cook District:

Rocky R., eastern foothills of MclIlwraith Ra., Oct 1969,

Webb 9307[AQ252625]| (BRI); Silver Plains, 80 m, Sep

1971, Irvine 00074[AQ116583] (BRI, QRS); Peach Ck,

near Mt Coen, 120 m, Sep 1972, Irvine 339 (QRS);

McHwraith Ra., headwaters of Massey Ck near old mining

site, Oct 1969, Webb 9192[AQ252626] (BRI); Western

fall, Lankelly Ck, 200 m, Oct 1969, Webb 9665[AQ75353]

(BRD; [ron Ra. 20 m, Jun 1948, Archbold Cape York

Expedition 19159[AQ570011] (BRD; ClaudieR., 12°45’S,

143°45’E, 30 m, Oct 1973, Irvine 699 (QRS); Tozers Gap

area, Jun 1972, /rvine 230 (QRS); Heathlands, headwaters

of Dulhunty R., Sep 1979, Hyland 10033 (QRS); Dulhunty

R., W Cape York Peninsula, undated, Whitehouse

s.n.[AQ75358] (BRD; Jardine R., 1 km N of McHenry R.

Junction, Dec 1979, Irvine 01980 (QRS); Nine Mile Scrub,

Bamaga area between Carnegie Hill and Lockerbie, 60 m,

May 1962, Webb & Tracey 6060[AQ75381] (BRI). Culti-

vation. Queensland: Atherton, property of A.K. Irvine

[from Rocky R., undated, /rvine s.n.], May 1993, Dowe

108 (BRD; Anderson Park Botanic Gardens, Townsville

(Acc, 002-8 1-009) [from Claudie R., Feb 1981, Tucker

s.n.], Jun 1993, Dowe 114 (BRI).

Dowe & Hodel, revision of Archontophoenix

Distribution and habitat: This species occurs

on Cape York Peninsula, north Queensland,

between Cape York 10°40’S, 142°30’E and the

southern McIlwraith Range 14°00’S, 143°207’E.

Itis particularly abundant on Peach Creek (flows

on the inland side of MclIlwraith Range) and

Rocky River (flows on coastal side of Mcllwraith

Range), becoming uncommon in the northern

part of its distribution. It occurs from sea-level

to 500 m altitude, in rainforest, semi-deciduous

or evergreen vineforest (Hynes & Tracey 1980),

particularly along drainage lines and swampy or

other moist sites, and in gallery forest composed

of rainforest elements. Soils are rocky alluvium

to sand. In the MclIliwraith Range area, this

species is most common along rocky creek beds

and banks; in the Pascoe and Claudie Rivers

area it is most common in swampforest and

241

areas adjoining mangroves; and in the Lockhart

River area it occurs in rainforest on sand-dunes.

Lavarack and Godwin (1987) noted Archonto-

phoenix (and other palm genera) as a feature of

semi-deciduous mesophyll vine forest in the

Iron Range and Mcllwraith Range areas.

Phenology: Flowering occurs from June to

February. Mature fruit have been observed from

August to November.

Etymology: Named for Robert Tucker

(1955-1992) who first published notes on the

difference of this species (Tucker 1988). —

Conservation: Conserved in T.R. 14 Mcll-

wraith Range, Rokeby and Croll Creek N.P.,

Iron Range N.P., Jardine River N.P. and Bamaga-

Lockerbie Reserve.

Joh.B.

Fig. 1. A. Archontophoenix maxima: A,. fruit; A, mesocarp fibres; A,. seed in cross-section. B. Archontophoenix

niyolensis: B.,. fruit; B,. mesocarp fibres; B,. seed in cross-section. C. Archontophoenix purpurea: C,. fruit; C,, mesocarp

fibres; C,. seed in cross-section. D, Archontophoenix tuckeri: D,. fruit, D,. mesocarp fibres; D,. seed in cross-section.

All x 1. A, Dowe s.n.; B, Dowe 107; C, Ferrero 101; D, Dowe 108. )

242

Typification: The type collection consists of

leaf and inflorescence sections, staminate

flowers and fruit. Brass (1953) alluded to this

collection in his notes on the Archbold

Expedition of 1948, noting a palm (quoted as

similar to A. alexandrae seen at Iron Range)

srowing on the banks of Bonanza Creek in the

Upper Peach River area of MclIlwraith Range.

Notes: Archontophoenix tuckeri is distin-

guished by a combination of small leaves, large

fruit, an inflorescence in which the axes emerge

light green and become dark green as fruit

matures, and the rachillae being prominently

zig-zageged throughout their entire length. The

crownshaft is a lime-green colour, on mature

plants, and the petiole deeply channelled

adaxially in the proximal portion.

Tucker (1988) provided the first discus-

sion on the distribution, habitats and ecology of

this species. Brass (1953) noted this taxon as‘...

the fine pinnate palm A. alexandrae seen at Iron

Range on edges of running streams’. At Bo-

nanza Creek, a tributary of the upper Peach

River, he reported it at about 200 m altitude

in association with Blepharocarya involu-

crigera F.Muell., Cupaniopsis anacardioides

(A.Rich.) Radlk., Pleiogynium timorense (DC.)

Leenh., Pavetta sp. and Quintinia sp.

Excluded Names

Archontophoenix jardinei F.M.Bailey, Qld Agri.

J. 2(2): 129 (1898). = Ptychosperma

elegans (R.Br.) Blume. In Qld Agri. J.

1(3): 232, (1897), Bailey listed this taxon

as Archontophoenix|sp |.

Archontophoenix elegans H.Wendl. & Drude

ex Rock, Ornamental Trees of Hawaii 47 -

(1917) nom. inval. = Ptychosperma

elegans (R.Br.) Blume (fide Essig 1978).

Loroma cunninghamiana (H.Wendl.)

O.F. Cook, Journ. Washington Acad. Sc.

5: 118 (1915), nom. nud.

Seaforthia cunninghamii sensu F.M.Bailey,

Compreh. Catal. 573. (1913) “... often

sold by nurserymen as ....”, nom. inval.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-244 (1994)

Seaforthianobilis sensuJ Lhotsky, Journey from

Sydney to the Australian Alps

Undertaken in the months of Jan, Feb and

Mar 1834: 59 (1835), nom. inval. =

?Archontophoenix cunninghamiana

(H. Wendl.) H.Wendl. & Drude.

Acknowledgments.

The authors wish to thank Tony Irvine, CSIRO

Atherton, Queensland, for access to field notes

on north Queensland taxa. Betsy Jackes, James

Cook University, and two anonymous review-

ers, are thanked for their constructive comments

onthe manuscript. A particular thanks to Michael

Ferrero for habitat notes and assistance with

collecting material of A. purpurea. Directors

and Staff of BH, BRI, MEL, MO, NSW and

QRS must be thanked for assistance in locating

and examination of specimens, and for arrang-

ing the deposit of new collections. The authors

also thank Heidi Bornhorst, Clark Leavitt,

Leland Miyano and Paul Weissich who assisted

in collecting cultivated material in Hawaii.

References

Baiey, F.M. (1902). Palmae. The Queensland Flora 5:

1674. Brisbane: Queensland Government.

(1913). Comprehensive Catalogue of Queens-

land Plants. Brisbane: Queensland Government.

Baitey, L.H. (1935). The king palms of Australia. Gentes

Herbarum 3(8): 391-409.

Batianorr, G.N. & Dittewaarp, H.A. (1988). Port Curtis

District floraand early botanists. Brisbane: Queens-

land Herbarium and The Society for Growing Aus-

tralian Plants (Queensland Region) Inc.

Batianorr, G.N. & McDonatp, T.J. (1980). Capricorn

Coast sand dune and headland vegetation. Botany

Branch, Department of Primary Industries, Bulletin

No 6. Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary

Industries.

Baur, G.N. (1957). Nature and distribution of rain-forests

in New South Wales. Australian Journal of Botany

5(2): 190-233.

Benson, J.S. & Hacur, T.C. (1993). The distribution,

abundance and habitat of Eucalyptus dunnii

(Myrtaceae) (Dunn’s White Gum) in New South

Wales. Cunninghamiana 3(1): 123~145.

BENTHAM, G, (1878). Fi lorad ustraliensis 7: London: Lovell

Reeve & Co.

+ ATRESH ESS en et ey ee

Dowe & Hodel, revision of Archontophoenix

Brass, L.J. (1953). Results of the Archbold Expeditions,

No. 68. Summary ofthe 1948 Cape York (Australia)

Expedition. Bulletin of the American Museum of

Natural History 102: 139-205.

Bricas, J.D. & Letcn, J.-H. (1988). Rare or threatened

Australian plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Austral-

ian National Parks and Wildlife Service Speciat

Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

Burret, M. (1928). Die Palmengattungen Oenocarpus

Mart. und Jessenia Karst., nebst Bemerkungen zu

Archontophoenix H. Wendl. et Drude

(einschliesslich Loroma O.F. Cook). Notizblatt des

Botanischen Gartens und Museums zu Berlin-

Dahlem 10: 291-312.

Currorp, H.T & Specut, R.L. (1979). The vegetation of

North Stradbroke Island. Saint Lucia: University of

Queensland.

Coox, O.F. (1915). A new genus of palms allied to

Archontophoenix. Journal of the Washington Acad-

emy of Science 5: 116-122.

Covacevicy, J.M. & Covacevicn, J. (1980). Palms in

Northeastern Australia Il. Species from the Cooktown

Area. Principes 24(4): 154-161.

-Dammner, U, (1902). Plantae novae americanae imprimis

Glaziovianae. IV. Botanische Jahrbiicher 31: 21.

Domin, K. (1915). Beitrage zur Flora und

Pflanzengeographie Australiens. XXXI. Palmae.

Bibliotheca Botanica 83: 498-501.

Dowe, J.L. [in press]. Identifying East Gondwanan ele-

ments in the Australasian palm flora, Proceedings

ofthe Gondwana Conference 1992. India: Allahabad

University.

Drunpeg, O. (1882). Palmae. In C.F.P. von Martius, F/ora

Brasiliensis 3(2): 253-583.

Essia, F.B, (1978). A revision of the genus PAychosperma

Labill. (Arecaceae). Allertonia 1(7): 415-478.

Francis, W.D. (1927), The rainforest of the Eungella

Range. Proceedings ofthe Royal Society of Queens-

land 39; 107-114.

GraHaM, A.W, and Hopkins, M.S. (1980). The forests and

soils of the Jarra Creek Areas, North Queensland.

Technical Memorandum 80/26. Canberra: Division

of Land Use Research, CSIRO.

Heiman, C. (1987). Rainforest in Southern New South

Wales. In The Rainforest Legacy. Australian Na-

tional Rainforest Study. Volume 1. The nature,

distribution and status of rainforest types. Special

Australian Heritage Publication Series Number 7.

Canberra: Australian Government Printing Service.

243

Hooker, W.J. (1857). Tab. 4961. Seaforthia elegans. Curtis’

Botanical Magazine 88.

Hooxer, J.D. (1883). Palmae. In G.Bentham & J.D.Hooker,

Genera Plantarum 3: 870-948. London: Lovell

Reeve & Co.

Hynes, R.A. and Tracey, G.J. (1980). Vegetation of the

Iron Range Area, Cape York Peninsula. In N.C.

Stevens & A. Bailey (eds.), Contemporary Cape

York Peninsula. Saint Lucia: The Royal Society of

Queensland.

IrvinE, A. (1983). The search for Wodyetia, the foxtail

palm. Principes 27(4): 152-157.

Jackss, B.R. (1987). Plants of Magnetic Island. Townsville:

James Cook University of North Queensland.

Jones, D.L. (1984). Palms in Australia. Sydney: Reed

Books Pty Ltd Sydney.

LAVARACK, P.S. & Gopwin, M. (1987). Rainforests of

Northern Cape York Peninsula, In The Rainforest

Legacy. Australian National Rainforest Study. Vol-

ume 1. The nature, distribution and status of

rainforest types. Special Australian Heritage Pub-

lication Series Number 7. Canberra: Australian

Government Printing Service.

McDona tp, W.J.F. & Exsot, J.A. (1984). Moreton Region

Vegetation Map Series. Botany Branch, Queens-

land Department of Primary Industries. Brisbane:

Queensland Department of Primary Industries.

Moore, H.E., JR. (1965), Palm hunting around the world

IH. Sabah and Australia, Principes 9(4): 138-152.

Moors, H.E. JR, & Uni, N.W. (1984), The indigenous

palms of New Caledonia. A/lertonia 3(5): 313-402.

Morat, PH., Vertton, J.-M. & MacKeeg, H.S. (1986).

Floristic relationships of New Caledonian rainfor-

est phanerogams, 7elopea 2(6): 631-679.

Mue.ier, F. von (1865). Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae 5: 47.

Ropp, A.N. (1983). Arecales. In B.D. Morley & H.R.

Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, Syd-

hey: Rigby.

Sanpercog, C, (1990). Vegetation of Magnetic Island.

Technical Report No 1. North Quay: Queensland

National Parks and Wildlife Service.

Tracey, J.G. (1982). The Vegetation of the Humid Tropical

Region of North Queensland. Melbourne: CSIRO,

Tracey, J.H. & Wess, L.J. (1978). The Vegetation of

Hinchinbrook Island. Queensland Naturalist 2:

31-43.

244

Tucker, R. (1988). Palms of Subequatorial Queensland.

Milton: Publication Fund, Palm & Cycad Societies

of Australia.

Unt, N.W. & Dransrie_p, J. (1987). Genera Palmarum, a

classification of palms based on the work of Harold

E. Moore, Jr. Lawrence, Kansas: Allen Press.

Wess, L.J., Tracey, J.G. & Jessup, L.W. (1986). Recent

evidence for autochthony of Australian tropical and

subtropical rainforest floristic elements. Te/opea

2(6): 575-589.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227~244 (1994)

WeEnpDLAND, H. (1858). Ptychosperma Cunninghamiana.

Botanische Zeitung 16: 346-347.

Wenp ano, H. & Drude, O. (1875), Palmae Australasicae.

Linnaea 39; 153-238.

Seep ee i ee alin ene ee en ee aeieeee

Pe REL reed

“SSA

Revision of Euphorbia plumerioides Teijsm. ex Hassk.

(Euphorbiaceae) and allies

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul I. (1994). Revision of Euphorbia plumerioides Teijsm. ex Hassk. (Euphorbiaceae) and

allies. Austrobaileya 4(2). 245-264. Euphorbia plumerioides Teijsm. ex Hassk. has previously been

confused with a number of distinct taxa in the Papuasian and Melanesian regions. A revision of the

species complex, including £. plumerioides is provided here, and eight species are recognised, namely

F. brassii P.I. Forst, nom. et stat. nov. (based on &. plumerioides var. macrocarpa Radcl.-Sm.), E.

buxoides Radcl.-Sm., FE. exonymoclada Croizat, E. heyligersiana P.I. Forst. sp. nov., £. indistincta P.1.

Forst. sp. nov., £. kanalensis Boiss., E. norfolkiana Boiss. and E, plumerioides. E. fidjiana Boiss. is

reduced to synonymy of £. plumerioides, E. plumerioides var. acuminata J.J. Sm. and E. plumerioides

var, microphylla Radcl.-Sm. are reduced to synonymy of E. kKanalensis. E. plumerioides is lectotypified.

Keywords: Euphorbia - Australia, Melanesia, Papuasia, Euphorbia brassii, Euphorbia buxoides,

Euphorbia euonymoclada, Euphorbia heyligersiana, Euphorbia indistincta, Euphorbia kanalensis,

Euphorbia norfolkiana, Euphorbia plumerioides.

Paul I, Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

Euphorbia plumerioides Teijsm. ex Hassk. and

allies are woody, fleshy or+:succulent subshrubs,

shrubs or small trees and have been included in

Euphorbia Section Balsamis Webb & Berth.

(syn. Euphorbia Section Pachycladae Boiss.)

(Green 1993). Most representatives of this sec-

tion (as presently defined) occur in Macaronesia;

however some half dozen or so taxa have been

recorded for Australia, Malesia and Melanesia

and these are the subject of this paper.

Prior to this work, the complex included

E. plumerioides with four varieties Gncluding

the ‘type’ variety), £. norfolkiana Boiss.,

E. fidjiana Boiss., E. buxoides Radcl.-Sm. and

E. euonymoclada Croizat. Previous workers on

this group of species have confined their studies

to particular regions (e.g. New Guinea, Radcliffe-

Smith 1980; Fiji, Smith 1981; New Caledonia,

McPherson & Tirel 1987; McKee 1991), rather

than the complex as a whole, and have not

consulted the full range of herbarium collec-

tions of these taxa available. E. plumerioides is

the earliest name available for taxa in the com-

plex in the region. Problems exist because of the

Accepted for publication 28 April 1994

infraspecific classification proposed mainly by

Radcliffe-Smith (1980). Some of the taxa are

cultivated, and have been widely distributed in

pre-European times throughout south-eastern

Papuasia and Melanesia. Several are still widely

used by indigenous peoples in New Guinea and

Melanesia, for a variety of purposes but particu-

larly as fish poisons. Hence, some taxa have

quite wide ‘cultivated’ distributions and have

been named several times from different locali-

ties. Several taxa appear to be represented only

by material from cultivated plants; however,

given the general lack of knowledge of

biodiversity in Papuasia, this should not be

construed as evidence for their absence in

natural habitats or their native status (cf. Rad-

cliffe-Smith 1980), Apart from F. plumerioides

sensu strictu, the complex remains poorly

collected, and further collections are required

from New Guinea where it Is likely that further

related taxa remain to be discovered. As

previously suggested (Forster 1991), the

varieties of E. plumerioides as recognised by

Radcliffe-Smith (1980) are con-sidered worthy

of specific status, In addition, two new species

have come to attention as a result of vegetation

surveys in Papua New Guinea by the staff of

the CSIRO in the 1960’s, and require naming.

246

Materials and Methods

This revision is based on herbarium collections

inA, BO, BRI, BSIP, CANB, CBG, DNA, GH,

K, L, MEL, NSW, P and QRS and field collec-

tions and observations of E. plumerioides by

the author in Australia.

Taxonomy

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-246 (1994)

Herbarium collections noted by collectors as

being cultivated are indicated by an asterisk * in

the specimens listed below.

Key to Euphorbia plumerioides and allies m Australia, Malesia and Melanesia

1. Stems stipulate; leaves elliptic to rhombic-elliptic, coriaceous; inflores-

cences comprising single, sessile involucres

pattem vanes atte footy ee ol 3. E. euonymoclada

Stems estipulate; leaves linear-lanceolate, oblanceolate, oblong, obovate,

obovate-elliptic, fleshy or thin; inflorescence branched with several to

many involucres, pedunculate..........

2. Leaf lamina with 20 or more lateral veins per side of midrib and reticulate

tertiary veins visible below ............

age Se aete sey ath ahs note eee 8. KE. plumerioides

Leaf lamina with less than 20 lateral veins per side of midrib, or venation

obscure below .........0000 ccc veeuen

4. Leaves obovate, with 16-18 lateral veins per side of midrib; involucre

glands entire, not contiguous...........

eddie dar acd MINI A ast hin ae od fas 2. E. buxoides

Leaves oblanceolate, with 11-15 lateral veins per side of midrib; involucre

glands weakly crenate, contiguous .....:

5. Leaf petiole scars < 1.9 mm wide; involucre glands <0.9 mm wide...

BS PO re eae eee ee Bt 5, EK. indistincta

4, EK. heyligersiana

Leaf petiole scars > 2 mm wide; involucre glands > 1mm wide .............0000005. 6

7. Leaf petiole scars 1-1.2 mm long; fruit capsules 4-4.5 mm _ long and 4.5-

Smm diameter............000creeees

Le es Te nd. oe eee et Te 6. E. kanalensis

Leaf petiole scars 1.3-2 mm long; fruit capsules 10-15 mm _ long and 17-

27 mm diameter........... 000 vee eras

. Euphorbia brassit P.I. Forst., nom. et stat.

nov. ELuphorbia plumerioides var.

macrocarpa Radcl.-Sm., Euphorb, New

Guinea 86 (1980), non E. macrocarpa

Boiss. ex B.L. Robinson & J.M.

Greenman. Type: Papua New Guinea.

EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Mt Michael,

7 Sep 1959, 1... Brass 31455 (holo: K!;

iso: A!, CANBI, L!).

fe Micthv Milan's 2 Oak BO ieee re ld BARGE SE Odds tal to Bh 1. E. brassit

Anerect small tree to 10 m high, with numerous

branches, perennial, evergreen, apparently

dioecious. Stems fleshy to + succulent,

rounded, up to 10 mm diameter, glabrous, waxy;

with copious white latex. Stipules absent. Leaves

alternate, +: fleshy, petiolate; petioles 5-20 mm

long, 0.7—1.2 mm wide, glabrous, flattened on

top; petiole scars crescent-shaped, 1.3—2 mm

long, 2.5—3 mm wide; lamina obovate-elliptic

EEE CR PR EEE eR Ce eC bor ote Breer crtL: BCP SPECT E Fede EE Carer

Forster, Euphorbia plumerioides

to oblanceolate, 18—170 mm long, 10-70 mm

wide, with margins weakly revolute and midrib

prominently raised below; upper surface glossy

dark green, glabrous and with venation

obscure; lower surface pale glossy green,

glabrous and with venation obscure; tip acute to

short acuminate; base attenuate to cuneate. In-

florescence of terminal to subterminal

pseudocymes, up to 80 mm long and branched

many times, generally extending beyond the

leaves; bracts lanceolate-triangular, 1-2.5 mm

long, 0.5—1.5 mm wide, glabrous, soon caducous,

Involucres pedunculate, 1.5—2 mm long, 2.5—3

mm diameter, glabrous; peduncles 2—3 mm

long; glands 5, ovate-elliptic, 0.8—1.8 mm long,

1.5-2.5 mm wide, entire, not contiguous;

slandular processes present, up to | mm long,

fimbriate with short hairs. Male flowers

numerous, surrounding a central female flower

if present; pedicels 0.6—0.8 mm long, glabrous;

filaments 0.6—0.8 mm long, anthers globose,

0.20.3 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide. Female

flowers solitary in centre of involucre, sessile;

ovaries globose, 1—2 mm long, 1—2 mm diam-

eter, glabrous; styles connate at base for half of

length, 1-2 mm long; stigmas shortly bifid for

c.0.3 mm. Capsules depressed globose,

10—15 mm long, 17-27 mm diameter. Seeds

oblong, 8-9 mm long, 5—6 mm diameter, white-

tan-brown, ecarunculate. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. EAsTEeRN

HIGHLANDS Province: Slope above Akuna, Jul 1963, Hartley

12037 (A, CANB); Kainantu - Okapa road near Onamuga,

6°24’S,145°42°E, May 1972, Hartley 13695 (A, BRI

CANB); Kint Creek, NE slopes of Mt Michael, 6°25’S,

145°20°E, Sep 1959, Womersley NGF11371 (A, BRI,

CANB, K); 2 miles [3.3 km] from Okapa, Awande Mission

Station, 6°30’°S, 145°35’E, Aug 1974, Katik LAE62192

(A, BRI, QRS); Aiyura, Sep 1951, Womersley NGF4464

(A, BRI). SoutHern HicHianps Province: Vicinity of

Habono rest house, 6.5 miles [10.8 km] W of Mt Ne,

6°00’S, 143°05’E, Aug 1966, Frodin NGF28430 (K).

Morose Province: Yunzanig, Apr 1937, Clemens 6461a

(A); ditto, woods near village, Aug 1936, Clemens 4039

(A); Boana, Jul 1938, Clemens 8547 (A),

Distribution and habitat: E. brassii has been

collected in Eastern Highlands, Southern High-

lands and Morobe provinces in Papua New

Guinea where it occurs at altitudes between

1300 and 2300 m in lower montane primary

rainforest dominated by Nothofagus sp. and

Castanopsis sp.. Some collectors state that the

species occurs on limestone substrates.

247

Notes: E. brassii does not appear to be

cultivated. The species is closely allied to

E. kanalensis but is noticeably different in its

large leaf petiole scars, very large fruit and large

seed.

A local common name is given in Table 1.

Etymology: Named for Len J. Brass (1900-

1971) who made the type collection of this

species and whose collections have served as an

inspiration for generations of botanists with an

interest in the flora of Papuasia.

2. Euphorbia buxoides Radcl.-Sm., Hook. Ic.

Pl, 38: t. 3724 (1974). Type: Papua New

Guinea. EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE:

Kainantu, Oct 1964, JS. Womersley s.n.

(holo: K [photo at BRI!]).

Illustration: Radclitfe-Smith (1974: t. 3724).

An erect shrub or small tree to 7 m high, with

many branches, perennial, evergreen, dioecious

or occasionally monoecious. Stems woody,

rounded, up to 5 mm diameter, glabrous, waxy;

with copious white latex. Stipules absent. Leaves

alternate to weakly subopposite, fleshy,

petiolate; petioles 2-14 mm long, I—1.5 mm

wide, flattened on top, glabrous; petiole scars

crescent-shaped, c. 1 mm long, 2—2.2 mm wide;

lamina obovate, 8—75 mm long, 5-30 mm wide,

with margins slightly revolute and midrib weakly

raised below; upper surface glossy dark green,

glabrous and with venation obscure; lower sur-

face pale matt green to yellow-green, glabrous

and with venation comprising 16-18 weakly

developed lateral veins per side of midrib; tip

obtuse, rounded or mucronate; base cuneate

to attenuate. Inflorescence of terminal to sub-

terminal pseudocymes, up to 50 mm long and

branched several times, generally not extending

beyond the leaves; bracts lanceolate to lanceo-

late-oblong, 1.5—2.5mm long, 0.8—1.5 mm wide,

glabrous, soon caducous. Involucres pedun-

culate, 1.8-3.5 mm long, 2-3 mm diameter,

glabrous; peduncles 2-4 mm long; glands S,

semi-elliptic, 0.5—0.8 mm long, 0.8—-1.5 mm

wide, entire, not contiguous; glandular proces-

ses present, up to 0.8 mm long, with short hairs.

Male flowers numerous, surrounding a central

female flower if present; pedicels 0.4—0.5 mm

long, glabrous; filaments 0.4-0.5 mm long,

= einer

‘ttt.

= 4!

fee

iia

ity

. oe

ian a i Chea

gre at era hana ead Mat ore

gee Se a repre ae ee ent eran ae,

* email later eee ree bs >

Riwireree FP sara >

” SE ere eater oes = a =

A Dana eome renner aera .

SS eee ee |e

. Sra eect Sate eater Saar ern | [eka am

hus a0 ire Recor Tree re res,

: Sclevepuorargicr ras,

Greer re aan +

par Pe cheat Bans

terasaear

ir.

sae erie

ers HOES

itceretes ete es

BA erro #4 Erato

Romer rpica ssa re ag Paha e! =

pe acted el Lea Pe pircrce nits FF

SFT Site Dares noes

ar anteater arr

pacar arena ripe ee

rire Se ease

ee Penton

Sorin ees re eee ess

sc pirate

et" if

Wiis toed

Points es ‘

Sos mAs ory

ae mariner tie

2 oid fa!

Sr ie caret treat ee ee

STS eed Ptr [rete pel

= a ras

fri = a é

re = 77 = eas i

" Sia pm re ee ot

eer Rel enna pal atmead tent .

ear eae eae rinse wien

Sih aru eerie ey feria arate ie

de ioral rece et reels ranks

eae ae :

Sete Ser hak ed gp eng ee rr

ferent eee ae

retest tra fea. e

“Fe

arti

2 eta

era

sree ee =

ts os ATibaner a

Rel t Gps oo Ex rrr = > = a ir er ee er ee

cee irae + pul cog tal ee ee pee ee a eer es Aoi aria Bt

ao Perea es a ee TAT po pene ae ee Rene are er

ned pare EP ae er eC re Ts | SE ee Ji a hers = — fons Gaol

ie ie nes an aaa

sree 2 aia erature escialnoniae a ere

Sel eee ae eat Sse

oily ret ieee

siete

[a =

retire =e

seee praicen ari crete te

: = rae

i ary ae rer rena

sivirests srr iasas iit teas torres

Een lee pee eerie rene peer

ear naa a ere] arenas

adhe ey here! care peor et

ig ie eta ea ae ean ae a

ee pian aera ena pean nents

greats Zor Dene ered

reine opt [pratense tere Fo

errr Se een natig inten munca pada OTT

aa tenet ige pa tae peat sa fia han ae

= peels Pere Prayer bcs eet teeta ond peer

Fenech lad Fea ak er eet

ler peer erate ged Freres ree

Sorin i iar ayaa tea ara Te

reat eines eran cereus aad ects

eee ae aan ere an cada era to

opine pe SEI ae ae

cemaniacrria db i arp pees ea eea Te rT

rctrerras pre r enr eeae is

" Seas esate ee Hee

: Sapiruinee keen! ina siteaguanetn Eee

SRP EL ert are gts ates

oor in ai asap aa re

ren anna tee

poate errs

Sethe

ieee eee es

Seiden tee re ea eect el

ere Pere

Pity etre

Sr ee

- rae

Se teed rate a

age altars

Pie erper ait ree

Ee eB Pe eer as

avers, rr he,

Pasties nr pate tenn

mos

egal nanan aaa ‘

Soret

ener 5

- nau 3, rt Sev ved ip

Se nirestinrniere i z ee iene ie

ae! rat Ao A ean reir a eoreaas

mee mB pa ee ear: Sup Settee Sattar

er igre! Laren ere re

ert ir pr ac is aetna ener

Sone >

pre en

Seen Re ec

z or cre per

sh intaannaeane Dee ieee

eronhirrernga apne

SO ppc repeat an Ee el af. Sar

part Sores ror rp ae Te

OE ea parent ntant ca tang ey ae ee sat?

aren eee pone at? oe dara

Sted BRR EAS byl el ped Fea oy ee ee peel re =

nine caer St Fell erent pee ee ein a pene

mibabin ae rine Spode ears ee rm ahah ei taihnd Dy aa as

< Soir naa y Pa BP rg oo ane ar rE are er ERI TIO PFT ESTE ELE E Oe ie be LLL Eee,

fact ether iced candy bat te ate ed Ee tt ee ee eats Sort pee een tn 2

z pe aT, oe

Agr

dla

eatateeare

seis

ries

rer

sLraee:

cee

«oa

| ree

<r ReT soe =

ae epee ae

ees

3 as

ARNOLD ARBORETUM

Fig. 1. Euphorbia brassii. Isotype. Brass 31455 (A).

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-246 (1994)

, *

=e .

oo .

a amar

res

ota Fs

peer ber

puree:

Soe ra

rat core

patent

es creel ras

ST et

eee

oH elite tone ta

PPh horn ra eens Pee a

meres eee poeta ea ee ‘ x Seer eres u

pears Rane se

ere ras os ee ea ee

Sinker i SEP

cakes cacrionie!

spares S oe

Le eT Pt

yoni eee

Eolenien neat

imitates

ae Ae NEE Kopkies

UE ee aeees eee

eee irene nay pena

ape nee ri era cal

bseT TP PE

Fu rbia plasm erioides Tapia. ex Hash.

var, Macrecarpa A. Radel; f¥e-Smith

Netermined by Michael J. Nur 198]

tiisgourt Eotanje a? tianden

in Airy Shaw, The Fup horki azene of

Mew Grinen FE. (4%.

| x PLANTS OF NEW GUINEA

eG bhon cn rr ee

‘en

ant

Eten

—

Hel

pote

—

oil

ws :

wna

her

Bett,

Fata

web

sie

Lew

Fal

neti

7”

work

petrsy

EF]

——

at |

J. E Hr aks, ie ebrtys Fate nen nave ~.

——

[$y

Cothya ad con the Sigh crefbeld Evpiditican quusored by the Arietta

Mets: nf Netureh Histesy wath the att of a prant frara the

Wotan Syren Paosrditran,

pete ene ee Ue

SPR Die

Forster, Euphorbia plumerioides

anthers globose, c. 0.3 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm

wide. Female flowers solitary in centre of

involucre; pedicels 0.8—1 mm long, glabrous;

ovaries depressed-globose, 0.7-1 mm long,

0.7—1 mm diameter, glabrous; styles connate at

base for c. half of length, 1.3-1.5 mm long;

stigmas shortly bifid for 0.2 mm. Capsules and

seeds not seen. Fig. 2.

Specimens examined: Indonesia, Irian Jaya. Angi, Arfak

Mts., by Iray, Lake Gui, Apr 1940, Kanehira & Hatusima

13655 (A, BO); Balim River, Dec 1938, Brass 11831" (A);

Eipomek-Tal, 4°25’S, 140°017E, Mar 1976, Hiepko &

Schultze-Motel 1493" (K). Papua New Guinea. WEsT

SePIK Province: Telefomin, 5°05’S, 141°30’E, Jan 1965,

Henty NGF20943° (K). WESTERN HIGHLANDS Province: Mt

Hagen, Feb 1970, Lowien NGF35516° (A, BRI, CANB);

ditto, Sep 1961, Millar & Nicholson NGF13826' (A, BRI,

CANB, K). Eastern HIGHLANDS Province: Between

Wanatabi & Purosa, Okapasubdistrict, May 1972, Hartley

13669" (A, CANB); Chuave, 6°05’S, 147°05’E, Apr 1968,

Millar NGF12089° (A, BRI, CANB, L); Near Okapa on

Okapa - Porusa road, 6°38’S, 145°35’E, May 1971, Stone

10247 (BRI, CANB). SouTHERN HicHLANDs Province: Tigibi,

Jun 1966, Vink 16856° (A, L); Bomkane rest house,

Gembogli, 5°53’S, 143°0S’E, 1970, Hope ANU10710°

(CANB); Lake Erebo, near Hedemari Mission, Jul 1972,

Powell UPNG2408 (L). Moross Province: Vicinity of

Kajabit Mission, Aug-Dec 1939, Clemens 10812 (A);

Wantoat Station, Apr 1940, Clemens 11353" (A).

Distribution and habitat: Collected in New

Guinea from Irian Jaya in Indonesia; Eastern

Highlands, Southern Highlands, Western High-

lands, West Sepik and Morobe provinces of

Papua New Guinea. Nearly all ofthe collections

from Papua New Guinea were stated to be from

cultivated plants whereas the label on Kanehira

& Hatusima 13655 from Irian Jaya states “In the

forest”. This species may possibly originate in

Irian Jaya; however, field work is necessary to

prove this.

Notes: The specimen Kanehira & Hatusima

13655 is labelled as the type of Euphorbia

novo-guineensis Kaneh. & Hat. and stored in

the Type room at BO. This name has never been

published (van Royen 1973) and should be

disregarded.

Local common names are given in Table 1.

Ethnobotanical use: The foliage is crushed up

and used as a fish poison (label data of Powell

UPNG2408).

3. Euphorbia euonymoclada Croizat, Bull.

Jard. Bot. Buitzenzorg (Ser. 3) 16(4): 357

249

(1940). Type: Irian Jaya. Wissel Lake

Region, Lake Pamiai, 16 Jan 1939,

P.J. Eyma 4357 (holo: A!; iso: BO!, K

[photo at BRI!]).

An erect subshrub or shrub to 7 m high, with

many branches, perennial, evergreen, appar-

ently monoecious. Stems woody, rounded, up

to 7 mm diameter, glabrous, with a lacquered

red appearance; with slight white latex. Stipules

linear-lanceolate to triangular, 0.5—3.2 mm long,

0.3-0.5 mm wide, glabrous, soon caducous.

Leaves alternate, coriaceous, petiolate; petioles

1—8 mm long, 0.5—1.2 mm wide, flattened on

top, glabrous; petiole scars crescent-shaped to

seml-elliptic, 0.5-1.2 mm long, 0.8—1.2 mm

wide; lamina elliptic to rhombic-elliptic, 5—60

mm long, 3-30 mm wide, with margins revolute

and midrib raised below; upper surface glossy

dark green, glabrous and with venation obscure;

lower surface pale matt green, glabrous and

with venation comprised of 8-15 weakly

developed lateral veins per side of midrib; tip

acute, short acuminate or mucronate; base

cuneate. Inflores-cence of single, subterminal

involucres, not extending beyond the leaves;

bracts not seen. Involucres sessile, c. 1.5 mm

long, 2 mm diameter, glabrous; glands 5, trun-

cate-ovate, 0.8—1.8 mm long, 1.2—2 mm wide,

entire, contiguous; glandular processes present,

up to 0.7 mm long, fimbriate with short hairs.

Male flowers numerous; pedicels 0.4—0.5 mm

long, glabrous; filaments 0.5—0.7 mm _ long,

anthers globose, 0.20.3 mm long, 0.2—0.3 mm

wide. Female flowers solitary in centre of

involucre; pedicels elongating up to 5 mm long,

glabrous; ovaries + globose, c. 1.3 mm long

and 1.4 mm diameter, glabrous; styles connate

at base for lower two-thirds of length,

0.8—1.4 mm long; stigmas shortly bifid for

0.2 mm. Capsules depressed-globose, 4-6 mm

long, 5-8 mm diameter (immature), reddish.

Seeds not seen. Figs 3, 4.

Specimens examined: Indonesia, Irian Jaya. Wissel

Lake region: trips from Post to Boebeiro, biv. Prauw. Odero

to Poero, Oct 1939, Eyma 5431 (A). Papua New Guinea.

EASTERN HIGHLANDS Province: Tau, near Chuave, 6°00’S,

145°00’E, Jan 1962, Womersley NGF14104 (BRI). Nortn-

ERN Province: West slopes of Mt Kenive (Nisbet), 9°10’S,

147°45’E, Jul 1974, Croft et al. LAE65071 (A, BRD.

CENTRAL Province: Suckling Complex, Mayu II, 9°45’S,

149°04’E, Jun 1972, Stevens & Veldkamp LAE54972 (K),

Ming Bay Province: Goepon, 9°43’S, 149°02’E, Jul 1972,

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-246 (1994)

Titec:

Me:

INES

LO TENED

WEES

SESSA SE

Meta pete

Sievers

Ibi aig

Beet ba ae ores

+S se abies:

Iti: as wee

ERLE

uae

; satan

: 2 geese an eiraed

wie i route a en beep eer!

Saree Fe Shite ert

Ae oe Ne ee

TEES Sretear Dee See

ane rrr Tey end t.

- Tigra topes

: se steer

cere

inn, aes pees

are

5 Weis

“Hie aE

Peres!

rok

SE Sig

Seats RAs

sores aah

eee

i SepcraeD

rors

miaiec?

praca’

2 =

Sere

ere

Evphorbia vatdes

Betersined by Mivkinel J.

Missoorn Beayanical Garden

pil ni tay

Ree

Setaniesn} collections of the vivision of

= ih.

tetany, oneriecent of Soresta, +

at pee : fae

J grd : Avi bg ered eee # 4557 fy 5, af Fd

weegehre,

Spare ee

fo th pie

Bie is

ARHOLD ARBORETUM

” an ae “error ish

a perth | :

ARVARD UNIVER wihesins |

Fig. 2. Euphorbia buxoides. Representative specimen. Lowien NGF35516 (A).

Forster, Euphorbia plumerioides

Stevens & Veldkamp LAES5537 (BRD; North slopes of

Mt Dayman, Maneau Range, Jun 1953, Brass 22719 (A,

K); NE outlying ridge of Mt Simpson massif, 10°02’S,

149°40’E, Jul 1969, Pullen 7807 (A, BRI); Indup track to

Mt Simpson, 10°05’S, 149°40’S, Jul 1968, Galore &

Wood NGF41012 (K).

Distribution and habitat: Collected in New

Guinea from Irian Jaya in Indonesia; Eastern

Highlands, Central, Northern and Milne Bay

provinces of Papua New Guinea. Plants have

been recorded from montane forest, sometimes

on limestone, at altitudes between 1980 and

2700 m. The foliage is consistent with that on |

plants from microphyll moss/fern forests al-

though the type was collected from an anthro-

pomorphic shrubland/grassland (Croizat 1940),

Notes: E. euonymoclada differs from the other

species enumerated here in several features

notably the well-developed stipules and the

single-involucre inflorescences. This species

may not be closely related to the others included

here; however, like Croizat (1940), | am

uncertain of its placement in Euphorbia and

in the absence of an overview of the infra-

generic classification of the genus, it is best

treated with the others dealt with here for the

present.

Unlike most of the other species enumer-

ated here, L. euonymocladahas apparently been

collected only from natural habitats. There is

considerable variation in foliage size and shape

between the collections cited above. The type

and subsequent collection by Eyma from Irian

Jaya have very small leaves that show little

venation. The Croft collection by comparison

has much larger leaves in which the venation is

quite noticeable below. Some collections, such

as Womersley NGF 14104 have foliage showing

both extremes. All of the collections (where

fertile) have the same solitary involucres with

closely contiguous glands. While I have not

been able to examine this taxon in the field,

similar patterns of foliage variation are notice-

able inthe superficially similar fern/moss thicket-

inhabiting Alyxia orophila Domin (Apocy-

naceae) from Australia (Forster 1992) and

are usually the result of differing degrees of

exposure. Nevertheless, the species as pres-

ently circumscribed, 1s poorly collected and

further collections may shed some light on its

morphological variation.

25]

4. Euphorbia heyligersiana P.I. Forst., sp.

nov. affinis EK. indistinctae P.1. Forst. a

qua foliis perminoribus et plerumque

oblongis apicerotundato et pagina adaxiali

polita, cicatrice petiolorum lunata, et

glandibus involucri integris minoribus

ellipticiovatis differt. Typus: Papua New

Guinea. WEST SEPIK PROVINCE: 12 km N of

Drelkikir, 3°23’S, 142°45’E, 5 Aug 1966,

P.C. Heyligers 1494 (holo: CANB! [2

sheets ]).

An erect subshrub to 3 m high, with numerous

branches, perennial, evergreen, apparently

dioecious. Stems fleshy, rounded, up to 5 mm

diameter, glabrous, waxy; with copious white

latex. Stipules absent. Leaves alternate, thin,

petiolate; petioles 1~3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm

wide, glabrous, grooved on top; petiole scars

crescent-shaped, 0.7—1 mm long, 1.5—1.8 mm

wide; lamina oblong or rarely oblanceolate,

4-40 mm long, 2-15 mm wide, with margins

weakly revolute and midrib prominently raised

below; upper surface glossy dark green,

glabrous and with venation obscure; lower

surface dull glaucous green, glabrous and with

venation obscure; tip rounded, mucronate; base

attenuate to cuneate. Inflorescence of terminal

to subterminal pseudocymes, up to 100 mm

long and branched several times, extending

beyond the leaves; bracts lanceolate, 0.7—-1.2 mm

long, 0.4—0.8 mm wide, glabrous, soon caducous.

Involucres pedunculate, [—1.3 mm long, [—1.6

mm diameter, glabrous; peduncles 1—2 mm

long; glands 5, ovate-elliptic, 0.5—0.6 mm long,

0.70.8 mm wide, entire, + contiguous; glandu-

lar processes present, up to 0.5 mm long,

fimbriate with short hairs. Male flowers numer-

ous; pedicels 0.4—-0.6 mm long, glabrous; fila-

ments 0.4—0.5 mm long, anthers globose,

0.1-0.2 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide. Female

flowers, capsules and seed not seen. Fig. 5.

Distribution and habitat: Known only from the

type specimen collected in 18 m tall secondary

forest with an open canopy dominated by

Althoffia sp. and with a dense subcanopy

dominated by Villebrunnea sp. and Laportea

sp. at an altitude of 515 m.

Notes: E. heyligersiana 1s a distinctive small-

leaved species that is allied to E. indistincta but

differs from that species in its much smaller

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-246 (1994)

. ae 9 pt ed ee EK A wares et Se es 2TH ee SS oo et. PAGE 4 =o a8? “ak . Tan $ : + * + . i

® A sek . ee an hae : ‘ vi y z " ‘ a A

» om z 4 y ph ig . Ue nae BAST tye 7 t epg TE i" - - : -

‘oe Ot aw . aye oe ae ts - 7 - = 4 + * * * -

rot =) Ae “ee . . 6a > " “ ‘ ‘ r sat

£ & ee] + ie 4 283 a 2 . _s 1

: paren | are aa “4 iio iny re vt b . ‘ é : aS -

2 ; . + : .

ee - : :

Bs he :

sarot = 2 :

ern :

wean, : A A i

Seam gir Reger oe gebcigen aarti ¢ : :

goed fitty “Surg Eire Eerste $ > . :

Pee fence macy aces a: re ? "

Tr . 4 > ¢ 4

a z £0 a

eres ’ A

5 renee A P

ttt

Fig. 3. Euphorbia euon

Perle

_ SEES esa

3 3

7 2 s [aoe we >

ee SSH

: vier ete :

ire > . *,

z, 2PEHET .

ieee tems

4 ae a

= 4

~ = ie *

>. e ary Pr :

- . =

> V4 57 Tm ‘ a :

a P e P* Lise

-¥ BH : :

* - > ; te :

; . =z a 2 5 ? 4 Sem

sani TOT es Z - *. ay m : 0

sees ae

Hermined ty Minkuei of. Huft Waal

Missiuk fiotanteal Garden

Fam. buphorbiacear

COMMUNH., EX HERD. HORE. GOT. Heol,

luphorbia suengnoclude croizzt

; ’ ; ; é

Wissel Lake region: trips froma Yust to

Roebeiro, bive Prauv, Odere

fo aero,

Archipel, Ind. Uw, Guinaa.

Dar, Cet, 193%, Alt. m,

beg Uad. Ovng Ne. 433

ARNOLD ARBURETUM

Pier.

anes

moclada. Small-leaved form from type locality. Eyma 5431 (A).

Forster, Euphorbia plumerioides

Botanical Collections of che Division

of Botany, Department of Forests, Lac.

LAE 65071 3. &, Crokt wt al,

27 EFA ,

: West slopes of He, Kenive

, Subdist, Kokeda, district

decthern, Abksttude 2,700 a

Lat.; ¥Y LO s Long.: 147 456

= €

Habitat: Hixed cuanifer rainterest

vith nastus undergrawth,

Annot,: Tree. Helohr Jw ,

Hark cream outer, gréenish inner with

copleus white Latex, Wood straw,

Leaves semlgkloss dark green above,

duil tight green beiow. Plover: preci,

Saubit wreen wich reddish finwe,

Nisaterariere chars eena

Se 2

Fam, ituphorbiaceae

Hame: Punherbla

Dupi.-sent sto; L, Bri. Canh. A. K,

Bog. Sing, ‘Syd, UN. PH, US, Bish,

Kenya htor bt COl Ory mga elad a

CPmtZal™

AIS at?

cet, RT AL, sa Herb. BRI

mat

een

cal?

NET pm pee m ae FO gg

staneli

;

Lidia —+

Fig. 4. Euphorbia euonymoclada. Large-leaved form with well-developed venation. Small leaves lack obvious venation.

Croft et al. LAE65071 (BRI).

Te TCT ORT OC Cn Sed prance a eat Phi eed TS ed nd Peed Pace ee ceE Paced Ermita insted CESS Botan nae a atid My Be OO am OLS COUSCOUS DDD

254

mainly oblong leaves with a glossy upper sur-

face and rounded tips, crescent-shaped petiole

scars and entire, smaller and elliptic-ovate

involucre glands,

Etymology: Named for the collector ofthe type,

Petrus Cornelis Heyligers (b. 1931), plant ecolo-

gist formerly with the CSIRO Division of Land

Research in Canberra, Australia.

5, Euphorbia indistincta P.I. Forst., sp. nov.

affinis &. kanalensi Boiss. et E. brassio

P.I. Forst. a qua foliis apice plerumque

longiacuminato pagina hebetata

adaxialiter atrovirenti et abaxialiter

glaucescenti et venatione indistincta

differt. Typus: Papua New Guinea. WEST

SEPIK PRovINcE: near Marok Village,

8 Jun 1961, P./ Darbyshire 7889 & RD.

Hoogland (holo: CANB! [1 sheet]; iso:

A!, BO!, BRIS),

An erect shrub to 4 m high, with several to

numerous branches, perennial, evergreen,

monoecious. Stems fleshy to + succulent,

rounded, up to 6 mm diameter, glabrous, waxy;

with copious white latex. Stipules absent. Leaves

alternate, thin, petiolate; petioles 5—16 mm long,

c. 1 mm wide, grooved ontop, glabrous; petiole

scars semi-elliptic, 1.3—1.5 mm long, 1.8—2 mm

wide; lamina oblanceolate, 11—110 mm long,

5—27 mm wide, with margins weakly revolute

and midrib prominently raised below; upper

surface matt dark green, glabrous and with

obscure venation; lower surface matt glaucous

ereen, glabrous and with venation comprising

11—15 weakly developed lateral veins per side

of midrib; tip long-acuminate or rarely acute on

small leaves, mucronate; base attenuate. Inflor-

escence ofterminal to subterminal pseudocymes,

up to 150 mm long and branched many times,

extending beyond the leaves; bracts lanceolate-

ovate, 0.8—1.5 mm long, 0.5—l mm wide,

glabrous, soon caducous. Involucres ped-

unculate, 1.2—2 mm long, 1.2—2.5 mm diameter,

glabrous; peduncles 2—2.5 mm long; glands 5,

elliptic-truncate, 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.8—1.7 mm

wide, weakly crenate, contiguous; glandular

processes present, up to 1 mm long, fimbriate

with short hairs. Male flowers numerous, sur-

rounding a central female flower if present;

pedicels 0.4—0.5 mm long, glabrous; filaments

0.4—0.5 mm long, anthers globose, 0.2—0.3 mm

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-246 (1994)

long, 0,.2—0.3 mm wide. Female flowers solitary

in centre of involucre; pedicels up to 1 mm long,

glabrous; ovaries globose, c. 1 mm long, 1.2mm

diameter, glabrous; styles connate at base for

half of length, 0.7—0.8 mm long; stigmas shortly

bifid forc. 0.1 mm. Capsules and seeds not seen.

Fig. 6.

Specimens examined; Papua New Guinea. SoutTHern

HiGHLANDS Provincs: near Wasemi, Lake Kutubu, 6°22’S,

143°07°E, Sep 1961, Schodde 2311 (CANB). Morons

Province: vicinity Bulung River, hill trails, Jan 1937,

Clemens $208 (A).

Distribution and habitat: Collected in Papua

New Guinea from West Sepik, Morobe and

Southern Highlands provinces. Plants have been

recorded from degraded fagaceous forest or the

margins of a Metroxylon swamp at altitudes

between 800 and 1950 m.

Notes: E. indistincta 1s allied to &. kanalensis

and -. brassii but is distinct in its usually long-

acuminate tipped leaves thatare glaucous below

and with indistinct venation. It is also allied to

FE. heyligersiana (see discussion under that

species).

Ethnobotanical use: The leaves are crushed

and used to stupefy fish or to kill insect larvae

(label data of Darbyshire 7889 & Hoogland).

Etymology: The epithet is derived from the

Latin indistinctus, meaning indistinct, and al-

ludes to the weakly distinct venation in the leaf

lamina, as opposed to the obscure or strong

venation in those of related species.

6. Euphorbia Kanalensis Boiss, in DC., Prodr.

15(2): 1265 (1866). Type: New Caledo-

nia. cult. Kanala, 1855-60, Vieillard 1139

(iso: P!).

Euphorbia plumerioides var. acuminataJ.J,

Sm., Nova Guinea 8: 794 (1912), synon.

nov. Type: Irian Jaya. Hollandia,

Humboldt Bay, 28 May 1910, K. Gjellerup

147 (holo: BO!; iso: L!),

Euphorbia plumerioides var. microphylla

Radcl.-Sm., Euphorb. New Guinea 86

(1980), synon. nov. Type: Papua New

Guinea. WEsT SEPIK PROVINCE: Oksapmin,

S°20°S, 142°15’E, 15 Oct 1968,

E.E. Henty, R. Isgar & M. Galore

NGF41547 (holo: K; iso: A!, BRI!).

Forster, Euphorbia plumerioides

cmt tare

seen

FLORA OF NEV GUINEA

Distibuted by the

HERBARIUM AUSTRALIENSE, CS.ARO., CANBERRA, ACT,

with the request to bs notified af new Identificatlons.

Coll, P.O, Revi Pei

Min Atta Date 5 Anguet 1966

1? be. i. OF Drelidkir: sepik : ra)

Dietrict, Terr. of iey Guinea, — ,,. ae

i : = * cv ta, aL ,

ses Spur cide-slore, 35), with Tin, tell

“i. sacentiory Foront; canopy open, with Aith-

offic detucohsg upvcenapy densa, with

illabrunea sod Lapertesa coguen,

BEtY Ga SEs sy

Herb, BAI

Speciuen on Cslllt. only,

BIG. 40

Fig. 5. Euphorbia heyligersiana. Holotype (1 of 2 sheets). Heyligers 1494 (CANB).

erat tetera ceed beh cera cabal en eat rr poe ee to rants Easy Date con Pea Dae er ce ee OD Racer Sn aan od a Ga a a

256

Illustrations: J.J. Smith (1912: t. CXLID);

McPherson & Tirel (1987: 15, t.9).

An erect shrub or small tree to 4 m high, with

several branches, perennial, evergreen,

dioecious or occasionally monoecious. Stems

fleshy to + succulent, rounded, up to 10 mm

diameter, glabrous, waxy; with copious white

latex. Stipules absent. Leaves alternate,+ fleshy,

petiolate; petioles 2—21 mm long, 0.5—1.2 mm

wide, flattened on top, glabrous; petiole scars

crescent-shaped, 1—1.2 mm long, 23.1 mm

wide; lamina obovate-elliptic to oblanceolate,

25-170 mm long, 10—40 mm wide, with

margins weakly revolute and midrib promi-

nently raised below; upper surface glossy dark

ereen, glabrous and with venation obscure; lower

surface pale glossy green, glabrous and with

venation obscure; tip acute to short acuminate,

sometimes weakly apiculate; base attenuate.

Inflorescence of terminal to subterminal

pseudocymes, up to 180 mm long and branched

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-246 (1994)

many times, generally extending beyond the

leaves; bracts lanceolate-ovate, 1.3-2.2 mm

long, 0.8—1 mm wide, glabrous, soon caducous.

Involucres pedunculate, 1.2—2 mm long, 1.3—2

mm diameter, glabrous; peduncles 1.5-3 mm

long; glands 5, truncate-ovate, 0.5—1.5 mm long,

1—1.8 mm wide, entire, + contiguous; glandular

processes present, up to 1 mm long, fimbriate

with short hairs. Male flowers numerous, sur-

rounding a central female flower if present;

pedicels 0.7—0.8 mm long, glabrous; filaments

0.4—0.6 mm long, anthers globose, 0.2—0.3 mm

long, 0.2—0.3 mm wide. Female flowers solitary

in centre of involucre; pedicels 0.34 mm long,

glabrous; ovaries globose, 1—1.2 mm long, c.

| mm diameter, glabrous; styles connate at base

for two-thirds of length, 1—1.3 mm long; stig-

mas shortly bifid for 0.2 mm. Capsules

subglobose, 4-4.5 mm long, 4.5—5 mm diam-

eter. Seeds oblong, c. 3 mm long, 2.2. mm

diameter, grey-brown, ecarunculate. Fig. 7.

Table 1. Local common names for £. plumerioides and allies.

Dialect

Species Name Voucher

E. buxoides

is Tombé Not stated Powell UPNG2408

ey Tombé Hult Vink 16856

Z Dimbin Chimbu Hope ANU10710

E. tndistincta

It, Ito Wapl Darbyshire 7889 & Hoogland

2. Wane Kutubu Schodde 2311

E. kanalensis

l. Ai-chup Urip Barrett NGF21

2. Ohehu Not stated Brass 1123

3: Sunimeno Not stated Waterhouse 196

4, Ponu Not stated Waterhouse 454-B

5. Tamba’a lau Kwarae’e Inimua BSIP6592

6, Totongwala Kwarae’e Powell BSIP19458

7. Negane Nangu Powell BSIP19458

8, Man Not stated

Henty ef al. NGF41547

DESTIN MEE et So Sn i ee el ee a

FID era et

sors

Forster, Euphorbia plumerioides

stata = ate =

nH or

that!

te,

et aad NM cute

Neb ey Be eee gee ee ae ge

fee as

Jats

Wee ENN eas ce eaten te Tye eter at et ote On ate Deen ante

Biter + oh 2

a * *s . The | *,

saree POC ts ieee

Wo ave oi a FLORA OF NEW. GUINEA.

Rabi Crinduted by the

eee McRBARIUM AUSTRALIEMSE, CS FRG, CANBERRA, ACCT,

eit with She request to be retified of ree identiflestions,

ee cot PT Pare hive & RD Uoockh.

m: to, 7 abe ha ms S tog te hs

hess es

to. near Marek vilka

Sepik Piste

ab, planed a aq Teak Wear vittes

nets C. 3.4 vy fell shel with abuyd-

ant white Fax. Flowers pate, grees

ACL tee “sed aa 4 pak heen pand! afty

Fel t

ot Nog AL sorks | ce , lai pect

faryasy. Lalex wi Seiad when if

into FAs Eye,

4 take Wation aft Grey -

AAG I

i othe ote tL) or vtd~ Peaved fori

LALD RESLARSCH AND REGIONAL SURVEY . 4 |

CSIRG, CANBERRA geat name: Lte wae AN IAAae,

: che

anal

¥ we ‘

3 wits. # eskion ee * ithe meee Tae 2 I ae “ ie halk ite, wis te an Ly t cea i; 4 Ra,

LOANS3I3 aa i pert

Fig. 6. Euphorbia indistincta. Holotype. Darbyshire 7889 & Hoogland (CANB).

258

Specimens examined: Papua New Guinea, East Sepik

Province: North of Urip Village, Dagua, Jan 1954, Barrett

NGF21* (A, BO, BRI, CANB, K); Torricelli Geb., Apr

1902, Schlechter 14372 (BO), unlocalised, Bafeson 6A

(K). Boucanvitte Province: Siwat, Jun 1931, Waterhouse

454-B (L); ditto, Jul 1930, Waterhouse 178-B (L). New

InsLAND Province: Ugama, Oct 1938, Peeke/ 202 (BO);

Lamekot, 1912, Peeke/ 2 (BO). Morons Province: Aseki

Valley, c. 2 miles [3.3 km] SE of Aseki, 7°23’S, 146°13°E,

Apr 1966, Schodde 5077 & Craven (CANB). SouTHERN

HIGHLANDS Province: near Waro airstrip, 20 km SSW of

Kutubu, 6°31’S, 143°10’E, Oct 1973, Jacobs 9277 (BO).

CENTRAL Province: Hewa, Vatlala River, Mar 1926, Brass

1123 (A, BRI, K). Locality unknown: Atasrip 142/440

(BO,L). Solomon Islands, Reer Istanps: Nola, Feb 1965,

Inimua BSIP6592 (BSIP, L). New Georcia: Jul 1929,

Waterhouse 196° (A, L). Santa Cruz IsLanps: Nanggu

area, Santa Cruz, Apr 1972, Powell BSIP19458° (BSIP,

CANB). New Caledonia. . Village de la Roche, Jan 1946,

Virot 1585° (P); Ciga Island, Dee 1925, Daniker 2477 (P).

Distribution and habitat: E. kanalensis is wide-

spread in Papua New Guinea, the Solomon

Islands and New Caledonia, but appears to be

mainly cultivated or naturalised. Plants have

been frequently recorded as being collected

from villages, roadsides or abandoned areas of

habitation. There are no records from primary

forest, apart from the nomenclatural type of

E.. plumerioides var. microphylla.

Notes: E. kanalensis was reduced to the syn-

onymy of £. plumerioides by McKee (1991);

however, this is unjustified and the two are

easily distinguished by leaf venation alone. The

type of E. plumerioides var. acuminatais clearly

conspecific with the type of F. kanalensis. Both

lack visible venation in the leaves that are +

glossy above and below.

E. plumerioides var. microphylla was only

weakly differentiated by Radcliffe-Smith (1980),

viz “This agrees with the type [E. p/umerioides

sensu stricta] in having the leaves dull beneath,

but the leaf-outline and inflorescence are more

comparable with those of var. acuminata. How-

ever, the foliage is much smaller than that of

either var. acuminata or the typical variety”. .

The type collection of &. plumerioides var.

microphylla remains the only example of this

particular morphological variation. I do not

believe thatthe leaves of Henty etal. NGF41547

are particularly duller below than those in the

range of EF. kanalensis specimens examined,

and this collection may represent a non-culti-

vated form of the species. Certainly the floral

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-246 (1994)

parts and leaves of Henty et al. NGF41547 fall

within the range of variation of those seen for E.

kanalensis and I have no hesitation in reducing

the name to synonymy.

Local common names are listed in Table 1.

Ethnobotanical use: The foliage 1s crushed and

used to stupefy fish (label data of Brass 1123;

Barrett NGF21; Powell BSIP19458), and as a

purgative and vermifuge (label data of Barrett

NGF21).

7. Euphorbia norfolkiana Boiss. in DC., Prodr.

15(2): 110 (1866), Type: Norfolk Island,

F. Bauer (holo: W, fide Green (1994)).

Illustration: Green (1994: 236, fig. 47 H—I).

Anerect subshrub to 1.5 m high, with numerous

branches, perennial, deciduous, monoecious.

Stems=+ succulent, rounded, upto 10 mm diam-

eter, glabrous, waxy; with copious white latex.

Stipules absent. Leaves alternate, thin, sessile;

leaf scars crescent-shaped, c. 1 mm long, 2.2—5

mm wide; lamina oblanceolate, 20-45 mm long,

4-10 mm wide, with margins flat and midrib

prominently raised below; upper surface matt

dark green, glabrous and with venation obscure;

lower surface pale matt green, glabrous and

with venation weakly visible but difficult to

ascertain vein number; tip acute; base truncate

to + cuneate. Inflorescence of terminal to

subterminal pseudocymes, up to 10 mm long,

comprising solitary pedunculate involucres or

branched several times, not extending beyond

the leaves; bracts lanceolate, 2-4 mm long,

1-1.3 mm wide, glabrous, soon caducous.

Involucres pedun-culate, c. 3 mm long, 5—5.5

mm diameter, glabrous; peduncles 5-10 mm

long; glands 5—10, ovate-elliptic, 0.8—1 mm

long, 1.5—2 mm wide, entire, + contiguous;

glandular processes present, up to 1.5 mm long,

fimbriate with short hairs. Male flowers numer-

ous, surrounding a central female flower;

pedicels 22.5 mm long, glabrous; filaments

0.8—1 mm long, anthers globose, 0.5—-0.6 mm

long, 0.4—0.5 mm wide. Female flowers solitary

in centre of involucre, sessile; ovaries 4—5 mm

long, 3—3.5 mm diameter, glabrous; styles

connate at base for half of length, 1.8-2 mm

long; stigmas shortly bifid for 0.3-0.4 mm.

Capsules globose, 11-12 mm long, 10-11 mm

ni Be iter castesase

orster, Euphorbia plumerioides

re Abily Puy an & .

LUPHOR, TACLAS

MAC TARGs y ds

Trae 9 2GF, =e noldive olanted -

benvas: Canony 2

Cryer, pole baenene

Flowers: Torcinal inf. pale

in colours |

Park: Very soft, srovish browny

copiceus Latex, white and civine

fine clustic threads,

Weds: Light col urede

ative Hare and Didlects

AKiechup (Urip « Ardpesh),

ised as a fish poigon, purzyative

and yer ulrui’

th, of Uri

Je Hi. BANHETT

ong

Valdes e, Dinin, Wews

emer vs Bigs

eal eau bearamunenar em maane sp paninge Aye med het pnb AOL 6 | aelakne hb AAA ARLE RIE NM IE

"i See mente a 6a snoneel

ie ag ela Ne

{

bY UCHGS Letywes dirt

Par ol eeeaatall oeloalie

202948

Sp Aba cL RBARKI IS

SE OETS. URISBATSE

+t * ae : ' nef

fu b di ae ae (ed age ed hare al fae et aig wh RE

? 4 / F] 7 Hi ra . ma

af i a “7 Fag ad gg fate

Ec Ef bey ee A haa? a, gt dat, : ¥£. a Bixhe %. i

EAE ct es ytentonad

¥, ff: Faared Fu ee ut 3 3

fe \: ‘ u 7 oe

Patil teey edad . Age GORE

ta wet net de wean

# r

natoncg), itetal ae fewk A a

nase py 2 r rai Ay * te wh ee yt ered od? a c

¥ 5 vt

dete yee LO! Gh mtpen bb bore foetal Cate’

5 Aiba Sg Aviles Mt eet de artae

eee ae

ie ee elena

me,

Sree So37

resis ine Soe

eae

;

ater

fet

4 FR

Sei

=. ear Eo pees

Soe

oer

Seen ersaces

decent or

Faceeiscte

Fig. 7. Euphorbia kanalensis. Representative specimen. Barrett NGF21 (BRI).

260

diameter. Seeds ovoid, 3.5-4 mm long, 2.8—3

mm diameter, pale grey-brown; caruncle +

ovoid, 0.5—0.6 mm long, 0.5—-0.6 mm wide,

cream. Fig. 8.

Specimens examined: Norfolk Island. Bumbora Reserve,

Oct 1967, Hoogland 11189 (CANB); ditto, Aug 1973,

Webster & Evans 18438 (GH); ditto, Jun 1987, Richardson

120 (CBG); ditto, Jun 1991, Gardner 6156 (CBG); SW

coast, Apr-Jul 1939, AdcCornish 79 (K). Locality un-

known: Jul ?, Cunningham 33 (K [photo at BRI]; Mar

1835, Backhouse 661 (K [photo at BRI!]); Cunningham (K

[photo at BRI).

Distribution and habitat: E. norfolkiana 1s

endemic to Norfolk Island where it occurs in

open areas on headlands above the sea. There

appear to be two extant localities, viz Bumbora

Reserve and Ball Bay (Green 1994).

Notes: Green (1993) considered that

E.. norfolkiana was “very close to FE. kanalensis

Boiss. of New Caledonia, if not conspecific”’.

FE. norfolkiana appears most closely related to

FE. plumerioides having similar, more or less

succulent rounded stems with large leaf scars

and thin oblanceolate leaves. It differs from that

species in the much weaker venation in its

leaves, and much larger involucres with usually

more than 5 glands and larger male flowers.

Conservation status: E. norfolkiana is a highly

endangered plant on Norfolk Island. At the

Bumbora Reserve, the most recent collector

notes that 12 plants were seen and that seedlings

were being smothered by kikuya grass

(Pennisetum clandestinum). There 1s a strong

case for ex-situ conservation of this plant by

harvesting seed and establishing plants in

botanic gardens.

§. Euphorbia plumerioides leijsm. ex Hassk.,

Hort. Bog. 1: 29 (1858). Type: Cult.

Bogor, X VK BxIx 10, Teysm. (lecto [here

designated]: BO! [2 unnumbered sheets]}).

Euphorbia fidjiana Boiss. in DC., Prodr.

15(2): 110 (1866), synon. nov. Type:

Feejee Islands [Fiji], 1838-42, U.S. South

Pacific Exploring Expedition 430 [4(c)]

(iso: GH!; GH! [left hand specimen on

sheet with Seeman 404 on right]; GH!

[with additional locality information

‘Maui-oui’]; K [photo at BRI!].

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-246 (1994)

Euphorbia corynoclada F. Muell., South.

Sci. Rec. n.s. 2: 1 (1866). Type: Queens-

land. Cook pistrict: Wo1 Weer Island

near Thursday Island, Bauerlen 68 (holo:

MEL!).

Illustrations: Forster (1991: 15-19).

An erect shrub or small tree to 5 m high, with

1 to many branches, perennial, deciduous,

dioecious or rarely monoecious. Stems suc-

culent to somewhat woody with age, rounded,

up to 15 mm diameter, glabrous; with copious

white latex. Stipules absent. Leaves alternate,

thin, weakly petiolate; petioles 2-11 mm long,

0.6—-1 mm wide, + flattened on top, glabrous;

petiole scars crescent-shaped, 0.8—1.5 mm long,

1.8—2.7 mm wide; lamina linear-lanceolate to

oblanceolate, 10—100 mm long, 4—22 mm wide,

with margins weakly revolute and midrib prom-

inent below; upper surface matt dark green,

glabrous and with venation obscure; lower

surface pale matt green, glabrous and with

venation comprising 20-60 lateral veins per

side of midrib and poorly developed reticulate

tertiary veins; tip mucronate; base attenuate to

cuneate. Inflorescence of terminal to subterm-

inal pseudocymes, up to 120 mm long and

branched several times, generally not extending

beyond the leaves, although often present when

plant deciduous; bracts paired below involucre,

triangular to oblong-oblanceolate, 1.5-6 mm

long, 1-3 mm wide, glabrous. Involucres

pedunculate, 2—2.1 mm long, 2.2—2.5 mm

diameter, glabrous; peduncles 2—3 mm long;

glands 5, ovate-truncate, 0.8—1.1 mm long,

1.5—2 mm wide, entire or distally crenate, +

contiguous, pale-green or yellow-green becom-

ing red with age; glandular processes up to | mm

long, sparsely fimbriate. Male flowers numer-

ous; pedicels 2-3 mm long, glabrous; filaments

0.5—1 mm long, anthers globose, 0.5—0.4 mm

long, 0.3—0.4 mm wide. Female flowers solitary

in centre of involucre; pedicels 2.5—5 mm long,

glabrous; ovaries c. 1 mm long and 1 mm diam-

eter, glabrous; styles connate at base for one

third of length, 0.8—1.2 mm long; stigmas shortly

bifid for 0.2-0.3 mm. Capsule subglobose,

4—7 mm long, 4-9 mm diameter, reddish. Seeds

ovoid, c. 2.8 mm long and 2.5 mm diameter,

dark brown, ecarunculate. Fig. 9.

Forster, Euphorbia plumerioides

tad ; ¥

7 : As +3, are ‘ %

. . * - + « ie 4

+ . ‘ dere Fs See ress

ee ee . of ts rallie #E elie ee

a oa A + * er ie 2 Framer ey

* that é : 3 : H

‘, wat ey the -. i F

: woke te vee 2S :

¢ . : . . eas g

é : + 7 PRP, Eee, fee pre an ee 5 ane

. : . renault Hie ee eee Me Fs :

. Ao é - 4 eee Ip tases iin eens .

2 2 - eee are aria, Sree ee ss Sanaa

: + % 4 eae oy eens Sehienasnontt

. . 7 oO 7 oF eof Fy ores er re aneren See APETEGIE

ine es J a

wan Tina EEA on NE Be Se

qi aS

peer e sy

Respite oneal

_ eee .

Rey

BAA eee fey pe Sree

# a ao

Fee ceeeteddget Etter tet

+.) eee roe a : mp eb bs

ities! ae a ba e a. " . a. > * . ”

. . ata, AS Fee FF ae - és Seni ir an Toe 7 Tor ne . < « : . * ‘ af . :

, ets Ha a ee : i ES | Euphorbia norfolkiana Boss.

Wes REE Pa SS ; mm NORFOLK ESLAND EO.

ae Rigas Cer est Bay Es a Ba Ba RNR 7 2,

: wk a J BeOS 167s 1On alt.

: ere Lane: At — . 8” Gently sloping area show sea edge.

(cae re ae: 1 Open forest of Armearia hete tha.

6 ; , i Rare.

tig eS Fey Shrub to t.55 high.

ae ae Comon nae: Norfolk Island Euptorbia,

.. aan . a ‘ Endemic and endangered,

262

Selected specimens (see also Forster 1991): Philippimes.

Golo, Aug 1922, Merrill 11559 (A, BO, BRD. Indonesia.

Lesser Sunda Islands. Bat: Noesa Penida, Sampelaan

near Tanglad, May 1936, de Voogd 2407 (BO); Lombok,

Ridjani - Vulkangebirge, Siidost-Seite, Jun 1909, E/bert

1904 (L). Sulawesi (Celebes). P. Salajar, May 1913,

Docters van Leeuwen-Reijnvaan 1894 (BO). Java.

Kangean, Saboenten, May 1919, Backer 29854 (L). Irian

Jaya. Merauke, 1904-1905, Koch 436 (L). Papua New

Guinea. New IRELAND Province: Ngaiagap, Bradtke 253°

(BRI). Morose Province: Vicinity of Kajabit Mission,

Aug-Dec 1939, Clemens 10637 (A). CentraAL PRovinceg:

Tupuseleia, 9°35’S, 147°20°E, Aug 1967, Sfreimann &

Kairo NGF30779 (A, BRL, CANB). Australia. Western

Australia. Vansittart Bay (Seaflower Bay), 14°05’S,

126°11’E, May 1984, Chesterfield 390 (MEL); South

West Osbourne Island, Bonaparte Archipelago, 14°26’S,

125°56’E, Jun 1973, Wilson 11014 (L). Queensland.

Coox District: Thursday Island, 10°30’S, 142°20°E, Jul

1975, Stocker 1309 (QRS); MtBremer, Cape York, 10°42’S,

142°32’E, Sep 1989, Gray 5118 (QRS); Huxley Hull,

12°24’S, 143°12’E, Sep 1983, Gray3222 (QRS); Kennedy

Hill Gorge, 12°28’S, 143°15’E, Jul 1991, Forster 8865

(BRI, K, L, MEL); Round Mountain, Embley Range,

13°33’S, 143°30’E, Jun 1992, Forster 10466 et al. (BRD;

Bathurst Range, Kalpowar Pastoral Holding, 14°18’S,

144°17°E, Mar 1993, Fel] 2967B & Stanton (BRI, DNA,

MBA, MEL); Cape Melville N.P., Altanmoui Range Sec-

tion, 1.6 km E of Flat Hill, 14°30’S, 144°35’E, May 1993,

Fell3204 & Stanton (BRI, CANB, MEL). Norty Kennepy

District: Double Cone Island, Whitsunday Region, 20°06’S,

148°43’E, Nov 1985, Batianoff 3652 & Dalliston (BRD.

Fiji. 1860, Seeman 404 (GH, K [photo at BRH]).

Distribution and habitat: E. plumerioides 1s

widely distributed in Malesia (Indonesia, Phil-

ippines, Papua New Guinea), northern Aus-

tralia( Western Australia, Queensland) and parts

of Melanesia (Fiji). Plants grow on headlands

near the sea or in semi-deciduous microphyll to

notophyll vineforests. Collections from Fiji are

probably of cultivated origin.

Notes: There appears to be some confusion as to

the type of the name F. plumerioides Teijsm. ex

Hassk. Hasskarl (1858) gives in the protologue

‘“hanc ob causam 7eysmann ceam nomine supra

dicto salutavit et celerrime in hortum bot.

bogoriensemtransplantavit- Species haec forsan

ex aliis locis introducta est et in Java occidentalis

haud reperitur.” Hassall (1977) in his revision

of Australian Euphorbias, gave a typification of

“Type, - ex Horto Bogoriense, Ins. Java, JE.

Teysmamn 8.0. (BO), not seen. Presumably col-

lected by Teysmann from central Java, for the

gardens at Bogor.”; Radcliffe-Smith (1980) does

not mention types at all and McKee (1991)

gives “Type: Zollinger 1641 (holo-, L).”

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-246 (1994)

In Herbarium Bogoriense (BO) I located

two sheets [photos at BRI] that appear to fulfil

the requirements ofthe protologue. Both sheets

have been remounted and lack sheet numbers;

however the labels have ‘Teysm. cult. Bogor’

with the number ‘X VK B xIx 10’. This number

undoubtedly refers to the location in the Bogor

Botanic Gardens where the plants were once

srown. The specimen Zollinger 1641 (L!) (hort.

Java, Jun 1858) does not agree with the

protologue and cannot be regarded as a type as

siven by Mckee (1991).

As Hasskarl (1858) did not specifically

designate a type for this name, these two sheets

at BO are designated as lectotype for the name

FE. plumerioides. The name E. fidjiana is newly

included in synonymy here. Although allied to

E. plumerioides by various authors (e.g.

Hassall 1977; Smith 1981), none of them

appear to have critically accessed whether the

two taxa concerned were conspecific or not.

Smith (1981) states that the species is used to

mark boundaries in village gardens, hence it

may not be native to Fiji but only cultivated

there for a long time. Certainly the populations

in Australia and southern New Guinea appear

native; however, the ‘native’ status of the other

collections cited remains uncertain with even

the type of the name being a garden plant.

Collections of uncertain placement

Papua New Guinea. WESTERN HIGHLANDS PRov-

INcE: Alipe, Kebaka, upper Kaugel Valley,

6°05’S, 144°08’E, Jan 1963, Bowers 181°

(CANB). |

Notes: This sterile collection may be E. bux-

oides but has much smaller leaves than is typical

for that species.

Acknowledgements

A.FranksandG.Turpin(BRI)prepared Figs.

1-9. Collections of Australian material were

made by or with the assistance of

G.N. Batianoff, P.D. Bostock, D.G. Fell,

G. Kenning, D. & I. Liddle, G. Sankowsky and

M.C. Tucker. The Directors/Curators of the

cited herbaria allowed access to collections

either in situ or on loan. D. Liddle assisted with

the visit to BO in February 1992. L. Craven

(CANB) provided a copy of the Hasskarl refer-

ence and translated the diagnoses into latin.

Forster, Euphorbia plumerioides

QUEENSLAND HEABARIUN (2Rh

Grishens 2

QUEENSLAND HERBAg

H16ew ST eenaten HUN (B85) am

fupforbia es “Woides Vice Po. Sette Me Ruse eS aa

planer iotdes’ ee letjun, =f sailor var. i eed or IS fags

CoH. Pl Forster PHESES 8 ge gst”

ARITA PROS lae cater

ap trrenginnenanreniteneannn:

eh ited

Siisteseivigny i eh BP Tas? Oo. tg ot ss z

: Suet Hie Sipslael p pepe ir ATE felieteat lesglie cite AE

iterates Fie Sy tier He Ae BUSHED Hee:

Rapiyon

aero

re tart

Me ee ere

+ bree

See aera nee

ote

Hiss

% SETI BSFTINI Lacteterginsss ee otide :

ae eee = REE EGS a Rete. ted wees Stee -

- Ss Ae Sai eee a eel af) Ses :

. Pp ares rd = *

ey Sirgen ier eet ian et io Reeth een Rane "rrr eft Sek ee

¢ APSE TELE SEE LS De ree a Ee eee Lee og oes Pere DE Se ees ee re et

a EP tenigieee ein at eebee erent ree tena = :

ee = s s

S “.

HM ilstrete teers,

PIETERS ITT ATIC

Sama ena nc meee

Pvrestege

Tee,

= & eee BP PTT vrs R Ee rg ee eer eee eer

i" ae NUE sit i ees IIT

. Tipetele hey Tiel Es HiLitinnesltiguert ee eee Sete cette

F Pane eee ie tke eee neice a ee iat ee

4 HIST EISEN DDSeSSeT SL De

< woe ee fantecy fetietiest ots te De peeeeieliet es

_ = re :

ce? re: S

fae ae eee at oe

ea i eve beng ice oir ae

So ee pd Pe

iar 2 2 fine! -

fpise SoD ei lletie Ve sit estes eiisls rary

TILLED IID sg eee ETD

PIUEIIEIDDET soe rot Ee PSST

PEPIN TIT EE le Dee

7 petite lecee pes Tp MEP terete Dieters |

alia oe en a er

Nigga 8 oe wer rele nee cone

tet ri

Sees

Re bee berets

Fig. 9. Euphorbia plumerioides, Representative specimen. Forster 8865 (BRD).

264

References

Croizat, L. (1940). A significant new species from New

Guinea: Euphorbia euonymoclada Croiz., sp. nov.

Bulletin du Jardin Botanique de Buitenzorg Ser.

Ill. 16: 351-357.

Forster, P.J. (1991). Euphorbia plumerioides

(Euphorbiaceae): ararely encountered stem-succu-

lentfrom northern Australia and Malesia. Euphorbia

Journal 7; 15-19.

(1992). A taxonomic revision of Alpxia

(Apocynaceae) in Australia. Australian Systematic

Botany 5: 547-580,

Green, P.S. (1993). Notes relating to the floras of Norfolk

and Lord Howe Islands, [V. Kew Bulletin 48: 307-

325.

——----(1 994). Euphorbiaceae. In Flora of Australia 49:

227-238. Canberra: Australian Government Pub-

lishing Service.

Hassa.., D.C. (1977). The genus Zuphorbia in Australia.

Australian Journal of Botany 25: 429-453.

Hasskar, J.K, (1858). Hortus Bogoriensis descriptus sive

Retzius. Part 1. F. Giinst: Amsterdam.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 227-246 (1994)

McKeg, H.S. (1991). Euphorbia plumerioides Teijsm. ex

Hassk, In Addendum et Erratum Euphorbiaceae I.

Flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et Dépendances.

Euphorbiaceae II, Paris: Muséum National

d’Histoire Naturelle.

McPuerson, G. & Tira, C, (1987). Flore de la Nouvelle-

Calédonie et Dépendances. Euphorbiaceae J.

Euphorbioideae, Crotonoideae, Acalyphoideae,

Oldfieldioideae. Paris: Muséum Nattonal d’ Histoire

Naturelle.

RADCLIFFE-SMITH, A.R. (1974), Euphorbia buxoides A.R.

Smith. Hookers Icones Plantarum 38: t. 3724.

== (1980). Euphorbia. In H.K. Airy Shaw, The

Euphorbiaceae of New Guinea, Kew Bulletin Ad-

ditional Series VIEL.

SmitH, A.C. (1981). Euphorbiaceae. In Flora Vitiensis

Nova 2: 439-575. Lawai, Hawaii: Pacific Tropical

Botanical Garden.

SmitH, J.J. (1912). Euphorbiaceae. Nova Guinea 8: 779-

796.

Van Royen, P. (1973), Publication dates of and index to

taxa in reports by R. Kanehira on plants collected

during the Kanehira-Hatusima 1940 collection in

New Guinea. Botanical Magazine, Tokyo 86: 143-

154,

A new species of red gum (Eucalyptus subser. Phaeoxyla

Blakely) from central and southern Queensland

M.I.H. Brooker and A.V. Slee

Summary

Brooker, M.I.H. & Slee, A.V. (1994). A new species of red gum (Eucalyptus subser. Phaeoxyla Blakely)

from central and southern Queensland. Austrobaileya 4(2): 265-268. Eucalyptus ammophila, a new

species from central and southern Queensland is described and notes on its affinities, habitat, distribution

and conservation status are given.

Keywords: Myrtaceae - Queensland, Eucalyptus ammophila.

MIA. Brooker & A.V. Slee, CSIRO Division of Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600, Canberra, A.C.T. 2601

Eucalyptus ammophila Brooker & Slee, sp.

nov. Frutex ‘mallee’ Eucalypto exsertae

F, Muell. affinis a qua statura minore,

cortice laxo fibroso, follis juvenilibus

latioribus, et habitatione arenacea, et ab

Eucalypto morrisii R. Baker folltis

juvenilibus latioribus, habitatione

arenacea et inflorescentiis 7-floribus

differt. Typus: Queensland. MARANOA

District: Calabah Station, 27°05’S,

146°31’E (corrected), 2 May 1975,

M.I.H. Brooker 4899 & D.A. Kleinig

(holo: CANB; iso: AD,BRI,LMEL,NSW).

Mallee to 6 m tall with grey or grey-brown,

fibrous rough bark on stems; smooth, whitish

on branches. Seedling leaves petiolate,

remaining opposite for 3 or 4 pairs; later leaves

alternate, lanceolate, to 11 x 2.5cm. Adultleaves

petiolate, alternate, lanceolate, 9-13 x 1.5-2 cm,

concolorous, dull blue-green, becoming green

at maturity; reticulation not dense, with some-

what obscure tertiary venation; oil glands

numerous, small, appearing within the areoles.

Inflorescences axillary, unbranched; peduncles

stout, angular, to 1.5 cm long, with 7(-11) buds.

Buds pedicellate, broadly fusiform to ovoid,

to 0.9 x 0.5 cm, with outer operculum shed

early in development leaving prominent scar.

Stamens erect in bud. Anthers versatile,

dorsifixed, oblong, opening by longitudinal slits.

Ovary semi-inferior; placentae with 6 vertical

rows of ovules, middle two rows often separated

Accepted for publication 25 May 1994

at about the centre exposing the placenta. Fruit

on stout, usually 4-sided pedicels (0.2-0.6 cm

long), to 0.6 x 0.9 cm (hypanthium only), with

three distinct features, the hemispherical

hypanthium, the broad steeply ascending disc,

and the 4 or 5 broad, strongly exserted valves.

Seed black, cuneate and angular, with pitted

seedcoat and toothed edges. Figs 1 & 2.

Specimens examined: Queensland, Mircue.t District:

Between Yalleroi and Jericho, Jul 1934, Blake 6776 (BRI,

CANB); East of Lochnagar, Dec 1935, Blake 10400 (BRI,

CANB); 20.4 km SSW of Jericho on Blackall road, Aug

1976, Kleinig 288 (CANB); 44 km east of Barcaldine, Dec

1982, Brooker 7861 (CANB); Joycedale, (23°45’S,

146°00’E), Nov 1968, Pedley2817;45 kmeast of Barcaldine

towards Jericho, 23°33’S, 145°43’E, Oct 1993, Slee 3358

(AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). Maranoa District: Type

locality, May 1975, Brooker 4898 & Kleinig (AD, BRI,

CANB, MEL, NSW); 68.9 km south-east of Charleville on

Bollon road, (26°53’S, 146°36’E), Nov 1989, Brooker

10366 & Slee (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); 71 km from

Charleville to Bolion, (26°50’S, 146°37’E), Jun 1990,

Brooker 10489 & Kleinig(AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW);

70 km SE of Charleville on Bollon Road, Sep 1992, Noble

s.n. (CANB); Calabah Station, Oct 1993, Slee 3282 (BRI,

CANB, MEL, NSW); 144 km north of Balonne Highway

t/o west of Bollon to Charleville (sic), 26°54’S, 146°34’E,

Mar 1981, Turner & Johnston 438 (CANB, NSW). Culti-

vated. seedling (CANB) grown from Bean 435 (142 km

from Balonne towards Charleville, May 1986, <BRI>),.

Distribution and habitat: Known from several

red or orange sandplains, from south and south-

east of Charleville on Calabah Station and east-

wards to the Charleville-Bollon road, and in the

Lochnagar, Yalleroi and Jericho area north-east

of Blackall in central Queensland. Map 1.

Notes: E. ammophila belongs to the red gums

(ser. Exsertae Blakely) whose general

Austrobaileya 4(2): 265—268 (1994)

Fig. 1. Eucalyptus ammophila: fruit x 1% (M.I.H. Brooker 4899),and buds x1% (M.LH. Brooker 10366) (some buds

aborted from inflorescence) .

ETE: ‘

eHiih!

+ apt “4h

vita = o -

Lbbererriet

bert

mig eres fos

rerinre ns ria

i rrr Fru

rath,

= ant,

tanks,

oi fhe PPene peste

RA lal eanteca aa eee

: aoniete

pl ee eet] Drip r grees eee at

wae

2 Sg ne eee i

BITSLE Le re Sigel Bay

meee rege SITE Ie ree. . se

sire Pe : ae

* . i te

RAX: T . ve Sree Ete Te

SAA SATE ae ee

HIRES pets ecb cin verte nee trees ry OB get iene) Ge Le eee

PEE re ee oe Se STE ne Tee ba EE gti 2 FE ne TPES, Delt n ne Ply se ETRE SEE pore ho sabes

PSII AT ar ge ED SUE een aes

oan rg ie eae pets Ese yoy Se . ¢ mt

TIF lg Bands ge De DE

CELI Sar OUR ee Re Ae ADEE Saag Tents ee eT a,

Te EI SED cnet

Sune lpetes eee pce

athe See some Bag

Perit anon ‘

soe ed zee pei aang

pater odie eet

Seperate Ween ln eT

seearrer tee erate ree

ve tle TT ee reer Teeeege eye?

ee - OSS URERBARION OF TRE FOREST BESTARCH [STITUTE

ewe = : Cl) iaiasavew as Fongix Zoatas, (austega AGL. Avuiersss

en i a is Pay erate Ae he ina

te my ‘ " eres rence eee Jlgee tng eel oe 3 ss ; _ pal pipcaty yu lh

ate

Fig. 2. Seedlings. A. &. ammophila (Bean 1470); B. E. exserfa (seedling of Chippendale 1136),

+ PREIS yp 2 DU Od a

Brooker & Slee, a new species of red gum

characteristics were given in Boland ef al.

(1992). We assign the new species to the

subseries Phaeoxyla Blakely. We consider that

Blakely’s four subseries (1934) are the natural

division of the series although this further clas-

sification is obscured in Chippendale (1988)

where series are the only infra-generic category

used.

FE. ammophilais first known to have been

collected in 1934. The collection was by S.T.

Blake (Blake 6776 above) who elicited (in /itt.)

comments from W.F. Blakely on its identity.

Blakely, in reply, considered it to be EF. exserta

rather than E. morrisii, apparently the only two

species in contention in his mind. £. exserta is

a widespread and well known species in eastern

Queensland and it is likely that Blake would

have been quite familiar with it and that he did

not consider the specimen from ‘between

Yalleroi and Jericho’ to be #. exserta.

Our research supports Blake’s opinion, as

the species differs from #. exserta clearly in the

habitat of sandplain versus stony hills and rises.

The seedlings of the new species have wider

leaves (to 2.5 cm wide compared with about

1 cm in E. exserta). It is difficult to assess bark

characteristics from herbarium label data, but

many labels for specimens of E. exserta report

that the rough bark occurs on the main branches

but that the ultimate branchlets are smooth.

Rough bark in £. ammophila rarely extends to

the branches. The fruit of £. ammophila are

generally larger than those of FE. exserta

although published dimensions of the latter (for

example Boland ef a/.) are likely to be inflated

by the inclusion of data from EF. ammophila

specimens.

ik. ammophila is distinguished from

E. morrisii, which is endemic to New South

‘Wales, by the 7-versus 3-flowered inflores-

cences of the latter, longer pedicels and the

sandplain versus rocky habitat.

FE. ammophila is the only red gum con-

fined to the red, yellow or orange sandplains of

central Queensland where it occurs with

characteristic associated species, viz. Grevillea

juncifolia Hook., Triodia mitchellii Benth..,

267

Calytrix longiflora (F. Muell.) Benth.,

Thryptomene parviflora (Benth.) Domin and

Xanthorrhoea johnsonii A. Lee. The habitat is

distinguished from that of another red gum of

sandy soils, E. chloroclada, which has a more

easterly distribution and occupies lighter col-

oured sands in open forests.

The distribution ofthe new species occurs

within that of E. exserta, but the two species

remain clearly separated by site preferences in

this general area, although F. exserta occurs as

well on sandy coastal plains in much higher

rainfall areas of eastern Queensland.

Comparisons of the diagnostic characters for

FE. ammophila, E. exserta and E. morrisii are

given in Table 1.

Flowering period: Unknown.

Affinities: E. ammophila belongs to E. subser.

Phaeoxyla Blakely on account of the black

seed, rough bark, narrow juvenile leaves and

fruit with stout pedicels, steeply ascending disc

and strongly exserted valves.

Conservation status: 3K according to Briggs &

Leigh (1988).

Etymology: From the Greek, ammos, sand, and

Dhila, loving.

Acknowledgements

Weare grateful to Kevin Thiele for the illustra-

tions of the buds and fruit and to Julie Faulkner

for the seedling prints.

References

Braxety, W.F. (1934). A Key to the Eucalypts. Sydney:

The Worker Trustees. |

BoLanp, D.J., Brooker, M.I.H., CyippenpALe, G.M.,

Hy .anp, B.P.M., Jounston, D.J., Kveinic, D.A. and

Turner, J.D. (1992). Forest Trees of Australia.

East Melbourne: CSIRO.

Bricas, J.D. & Leicu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

CuippeNnDALE, G.M. (1988). Flora of Australia. Volume 19.

Canberra: Australian Government Publishing

Service.

268 Austrobaileya 4(2): 265-268 (1994)

Table 1. Comparison of E. ammophila, E. exserta and E. morrisii.

Character E. ammophitla FE. exserta FE. morristi

Seedling leaves (max.) lanceolate, linear, linear,

11 x 2.5 cm 16 x 1.2 cm 14x 1.5 cm

Bud number 7 (-11) 7 3

Fruit size (max.) 0.6 x 0.9 cm 0.4 x 0.7 cm 0.6 x 1.1 cm

(hypanthium)

Pedicel of fruit 0.2-0.6 cm 0.1-0.5 cm 0-0.1 cm

Habitat sandplain stony rise rocky hills

(except eastern

coastal sands)

ep,

Map 1. Distribution of E. ammophila A , E. exserta > and E. morrisii %.

[EMSS BG AURIS OLR Se nt ne 2 oe

Seven new species of Macrozamia section Parazamia (Miq.) Miq.

(Zamiaceae section Parazamia) from Queensland

David L. Jones* & Paul I. Forster**

Summary

Jones, David L. & Forster, Paul I. (1994). Seven new species of Macrozamia section Parazamia (Miq.)

Mig. (Zamiaceae section Parazamia) from Queensland, Austrobaileya4(2): 269-288. Sevennew species

of Macrozamia section Parazamia (Miq,) Miq. from south-east Queensland are described and illustrated.

They are M. conferta, M. cranei, M. crassifolia, M. machinii, M. occidua, M. parcifolia, and M. viridis.

All are restricted endemics allied to either MZ plurinervia (L.A.S. Johnson) D.L. Jones or M. pauli-

guilielmi W. Hill & F. Muell. A key to the species of M. section Parazamia in Queensland is presented,

Keywords: Zamiaceae section Parazamia; Macrozamia-Queensland; Macrozamia con-

ferta; Macrozamia cranei; Macrozamia crassifolia; Macrozamia machinii, Macrozamia

occidua; Macrozamia parcifolia; Macrozamia viridis, Macrozamia plurinervia; Macrozamia pauli-

guilielmi.

*David L. Jones, Australian National Botanic Gardens, P.O. Box 1777, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia

** Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Old, 4068, Australia

Introduction

The genus Macrozamia Mig. (Zamiaceae) is

currently being revised by the senior author.

The species that occur in Queensland are being

revised jointly by the current authors in prepa-

ration for thatrevision. Three precursor papers

on the genus have been published (Forster &

Jones 1992, Jones 1991, Jones & Hill 1992) and

here, seven new Queensland species of

Macrozamia are described in M. section

Parazamia (Mig.) Miq. All excepting M.

machinii and M. viridis have been discovered

within the last eight years andrecent collections

of fertile material have established them as new.

Most of the new species are currently listed on

the schedule of rare or threatened flora for

Queensland (Forster 1994) and their naming

facilitates management and conservation pro-

grams for their survival.

As with other cycad genera, e.g, Cycas

(Hill 1992), Ceratozamia (Stevenson ef al.

1986), Dioon (Sabato & De Luca 1985),

Encephalartos (Heenan 1977, Robbertse ef al.

1988, 1989) and Zamia (Stevenson 1993),

speciation in Macrozamia has occurred where

populations have become geographically iso-

Accepted for publication 27 June 1994

lated over long periods of time. The new

species are narrowly endemic, being mostly

represented by more than one population. These

populations generally exist in close proximity

(being less than 100 km apart) and in similar

habitats.

Macrozamia section Parazamia com-

prises small to relatively small plants with a

subterranean caudex which may be unbranched

or branched, leaves usually spirally twisted, the

lower leaflets not reduced and spine-like and an

absence of mucilage canals in the leaflets

(Johnson 1959). Two complexes dominate .

section Parazamia in Queensland:-

(1) The M. plurinervia complex, based on M.

plurinervia which itself is restricted to northern

New South Wales. Taxa have moderately broad

to broad, usually shallowly concave leaflets.

seven species occur in the Darling Downs and

Leichhardt districts of southern Queensland.

These species are as follows -

M. conferta, restricted to ranges near Warwick

in the Darling Downs district.

M. cranei, restricted to the Texas area in the

Darling Downs district.

M. fearnsidei, restricted to the Injune area in the

Leichhardt district.

270

M. machinii, restricted to the Inglewood area in

the Darling Downs district.

M. occidua, restricted to the Sundown area in

the Darling Downs district.

M. platyrhachis, restricted to the Blackdown

Tableland in the Leichhardt district.

M. viridis, restricted to the Girraween area inthe

Darling Downs district.

(2) The M. pauli-guilielmi complex, based on

M. pauli-guilielmi which is restricted to the

Wide Bay district of south-east Queensland.

Taxa in this complex have very narrow, deeply

concave leaflets. Three species occur in the

Wide Bay and Burnett districts of Queensland.

All occupy specific habitats. These are -

M. crassifolia, restricted to the Mundubbera -

Eidsvold area in the Burnett district.

M. parcifolia, restricted to the Biggenden area

in the Wide Bay district.

M. pauli-guilielmi, restricted to the Wide Bay

district, growing mainly in coastal lowlands.

A revision of the M. miquelii (F. Muell.) A. DC.

species complex (M. section Macrozamia) will

be presented in a future paper.

Materials and Methods

All species dealt with in this paper were exam-

ined in the field. Measurements cited here

were made from both living and dried material.

Examination of stomatal arrangement and

venation was carried out on sections of pinnae

cleared in lactophenol.

Conservation codings for the species are

as recommended by Briggs & Leigh (1988).

Cycad popularity throughout the world has—

imposed tremendous pressures on natural

populations, to the extent that a significant

number of species have become nearly extinct

in the wild, particularly in South Africa, Mexico,

Central America and South America (Jones

1993, Vovides 1986). The situation in Aus-

tralia is not yet critical but poaching of plants

from the wild for profit is a reality that must be

faced. For this reason localities cited in this

Austrobaileya 4(2); 269-288 (1994)

paper are general rather than specific, in line

with the actions of other cycad botanists (e.g.

Stevenson 1990, 1993).

Specimens of known sex are cited as A

(female) or B (male) following the collector’s

number.

Terminology

Morphological terminology basically follows

that of Johnson (1959) except that peduncle is

used in place of cone-stalk, microsporophyll

in place of male sporophyll and mega-

sporophyll in place of female sporophyll: Stem

measurements are taken at the widest point.

Measurements of leaflets are taken at the mid-

point of the lamina. Measurements of the male

and female cones and their peduncles are taken

separately, with the width of the cones meas-

ured at the widest point.- Microsporophyll and

megasporophyll measurements are taken from

those organs at the widest part of the cone.

Seeds are normally somewhat angular from

pressures exerted in the developing cone and

measurements are taken from the longest length

and the widest diameter. Preliminary studies

indicate that patterns on the chalazal end of the

seed may have some diagnostic use and this

feature is included in the drawings for each

species. This character needs to be explored

further for its usefulness.

Taxonomy

Critical comparative measurements in this

paper are made between the new taxa and either

M. plurinervia or M, pauli-guilielmi,. Neither of

these taxa is detailed in this paper but to

facilitate comparisons of pertinent dimensions

in the new taxa the following abbreviated de-

scriptions are included.

M. plurmervia: Caudex more or less ovoid,

20-30 cm diam., subterranean, branched with

up to 12 growths in a complex clump. Young

leaves glaucous, glabrous. Mature leaves

85-115 cm long, grey-green to green, dull,

glabrous, erect, 5—7 in a sparse to moderately

dense crown. Leaflets linear, 10-30 cm long,

4—9 mm wide, green to grey-green above, dull,

strongly glaucous beneath, arising at 50—70

degrees to the rhachis, obliquely erect to

peas jak atets BS hn AMEE eee A veel? Fs tye anteaerenechewsnat

gee: FET PEE EL EL

Jones & Forster, Macrozamia section Parazamia from Queensland 271

spreading, hypostomatic, concave adaxially in

cross-section, thick-textured, 110-180 per leaf,

callous base yellow to orange. Male cones

18-28 cm x 4-6 cm, strongly glaucous;

peduncle 15—20 cm x 2-—2.5 cm.; micro-

sporophylls cuneate, 1.8—2.3 cm x 1.5—1.8 cm;

spines to 1.5 cm long. Female cones 15—23 cm

x 6-9 cm, glaucous; peduncle 12-17 cm

x 22.5 cm; megasporophylls with stipe 3-4 cm

long, the outer face 3.5-4.5 em x 1—1.5 cm;

spines to 2.5 cm long. Seeds broadly ovoid to

oblong-ellipsoid, 2.5—3 cm x 2.32.6 cm,

M. pauli-guilielmi: Caudex more or less ovoid,

10-20 cm diameter, subterranean, branched

with up to 19 growths inaclump. Young leaves

bright green glabrous. Mature leaves

60-90 cm long, dark green, dull, glabrous, erect,

1—6 ina sparse crown. Leaflets narrowly linear,

15—40 cm x 2.34 mm, dark green, dull on both

surfaces, arising at 20-45 degrees to the rhachis,

widely spreading, recurved in the distal half,

hypostomatic, deeply concave adaxially in cross-

section, moderately thick-textured, 130—190 per

leaf; callous base cream to white. Male cones

8—14 cm x 3.5—5 cm; peduncle 8-12 cm x

1.5 cm; microsporophylis cuneate, 1.4—1.8 cm

x 0.8—1.1 cm; spines vestigial to 0.8 mm long.

Female cones 9-12 cm x 5—6.5 cm; peduncle

10-13 cm x 1.5—2 cm; mega-sporophylls with

stipe 1.52.2 cm long, the outer face 2.5—3 cm

x ]—1.4 cm; spines to 2.5 cm long. Seeds

obovoid, 2—2.5 cm x 1.5—2 cm.

1. Macrozamia conferta D. L. Jones & P. I.

Forst. sp. nov. M. plurinerviae (L.AS.

Johnson) D. L. Jones affinis, sed follis

juvenilibus sericeis, foliis maturis

brevioribus foliolis angustioribus prasinis

confertis, strobilis minoribus, et seminibus

multo minoribus, differt. Typus:

Queensland.DARLING Downs DISTRICT:

near Warwick, 20 Apr 1992, P.I| Forster

9800B & P. Machin [male plant] (holo:

BRI [2 sheets & carpological]; iso: CBG).

Macrozamia sp. (Warwick K. Hill 3825);

Forster (1994).

Mature caudex more or less ovoid, 15-30 cm

diameter, subterranean, each plant branched

with up to 12 growths inaclump. Young leaves

sericeous on the rhachis and petiole. Mature

leaves 35-60 cm long , dark green, shiny,

glabrous with age, erect, 1—5 in a sparse crown;

expanded leaf base 6-10 cm long, 1.2—2.3 cm

wide, densely covered with light fawn, soft

wool; petiole (including the woolly expanded

base) 7-21 cm long, 7-12 mm wide at the first

leaflet, dark green, dull, with adaxial surface

flat to slightly convex and abaxial surface

strongly convex; rhachis spirally twisted 2-3

times, dull dark green, in cross-section similar

to that of the petiole. Leaflets linear, 6-30 cm

long, 2-6 mm wide, arising at 30-60 degrees to

the rhachis, obliquely erect, hypostomatic, bright

sreen and shiny on both surfaces, concave

adaxially in cross-section, moderately thick-

textured, not twisted except at base, 90—160 per

leaf, arranged more or less in 2 ranks but not

always in opposite pairs, crowded (1-17 mm

apart), the longest leaflets found towards the

middle of the leaf with distal and proximal

leaflets shorter; apex asymmetrically acumi-

nate; callous base greenish to greenish-yellow,

rarely reddish. Male cones more or less

cylindrical, 7-18 cm x 2,5—4 cm, straight or

slightly curved with age; peduncle 4-18 cm

x 1,5-2 cm, circular to elliptical in cross-

section; microsporophylis narrowly cuneate to

reniform, 0.9—-1.7 cm x 0.7—1.6 cm, most with

vestigial spines, a few distally with stiff, pointed

spines to 0.5 cm long. Female cones more or

less ovoid to ovoid-cylindrical, 6-12 cm x

3.5-6 cm, erect; peduncle 10-15 cm x 12.0

cm, elliptical in cross-section, furrowed, often

twisted, densely woolly; megasporophylls with

stipe 1.7—2 cm long, the outer face transversely

ovate to reniform, 2.4—3.2 cm x 0.6—1.2 cm,

with a prominent depression just below the

apical spine; spines increasing in length to-

wards the apex of the cone, the longest c. 1 cm

long. Seeds ovoid to oblong-ovoid, 2—2.5 cm x

1.62 cm, the sarcotesta red when ripe. Figs 1,

SB.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Dartinc Downs Dis-

TRicT: near Warwick, May 1992, Jones 9357 & Jones (BRI,

CBG, NSW); ditto., Sep 1992, Forster 11705A & B &

Machin (BRI, CBG); ditto., Jan 1993, Forster 12711A &

Machin (BRD, ditto 12711B (BRI, CBG); Apr 1992,

Forster 9800A & Machin (BRI, CBG); ditto., Sep 1992,

Forster 11727A (BRI), ditto 11727B & Machin (BRI,

CBG).

Distribution and habitat: M. conferta \s re-

stricted to two State Forests in the Darling

272

Downs district near Warwick. In one site the

plants grow in ash-grey to white, floury, silty

loam in flat terrrain or on low ridges, whereas

the second site is hilly with steep slopes and

erey-white, skeletal soils, Here the cycads form

open colonies at altitudes between 600 and

750 m, in open forest communities dominated

ca Moan

Fig. 1. Macrozamia conferta, A. portion of rhachis and two leaflets. B. tips of leaflets. C. TS of rhachis. D. TS of leaflet.

E. basal portion of male cone. F. microsporophyll (abaxial view) from basal portion of cone. G. apical portion of male cone.

H. microsporophyil (abaxial view) from apical portion of cone. I. portion of female cone. J. megasporophyll (abaxial view).

K. seed. L, pattern on chalaza end of seed. From Jones 9357 & Jones (CBG) and Forster 9800A & Machin (BRI).

Austrobaileya 4(2): 269~288 (1994)

by Eucalyptus maculata Hook., E. fibrosa

F, Muell., &. melliodora A. Cunn. ex Schauer,

E. crebra F. Muell. and &. moluccana Roxb.

Associated understorey species include Acacia

lineata A.Cunn. ex G. Don, A. fimbriata

A. Cunn. ex G. Don, Jacksonia scoparia R. Br.

and Melichrus urceolatus R. Br.

Jones & Forster, Macrozamia section Parazamia from Queensland 273

Phenology: Cones mature October-November;

seeds ripen February—March.

Notes: This species appears to have been

discovered in 1987 by A. R. Bean while collect-

ing eucalypts near Warwick, but no specimens

were lodged in any herbarium. Macrozamia

conferta has the smallest habit of the Queens-

land cycads and is notable also for its leaves

with very crowded leaflets. It is allied to M.

plurinervia but is readily distinguished from

that species by its much narrower, bright green,

shiny, crowded leaflets, the much smaller, green

cones and much smaller seeds.

Conservation status: Locally common but

vulnerable to poaching: a conservation coding

of V, was given by Forster (1994).

Etymology: The specific epithet 1s derived

from the Latin confertus and alludes to the

crowded leaflets of the leaf.

2. Macrozamia cranel D. L. Jones & P. I.

Forst. sp. nov. affinis AZ plurinerviae

(L.A.S. Johnson) D. L. Jones, sed caudice

non ramoso, foliolis atrovirentibus supra

nitentibus infra pruinosis, strobilis multo

minoribus non-glaucis et seminibus

minoribus ovoideis usque oblongis

differt. Typus: Queensland. DARLING

Downs District: near Texas, 25 Sep 1992,

PJ. Forster 11593B, P. Machin & R.

Crane [male plant] (holo: BRI [2 sheets &

carpological]; iso: CBG).

Macrozamia sp. (Texas R. Crane 741);

Forster (1994),

Caudex more or less ovoid, 10—25 cm diameter,

subterranean, unbranched. Young leaves

sericeous on the rhachis and leaflet bases and

glabrous and strongly pruinose on the leaflets.

Mature leaves 70-90 cm long, erect, dark green,

shiny, glabrous with age, 1—5S in a sparse crown;

expanded leaf base 6-13 cm x 1.0-2.5 cm,

densely covered with fawn to grey-brown, soft

wool; petiole (including the woolly expanded

base) 15-31 cm long, 7-12 mm across at the

first leaflet, dark green, shiny, with adaxial

surface slightly convex and abaxial surface

strongly convex; rhachis spirally twisted 3-6

times, dark green, the cross-section similar to

that of the petiole. Leaflets linear, arising at

about 50 degrees to the rhachis, obliquely erect

to widely spreading, often with drooping tips,

7-30 cm x 2—7 mm, hypostomatic, dark green

and shiny above, dull and pruinose-glaucous

beneath, shallowly concave adaxially in cross-

section, moderately thick-textured, not twisted

except at base, 100-150 per leaf, arranged more

or less in 2 ranks but not always in opposite

pairs, moderately crowded (4-30 mm apart),

the longest leaflets found towards the middle of

the leaf, distal and proximal leaflets shorter,

apex asymmetrically acuminate, with a yellow

mucro; callous base greenish to greenish-white,

rarely reddish, inconspicuous. Male cones

more or less cylindrical, 8-22 cm x 2.5—5.5 cm,

straight or curved with age; peduncle 8—22 cm

x 1.32 cm, elliptical to round in cross-section;

microsporophylls narrowly-to broadly-cuneate,

1.5-—2 cm x 1.3—2 cm, those in the proximal half

to two-thirds of the cone with vestigial spines,

distal ones with stiff, pointed spines to 1 cm

long. Female cones ovoid, 8-13 cm x 4,5—5.5

cm, erect, green; peduncle 12—20 cm x 1.2-2.1

cm, elliptical in cross-section, furrowed;

megasporophylls with stipe 1.7—2.5 cm long,

the outer face transversely ovate, 2-4 cm ~x

1.5-2 cm, with a prominent depression just

below the apical spine; spines increasing in

length towards the apex of the cone, the longest

c. 1.5 cm long. seeds ovoid, 2—2.5 cm x

1.8—2.2 cm, the sarcotesta orange to red when

ripe. Figs 2, 9B,10D.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Darina Downs Dis-

TricT: [all from type locality] Jun 1992, Crane 741 (BRI,

CBG); Sep 1992, Forster 11593A, Machin & Crane (BRI,

CBG); 11611 (BRI, CBG); 11619 (BRI, CBG); Jan 1993,

Forster 12694 & Machin (BRD; Apr 1993, Jones 11525,

et al (CBG, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: M. craneiisrestricted

to a small area of rugged terrain near Texas in

the Darling Downs district and grows at 400-600

m altitude. Plants occur in small colonies on

steep ridges in shallow, skeletal soil or on

alluvium along ephemeral watercourses, both

soil types associated with limestone outcrops.

The vegetation where they occur is either open

forest dominated by Aucalyptus species or frag-

mented semi-evergreen vinethicket.

Phenology: Cones mature October—February;

seeds ripen February—March.

274 Austrobaileya 4(2): 269-288 (1994)

Notes: This species was discovered by R. strongly pruinose-glaucous beneath, smaller,

Crane in May 1992. Itis allied to M. plurinervia green cones and smaller seeds. It is also very

but can be distinguished from that species by its close to M. occidua but differs from that species

non-branching caudex, the leaflets which are by its longer leaves, longer, shiny leaflets and

dark green and shiny on the upper surface and green cones.

4cm

Fig. 2. Macrozamia cranei, A. portion of rhachis and two leaflets. B. tips of leaflets. C. TS of rhachis. D. TS of leaflet. E.

basal portion of male cone. F. microsporophyll (abaxial view) from basal portion of cone. G. apical portion of male cone.

H. microsporophyll (abaxial view) from apical portion of cone. I. portion of female cone. J. megasporopinyll (abaxial view).

Kk. seed. L. pattern on chalaza end of seed. From Jones 11525 et al. (CBG) and Forster 11593A, Machin & Crane (BRD.

Jones & Forster, Macrozamia section Parazamia from Queensland ZAS

Conservation status: Of restricted occurrence

on private land and poorly known. A conserva-

tion coding of V was given by Forster (1994),

Etymology: Named for Ralph Crane who

brought the species to our attention; a builder by

trade, he is an amateur orchidologist who has

contributed over 700 herbarium specimens of

Orchidaceae to BRI and CBG.

3. Macrozamia crassifolia P. I. Forst. & D. L.

Jones sp. nov. M. pauli-guilielmi W. Hill

& F. Muell. affinis, sed foliolis textura

multo crassiore obscura atro-virentibus,

foliolis basi callosis minus conspicuis, et

strobilorum masculorum et femineorum

sporophyllis majoribus, differt. Typus:

Queensland. BURNETT DISTRICT:

Mundubbera, 10 Jan 1992, PI. Forster

9384B & P. Machin |male plant| (holo:

BRI [3 sheets, carpological & spirit]; iso:

CBG).

Macrozamia sp. (Mundubbera P.I.Forster

4674); Forster (1994).

Caudex more or less ovoid, 10—20 cm diameter,

subterranean, branching with up to 4 caudices in

aclump. Mature leaves 50-110 cm long, dark

ereen, erect, 1—5 in a sparse crown; expanded

leaf base 5-16 cm x 1—2.5 cm, densely covered

with thick, brown, felty wool; petiole (includ-

ing the woolly expanded base) 5—26 cm long,

dark green, dull, 7-20 mm across at the first

leaflet, flat to slightly convex on the adaxial

surface and strongly convex abaxially; rhachis

spirally twisted 1—4 times, dark green with

white markings between the bases of the leaflets

but not in a continuous band, the cross-section

similar to that of the petiole. Leaflets narrowly

linear, arising at about 45 degrees to the rhachis,

porrect to arcuate, drooping in the distal third,

15-55 cm x 2—3.5 mm, hypo-stomatic, dark

sreen and dull above, bright green beneath,

strongly concave adaxiaily in cross-section,

thick-textured, not twisted, 104—172 per leaf,

arranged more or less in 2 ranks but not always

in opposite pairs, crowded (3—24 mm apart), the

longest leaflets found towards the middle of the

leaf, distal and proximal leaflets shorter, apex

acuminate; callous base white to greenish-

white. Male cones more or less cylindrical,

10-16 cm x 3-4.5 cm, straight or curved with

age; peduncle 10-16 cm x 1—1.4 cm, elliptical

in cross-section; microsporophylis broadly

cuneate, 1.7—2.2 cm x 1.3—1.6 cm, those in the

proximal two-thirds with vestigial spines, distal

ones with stiff, pomted spines to 1.3 cm long.

Female cones more or less ovoid, 11-15 cm x

6~8 cm, green; peduncle 10—28 cm x 1.2—1.6

cm, elliptical in cross-section, furrowed; mega-

sporophylls with stipe 1.6—2.3 cm long, the

outer face transversely elliptical to transversely

ovate, 2.5—3.5 cm x 1.2—1.5 em, with a promi-

nent depression just below the apical spine;

spines increasing in length towards the apex of

the cone, the longest c.4cm long. Seeds oblong

to ovoid, 1.9-2.6cm x 1.8—2.2 cm, the sarcotesta

orange to red when ripe. Figs 3, LOB.

Specimens examined; Queensland. Burnetr District:

[all from type locality or near Eidsvold] Nov 1984, Forster

1952 (BRD); Aug 1988, Forster 4659 (BRI); 4674 (BRD;

Jan 1992, Forster 9384A & Machin (BRI, CBG); May

1992, Jones 9363, Jones & Forster (CBG); Sep 1992,

Forster 11197A & Betal. (BRI); Aug 1993, Halford 1791

(BRI).

Distribution and habitat: M. crassifolia occurs

in two small areas near Mundubbera and

Eidsvold in south-east Queensland. Plants

grow at altitudes between 340 and 420 m

among granite rocks and boulders on rugged

slopes under open forest dominated by

Allocasuarina inophloia (F. Muell. & F.M.

Bailey) L.A.S. Johnson, Eucalyptus dura

L.A.S. Johnson & K.D. Hill, F. petalophylla

Brooker & A.R. Bean, -. trachyphloiaF. Muell.,

E. watsoniana F,. Muell. and Lysicarpus

angustifolius (Hook.) Druce.

Phenology: Cones mature October—January;

seeds ripen February—April.

Notes: M. crassifolia was first collected in

1984 by the junior author, at which stage it was

considered to be an aberrant form of M. pauli-

guilielmi, Further collections have revealed it

to differ from that species in having much

thicker-textured, darker green leaflets, male

cones with prominent apical spines on the upper

sporophylls (very short or vestigial in M. pauli-

guilielmi) and larger female cones.

Conservation status: Known from 6 populations

all on private land within two restricted areas,

but locally common. A conservation coding of

R was given by Forster (1994).

276 Austrobaileya 4(2): 269-288 (1994)

Etymology: The epithet derives fromthe Latin 4. Macrozamia machinii P. I. Forst. & D. L.

crassus, thick and folium, aleaf, inreference to Jones sp. nov. M. plurinerviae (L.A:S.

the thick leaflets of the species. Johnson) D. L. Jones affinis, sed foliolis

textura crassiore in paginis ambobus ob-

scure atro-viridibus, strobilis minoribus

. =

7 =

r +

= r

Py)

Fig. 3. Macrozamia crassifolia. A. portion of rhachis and one leaflet. B. tips of leaflets. C. TS of rhachis. D. TS of leaflet.

E. basal portion of male cone. F. microsporophyll (abaxial view) from basal portion of cone. G. apical portion of male cone.

H. microsporophyll (abaxial view) from apical portion of cone. I. portion of female cone. J. megasporophyll (abaxial view).

K. seed, L. pattern on chalaza end of seed. From Jones 9363 et al. (CBG) and Forster 9384B & Machin (BRD.

* ynnacd Bee pa oy Sees pp cee gee ce

Jones & Forster, Macrozamia section Parazamia from Queensland 277

viridibus, et seminibus minoribus oblongis

usque ovoideis, differt. Typus: Queens-

land. DARLING Downs _ DISTRICT:

Inglewood, 11 Apr 1992, Pf Forster

9767B & P. Machin [male plant] (holo:

BRI [4 sheets + carpological]; iso: CBG).

Macrozamia sp. (Unglewood C.7. White

AQ142073); Forster (1994).

Caudex more or less ovoid, 20-30 cm diameter,

branching with up to 10 caudices in a clump.

Young leaves sericeous. Mature leaves

60—90 cm long, dark green, dull, erect, 1-8 ina

sparse to dense crown; expanded leaf base

5—10 cm x 2—3.5 cm, densely covered with soft,

grey wool; petiole (including the expanded

woolly base) 13—21 cm long, green to yellow-

green, dull, 9-14 mm across at the lowest

leaflet, flat to slightly convex on the adaxial

surface and strongly convex abaxially; rhachis

spirally twisted 2-6 times, green to yellow-

green, dull, the cross-section similar to that of

the petiole. Leaflets linear, arising at about 50

degrees to the rhachis, obliquely erect to spread-

ing, 8-32 cm x 2,5—-10mm, hypo-stomatic, dark

ereen and dull on both surfaces, concave

adaxially in cross-section, thick-textured, not

twisted except at the base, 80-140 per leaf,

arranged more or less in 2 ranks but not always

in opposite pairs, moderately crowded

(3-35 mm apart), the longest leaflets towards

the middle of the frond, distal and proximal

leaflets shorter, apex asymmetrically acumi-

nate; callous base yellow to orange or reddish,

the colour frequently extending along the

rhachis margin between the leaflets. Male cones

more or less cylindrical, 8-20 cm x 4-6 cm,

straight or curved with age; peduncle 9-15 cm

x 1.5-2.2 cm, elliptical in cross-section, fur-

rowed; microsporophylls narrowly- to broadly

cuneate or obovate, 1.5—2.4 cm x 1.2—2.4 cm,

those in the proximal third to half of the cone

with vestigial spines, distal ones with stiff,

pointed spines to 1.4 cm long. Female cones

ovoid to ovoid-cylindrical, 8-18 cm x 5—7 cm,

erect, green to glaucous; peduncle 15—25 cm

x 1.3-1.8 cm, elliptical to round in cross-

section, furrowed; megasporophylls with stipe

2—2.5 cm long, the outer face transversely

ovate, 2.5—5 cm x 1,5—2 cm, with a prominent

depression just below the apical spine; spines

increasing in length towards the apex of the

cone, the longest c. 2 cm long. Seeds oblong to

ovoid, 2—-2.5 cm x 22.3 cm, the sarcotesta

orange to red when ripe. Figs 4, 8A, 9A, 10C.

Selected specimens; Queensland. Dar.inc Downs Dis-

TricT: [all from type locality] Nov 1922, White [AQ142073]

(BRI); Apr 1992, Forster 9767A & Machin (BRI, CBG);

9782 (BRI, CBG); 9783A & B (BRI, CBG); 9787 (BRL,

CBG); 9790A (BRD, 9790B (BRI, CBG); 9794 (BRD;

May 1992, Jones 9445 & Jones (CBG); Sep 1992, Forster

11631 & Machin (BRI); April 1993, Jones 11527 et ai.

(CBG, NSW); Oct 1993, Machin 27A & B (BRI); Oct

1993 Halford Q1978A & B (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: M. machinii occurs

in at least eight populations near Inglewood

in the Darling Downs district, south-east

Queensland. Most populations occur in sandy

soils in flat areas of open forest dominated by

Angophora leiocarpa (L.A.S. Johnson &

G.J. Leach) K.R. Thiele & Ladiges, Al/o-

casuarina inophloia, Callitris glaucophylla

Joy Thompson & L.A.S. Johnson, Lysicarpus

angustifolius and Acacia conferta,; however,

one population occurs on a red lateritic ridge

with Callitris endlicheri (C.Parl.) F.M. Bailey,

Eucalyptus panda S.J. Blake and E.

apothalassica L.A.S. Johnson & K.D. Hill.

Altitude of the populations ranges from 320 to

460 m.

Phenology: Cones mature September—Dec-

ember; seeds ripen February—April.

Notes: This species appears to have been first

collected in 1922 by C.T. White but was not

relocated until 1991 by Peter Machin.

M. machinii has been confused with M. pluri-

nervia but differs from that species by its thicker

leaflets which are dull green on both surfaces

(grey-green to glaucous in M. plurinervia),

smaller cones and smaller, oblong to ovoid

seeds (broadly ovoid to oblong-ellipsoid in

M. plurinervia). These taxa grow in different

habitats, with M. plurinervia occurring in hilly

country with large granite outcrops prominent

and gravelly loam soils, whereas MM. machinii

grows in flat plains and breakaways on deep

sandy souls.

Conservation status: Most populations of this

species occur in State Forests, however, plants

may be subject to poaching. A conservation

coding of R was given by Forster (1994).

278 Austrobaileya 4(2): 269-288 (1994)

Etymology: Named for Peter Machin, whose 5, Macrozamia occidua D. L. Jones & P. I.

unstinting enthusiasm and interest in the cycads Forst. sp. nov, M. cranei D. L. Jones & P.

has been catalytic in this work progressing so I. Forst. affinis, sed foliis multo

rapidly. brevioribus, petiolo etrhachidi angustiore,

foliolis brevioribus apicibus dentatis, et

strobilis femineis glaucis, differt.

Fig. 4. Macrozamia machinii. A. portion of rhachis and two leaflets. B. tips of leaflets. C. TS of rhachis. D. TS of leaflet.

E. basal portion of male cone. F. microsporophyll (abaxial view) from basal portion of cone. G. apical portion of male cone.

H. microsporophyll (abaxial view) from apical portion of male cone. I. portion of female cone. J. megasporophyll (abaxial

view). K. seed. L. pattern on chalaza end of seed. From Jones 9445 & Jones (CBG).

a a a kat tt

ead ESE aa fa heaehbiaa

| MERGE Baan

Jones & Forster, Macrozamia section Parazamia from Queensland 279

Typus: Queensland. DARLING Downs DIs-

TRicr: Sundown National Park, 8 Jan 1993,

PJ. Forster 12663B & P. Machin [male .

plant] (holo: BRI [2 sheets &

carpological]; iso: CBG).

Caudex more or less ovoid, 10-20 cm diameter,

subterranean, not branching. Mature leaves

40—-75 cm long, dark green, erect, 1—5 in an

obliquely erect, sparse crown; expanded leaf

base 5.5~-9.0 cm x 1.52.5 cm, densely covered

with fawn to grey-green, soft wool; petiole

(including the woolly expanded base) 10-25 cm

long, dark green, 6—10 mm across at the lowest

leaflet, flat adaxially and strongly convex

abaxially; rhachis spirally twisted 2-4 times,

dark green, the cross-section similar to that of

the petiole. Leaflets linear, arising at about 60

degrees to therhachis, obliquely erect to spread-

ing, 6-20 cm x 3—10 mm, hypo-stomatic, dark

green above, glaucous-pruinose beneath,

concave adaxially in cross-section, not twisted

except at the base, 80-120 per frond, arranged

more or less in 2 ranks but not always in oppo-

site pairs, crowded (3-24 mm apart), the longest

leaflets towards the middle of the frond, distal

and proximal leaflets shorter, apex acuminate,

sometimes bidentate or tridentate; callous base

greenish-yellow to yellow, rarely pink. Male

cones more or less cylindrical, 10-24 cm x

3.5—5 cm, straight, glaucous; peduncle 8-15 cm

x 1.6—2 cm, round in cross-section, smooth to

irregularly furrowed; microsporophylls cuneate

to broadly cuneate, 1.5-2.5 cm x 1—1.7 cm, the

majority of the microsporophylls with vestigial

apical spines, distal ones with stiff, pointed

spines to 0.5 cm long. Female cones ovoid,

10-14 cm x 5—7 cm, glaucous; peduncle 6-16

cm x 1,2—1.6 cm, round to elliptical in cross-

section, furrowed; megasporophylls with stipe

2—2.5 cm long, the outer face transversely ellip-

_ tical to transversely ovate, 2—-3 cm x I—1.3 cm,

with a prominent sunken area just below the

apical spine; spines increasing in length to-

wards the apex of the cone, the longest c. 2 cm

long. Seeds ellipsoid, 1.8—2.5 cm x 1.5-2 cm,

the sarcotesta orange to red when ripe. Fig. 5.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Dartinc Downs Dis-

trict: [all from type locality], Oct 1990, Hazelgrove s.n.

(Jones 6765) (CBG); Jan 1993, Forster 12663A & Machin

(BRI, CBG); Jan 1993, Forster 12683A & Machin (BRI),

12683B (BRI, CBG); Apr 1993, Jones 11519 et al. (CBG,

NSW).

Distribution and habitat: known from two -

populations in Sundown National Park, south-

east Queensland. Plants grow in sandy soil

derived from acid-intermediate volcanics of

gsreywacke and mudstone (traprock) in open

forest dominated by Eucalyptus prava L.A.S.

Johnson & K.D. Hill and £. sideroxylon

A. Cunn. & Woolls. Associated species in-

clude Dampiera purpurea R. Br., Goodenia

delicata Carolin, Hibbertia stricta (DC.) R. Br.

ex F. Muell., Podolepis arachnoidea (Hook.)

Druce, Persoonia sericea A. Cunn, ex R. Br.,

Olearia microphylla (Vent.) Maiden & Betche,

Leucopogon muticus R. Br., L. melaleucoides

A, Cunn. ex DC., Brachyloma daphnoides (Sm.)

Benth, and Melichrus urceolatus R. Br.

Phenology: Cones mature September—January;

seeds ripen February—April.

Notes: This species was discovered by Peter

Hazelerove, National Parks Ranger at Sun-

down National Park. It is closest to M. cranei

but differs from that species by its shorter leaves,

shorter, dull leaflets and glaucous female cones.

Whereas M. occidua grows in open forest on

traprock, M. crane/ is associated with limestone

outcrops in open forest or semi-evergreen

vinethicket.

Conservation status: Although all populations

occur in a National Park, some poaching

pressures are expected; we suggest a coding of

VC,

Etymology: The epithet derives from the Latin

occiduus, going down, setting, an oblique refer-

ence to the Sundown country where the type

specimen was collected.

6. Macrozamia parcifolia P. L. Forst. & D. L.

Jones, sp. nov. M. pauli-guilielmi W. Hill

& F. Muell. affinis, sed foliolis

angustioribus, obscure atro-virentibus,

textura tenul, in rhachidi subangulo

acutiore insertis, differt. Typus: Queens-

land, Wipe Bay District: Biggenden, 5 Jan

1992, P.I. Forster 9318B & P. Machin

[male plant] (holo: BRI [2 sheets,

carpological & spirit]; iso: CBG).

Macrozamia sp. (Biggenden P.1.Forster

12301B); Forster (1994).

280 Austrobaileya 4(2): 269-288 (1994)

Caudex more or less ovoid, 10-20 cmdiameter, crown; petiole (including the woolly expanded

subterranean, not branching. Young leaves base) 15—30 cm long, 6—-9 mm across at the

light green, glabrous. Mature leaves 65-95cm —_ lowest leaflet, dark green, dull, slightly concave

long, dark green, erect, 14+ in a very sparse _—_abaxially, strongly convex adaxtally; rhachis

Fig. 5. Macrozamia occidua. A. portion of rhachis and two leaflets. B. tips of leaflets. C. TS of rhachis, D. TS of leaflet.

E. basal portion of male cone. F. microsporophyll (abaxial view) from basal portion of cone. G. apical portion of male cone.

H. microsporophyll (abaxial view) from apical portion of cone. I. portion of female cone. J. megasporophyll (abaxial view).

K. seed. L. pattern on chalaza end of seed. From Jones 11519 & ef al. (CBG) and Forster 12663A &.Machin (BRD.

Jones & Forster, Macrozamia section Parazamia from Queensland 281

spirally twisted 2—6 times, dark green with

ereenish-white markings between the bases of

the leaflets but not in a continuous band, the

cross-section similar to that of the petiole. Leaf-

lets very narrowly linear, arising at about 30

degrees to the rhachis, obliquely erect to

arcuate, lax to drooping in the distal half to

third, 15—40 cm x.1—3 mm, hypostomatic, dark

sreen and dull above, bright green beneath,

strongly concave adaxially in cross-section, thin-

textured, spirally twisted [—3 times, 100—220

per leaf, arranged more or less in 2 ranks but not

always in opposite pairs, not crowded (5—25

mm apart), the longest leaflets towards the

middle of the leaf, distal and proximal leaflets

shorter, apex acuminate; callous base greenish-

white, obscure. Male cones more or less

cylindrical, 7-14 cm x 2.5—-4cm, usually curved

with age; peduncle 6-12 cm x 0.6—1.2 cm,

elliptical in cross-section; microsporophylls

broadly cuneate to broadly obovate or nearly

orbicular, 1.2—1.8 cm x 1.2—1.7 cm, those in the

proximal half to two-thirds of the cone with

vestigial spines, distal ones with stiff, pomted

spines to 1.5 cm long. Female cones ovoid to

ovoid-cylindrical, 8-14 cm x 4-6 cm, erect;

peduncle 13-18 cm x 0.6—1 cm, elliptical in

cross-section, smooth; megasporophylls with

stipe 1.5—2 cm long, the outer face transversely

ovate, 2—2.7 cm x 1—1.4 cm, with a prominent

depression just below the apical spine; spines

increasing in length towards the apex of the

cone, the longest c. 2.8 cm long. Seeds ovoid,

1.7-2.5 cm X 1.5—2.0 cm, ovoid, the sarcotesta

orange to red when ripe. Fig. 6.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Wine Bay District:

[all from type locality or near Biggenden], Dec 1992,

Forster 12569 & Machin (BRI, CBG); Feb 1993, Forster

13107 & Machin (BRD; Dec 1991, Forster 9260A&B

(BRI, CBG); Jan 1992, Forster 9318A (BRI, CBG); May

1992, Jones 9361, Jones & Forster (CBG, MEL, NSW);

Jun 1993, Forster 13322 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: M. parcifolia is

known from three localities in the Wide Bay

district near Biggenden. It grows on hard red-

brown clay loams of basaltic origin on ridges

and in tall open forest dominated by Eucalyptus

citriodora Hook. and E. fibrosa F. Muell., with

a shrubby understorey of Jacksonia scoparia

R. Br. and Psychotria daphnoides A. Cunn., at

altitudes between 180 and 220 m.

Phenology: Cones mature October—January;

seeds ripen February—April.

Notes: Although obviously related to M. pauli-

guilielmi, M. parcifolia can be immediately

distinguished from that species by its narrower,

thinner-textured, darker green leaflets which

are attached to the rhachis at a steeper angle. In

addition the callous base of its leaflets is green-

ish white and obscure in comparison to the

prominent cream to white callous base of 7

pauli-guilielmi. M. parcifoliahas the narrowest

and thinnest leaflets of any member of the

M. pauli-guilielmi complex, giving its leaves

an untidy and wispy appearance. The two

species occupy different habitats with M. pauli-

guilielmi being restricted to coastal lowland

wallum in heath or woodland on deep siliceous

sands.

Conservation status: One population is mainly

within a National Park, whereas the other two

occur in State Forests. A conservation coding of

R was given by Forster (1994),

Etymology: The epithet derives from the Latin

parcus frugal, thrifty, scanty and folium, a leaf;

an allusion to the slender, wispy leaves.

7. Macrozamia viridis D. L. Jones & P. L

Forst. sp. nov. M plurinerviae (L.AS.

Johnson) D. L. Jones affinis, sed habitu

minore, foliolis brevioribus proportione

latioribus, prasinis, nitentibus, strobilis

multo minoribus, et seminibus minoribus,

differt. Typus: Queensland. DARLING

Downs District: Wyberba, 7 Jan 1993,

PI. Forster 12634B & P. Machin (male

plant] (holo: BRI [1 sheet & carpological];

iso: CBG).

Macrozamiasp.(WyberbaS.T.Blake 4646);

Forster (1994).

Caudex more or less ovoid, 10—20 cm diameter

subterranean, branching with up to 6 caudices in

aclump. Mature leaves 35-60 cm long, dark

green and shiny, spreading, 1—5 in a sparse

crown; expanded leaf base 4.5—10 cm x

1.52.2 cm, densely covered with dense, soft,

fawn wool; petiole (including the woolly ex-

panded base) 9—21 cm long, dark green, shiny,

8—l4 mm across at the lowest leaflet, flat to

slightly convex adaxially and strongly convex

abaxially; rhachis spirally twisted 1-3 times,

dark green, shiny, the cross-section similar to

282 Austrobaileya 4(2); 269-288 (1994)

that of the petiole. Leaflets broadly linear, above, green beneath, concave adaxially incross-

arising at about 60 degrees to the rhachis, section, moderately thick-textured, not twisted

obliquely erect to spreading, 7-20 cm ~x except at the base, 80-160 per frond, arranged

3—11 mm, hypostomatic, dark green and shiny more or less in 2 ranks but not always in oppo-

Fig. 6. Macrozamia parcifolia. A. portion of rhachis and one leaflet. B. ttps of leaflets. C. TS of rhachis. D. TS of leaflet.

E. basal portion of male cone. F. microsporophyll (abaxial view) from basal portion of cone. G. apical portion of male cone.

H. microsporophyll (abaxial view) from apical portion of cone. |. portion of female cone. J. megasporophyll (abaxial view).

K. seed. L. pattern on chalaza end of seed. From Jones 9361 & et al. (CBG) and Forster 9318B & Machin (BRD).

en pe ee alsin teen eee ei vn eve mn a LSet sen ed ae en ee EE ree ye Deen ane a eet * :

+ IPRS HOY Dr ee ce ATT

Jones & Forster, Macrozamia section Parazamia from Queensland 283

site pairs, crowded (2-20 mm apart), the longest

leaflets found towards the middle of the leaf,

distal and proximal leaflets shorter, apex acute

to acuminate; callous base yellowish-white to

reddish-orange. Male cones more or less cylin-

drical, 9-18 cm x 3,.5—5 cm, straight or slightly

curved with age; peduncle 8—15 cm x 1.5—2.cm,

round in cross-section, shallowly furrowed;

microsporophylis cuneate to broadly cuneate,

1.5—2 cm x 1|,2—1.8 cm, those in the proximal

third to half with vestigial spines, distal ones

with stiff, pointed spines to 1.5 cm long. Female

cones ovoid, 8-14 cm x 5.5~7 cm; peduncle

12-16 cm x 1.5—2 cm, elliptical in cross-sec-

tion, furrowed; megasporophylls with stipe

2—2.5 cm long, transversely elliptical to ovate,

the outer face 3—5.0 cm x 1~—1.5 cm, with a

prominent, small sunken depression just below

the apical spine; spines increasing in length

towards the apex of the cone, the longest c.

1.5cm long. Seeds broadly oblong-ovoid,

1.7—2.3 cm x 22.4 cm, the sarcotesta orange to

red when ripe. Fig. 7.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Darunc Downs Dis-

TricT: Wyberba, Jan 1933, Blake 4646 (BRI); Jan 1993,

Forster 12634A & Machin (BRI, CBG); Girraween N.P.,

Jan 1993, Forster 12642A&B Machin (BRI); ditto, Apr

1993, Jones 11520 et al. (CBG, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Known from the

Girraween - Wyberba area in the south of the

Darling Downs district.. Plants grow in deep

granitic sand in open eucalypt forest which

has prominent, large granite outcrops and

pavements. Associated plants include Brachy-

loma daphnoides, Bossiaea rhombifolia

Sieber ex DC. subsp. rhombifolia, Stylidium

graminifolium Sw., Brachyscome microcarpa

F, Muell., Leucopogon melaleucoides A. Cunn.

ex DC., Platysace ericoides (Sieber ex Spreng.)

C, Norman and Persoonia tenuifolia R. Br.

Notes: Macrozamia viridis was first collected

in 1933 by S.T. Blake at Wyberba. It is a very

distinctive species related to M. plurinervia but

with a dwarf habit, much shorter fronds with

shiny, bright green leaflets, much smaller cones

and smaller seeds.

Phenology: Cones mature October—January;

seeds ripen March—April.

Conservation status: Ofrestricted distribution

being known from only two populations, with

one in Girraween National Park. A conserva-

tion coding of V was given by Forster (1994).

Etymology: Derived from the Latin viridis,

green, in reference to the green leafets.

Key to species of Macrozamia section Parazamia in Queensland

1. Leaves held more or less horizontal; rhachis abruptly curved near the base;

leaflets held more or less erect .........

M. platyrachis F.M. Bailey

Leaves erect to obliquely erect; rhachis straight or cently curved; leaflets

SOLCAGING aie a ada Ew Aen

3. Leaflets 1—3 mm across, thin-textured, arising at about 30 degrees to the

PAC ATS ep pen errcn cn a ee canter an dasa hed

M. parceifolia P. I. Forst. & D. L. Jones

Leaflets 2-4 mm across, thick-textured, arising at about 45 degrees to the

ERACOIS = asfo gerbes bora Be wag bale oes os

4. Leaflets very thick-textured, dark green; male cones with prominent apical

spines to 1.3 cm long on the upper sporophylls. .

M. crassifolia P. I. Forst. & D. L. Jones

Leaflets moderately thick-textured, mid-green to pale green; male cones

with very short apical spines to 3mm long on the upper sporophylls or

SPIMOS AGEL: 5 ice We thon a cystine cue nce de ahs

Leaflets glaucous-pruinose beneath (obvious when young)

Leaflets green, never glaucous-pruinose beneath

Pets M. pauli-guilielmi W. Hill & F. Muell.

284 Austrobaileya 4(2): 269-288 (1994)

Fig. 7. Afacrozamia viridis. A. portion of rhachis and two leaflets. B. tips of leaflets. C. TS of rhachis. D. TS of leaflet. E.

basal portion of male cone. F. microsporophyll (abaxial view) from basal portion of cone. G. apical portion of male cone.

H. microsporophyll (abaxial view) from apical portion of cone. I. portion of female cone. J. megasporophyll. K. seed. L.

pattern on chalaza end of seed. From Jones 11520 & et al, (CBG).

He a eeu annie,

Jones & Forster, Macrozamia section Parazamia from Queensland 285

6. Leaves 40-75 cm long; leaflets dull above, 6-20 cm long; cones glaucous

per, Uke M. oceidua D. L. Jones & P. I. Forst.

Leaves 70-90 cm long; leaflets shiny above; cones green, never glaucous

Rn ea ML. cranei D. L. Jones & P. I. Forst.

7. Leaflets deeply concave adaxially in cross-section ........ 0... c cee eee eee ees 8

Leaflets nearly flat in cross-section or shallowly concave adaxially

8. Leaflets crowded, 7-21 cm xX 2-6mm .....

east yess M. conferta D. L. Jones & P. I. Forst.

Leaflets widely separated, 20-60 cm x 6-ll mm............. M. fearnsidei D. L. Jones

9. Leaflets shiny ..... 0... ccc cere cece eee

LiGatlets <5. senoneas Sed 6 Sd wk we ee a ie aS

10. Leaflets crowded, stiffly erect............

Leaflets widely spaced, obliquely erect to spreading .. .

Acknowledgements

We are very grateful for the enthusiasm and

continuing assistance of Peter Machin in locat-

ing and revisiting various populations. Ralph

Crane, Peter Hazelgrove and staff at Girraween

National Park respectively brought M. cranei,

M. occidua and M. viridis to our attention and

arranged for visits to their localities. Corinna

Broers and Barbara Jones provided competent

technical assistance and Alex George provided

the Latin diagnoses, The Queensland Forest

Service supplied permits to collect botanical

specimens and to traverse State Forests and

Timber Reserves. A number of private land-

owners tolerated their ‘ricketts bush’ populations

being examined and we respect their wish to

remain anonymous.

References

Briaes, J.D. & Leicu, J. H. (1988). Rare and Threatened

Australian Plants. Revised Edition. Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service, Special Pub-

lication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks

and Wildlife Service.

Forster, P.J. (1994). Zamiaceae, in R.J.F. Henderson (ed.)

Queensland Vascular Plants: Names and Distribu-

tion, p. 345. Brisbane: Queensland Department of

Environment and Heritage.

Forster, P.J. & Jones, D.L. (1992). Neotypification of

Macrozamia mountperriensis (Zamiaceae), with

notes on its distribution. Te/opea 5: 289-290.

Heenan, D. (1977). Some observations on the cycads of

Central Africa. Botanical Journal of the Linnaean

Society 74: 279-288.

Hitt, K.D. (1992). A preliminary account of Cycas

(Cycadaceae) in Queensland. Telopea 5: 177-206.

Rice ee M. viridis D. L. Jones & P. I. Forst.

hee Ltn oon SS Pay sens, ¥en batons tak week hoes, We. Be 10

hae Bart nob ters tstiie 2 M. lomandroides D. L. Jones

M. machinii P. I. Forst. & D. L. Jones

Jounson, L.A.S. (1959). The Families of Cycads and the

Zamiaceae of Australia. Proceedings ofthe Linnean

Society of New South Wales 68: 64-117.

Jones, D.L, (1991). Notes on Macrozamia Miq. (Zamiaceac)

in Queensland with the description of two new

species in section Parazamia (Miq.) Mig.

Austrobaileya 3: 481-487.

—— (1993). Cycads of the world, Sydney: Reed.

Jongs, D.L. & Hitt, K.D. (1992), Macrozamia johnsonii, a

new species of Macrozamia section Macrozamia

(Zamiaceae) from northern New South Wales.

Telopea 5: 31-34. .

Ropsertse, P.J., Vorster P. & van der Westhuizen, S

(1988). Encephalartos graniticolous (Zamiaceae):

anew species from the north-east Transvaal. South

African Journal of Botany 54(4): 363-366.

(1989). Encephalartos middelburgensis

(Zamiaceae): a new species from the Transvaal.

South African Journal of Botany 55: 122-126.

SABATO, 5S, & pe Luca, P. (1985). Evolutionary trends in

Dion (Zamiaceae). American Journal of Botany72:

1353-1363.

Stevenson, D. W. (1990), Chigua, a new genus in the

Zamiaceae with comments on its biogeographic

significance. Memoirs of the New York Botanical

Garden 57: 169-172.

(1993). The Zamiaceae in Panama with com-

ments on phytogeography and species relation-

ships. Brittonia 45: 1-16.

STEVENSON, D.W., Sapato, 5. & Vazquez-Torres, M.

(1986). Anew species of Ceratozamia (Zamiaceae)

from Veracruz, Mexico with comments on species

relationships, habitats and vegetative morphology

in Ceratozamia. Brittonia 38: 17-26.

Vovipes, A, P. (1986). Trade and habitat destruction

threaten mexican cycads. Traffic 4: 13.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 269-288 (1994)

fap ie Sapa ghee

Sac eet ine.

nen

a preva vr

eau , rr] i

Fig. 8. Examples of Macrozamia habitats. A. habitat of Af. machinii (Forster 9787 & Machin). B. habitat of MZ conferta

(Forster 11705 & Machin).

Jones & Forster, Macrozamia section Parazamia from Queensland

meres

Sree Senet

sot Sea Site

eed

met

ny ee

ike Eee

Pata

eee

pete

aoe =

Fig. 9. Examples of Macrozamia habit. A. M. machinii, male plant (Forster 9787 & Machin). B. M. cranei, male plant

(Forster 11619 et al).

Austrobaileya 4(2): 269-288 (1994)

Wane TS

a ae,

tel eamoare

heer

Sea

Sorin reir |

ieee

tesa aes

nee a teas

stihcestoss

Dey pteerteeee

stash ste

ag esse noe ae

a ees

“a

SEs

cetedd

Re et 22%,

Paces

on a

Na lt

parterty

Bis

saa, aes

; : : . “ED oa ENTE

2 yuo cece hates ri 7 pres : = tet eth an tal Fue

Beer rarer ne

eis

- a rer

fm iz pei

: oe ates B or “sttay

tyiinaps st ee _—

one Jee

Sir

ree 7

SATS EE

pares tee DEEP ne

Wee ete ne

van Derg

Tas =o ver eters

Sie

- : ey

maps . Ps, Seeeact ,

peer? = 32%, = ve.

tris Ine. as

nae

a eetge tteeetelest 57

feorisbinere Saeed

rere

Worst lei a

Serr

a Hee

oof t on cee mS a ere

natal [Pare sree ree frei le

eo. an ah cure

z, ri aoe

Peete ene

ete

apie

sree iitieees

wee

roe > os eo ae = = afar: :

ere

Tetilpvereest ett

eee eS ye

Seeeerces ee Tete,

wee ad

ae sy

we Nes ere estas Je

Wetec

WEEDS LIE

MEET on == 2"

es > =

err ri

Fig. 10. Examples of Afacrozamia cones. A. M. parcifolia, male cone (Forster 9318 & Machin), B. M. crassifolia, male

and female cone (Forster 9384 & Machin). C. M. machinii, male cone Forster 9787 & Machin). D. M. cranei, male cones

(Forster 11593 et al).

Austrobaileya 4(2): 289-290 (1994)

Notes

Typification of Tweedia coerulea and T. versicolor (Asclepiadaceae)

A species of Oxypetalum R. Br. originating

from Argentina in South America is often

cultivated in temperate to subtropical Australia

and is infrequently naturalised in south-east

Queensland and north-east New South Wales.

In south-east Queensland it has been called

Tweedia coerulea D. Don, with T. versicolor

Hook. listed in synonymy (Ross 1986). In a

revision of 7weedia Hook. & Arn., Rua (1989)

considered that both T. coerulea and T.

versicolor should be excluded from Tweedia

and included in Oxypetalum. |

Don (1837) stated that his plant originated

from “Buenos Ayres” in Argentina and Hooker

(1839) stated that his plant was discovered

“probably in Tucuman”. Neither author men-

tioned types. Consequently in this note, the two

names are lectotypified and their synonymy

reaffirmed.

Oxypetalum coerulea appears to have been

commonly cultivated in Europe at that time, as

Don (1837) mentioned that “Plants of it were

raised last year in the garden of our worthy

friend Dr. Neill at Edinburgh, in the Glasgow

Botanic Garden, and in other collections, from

seeds transmitted by Mr. Tweedie, so that the

species will soon become a common ornament

of the flower-garden’”. Hooker wrote his notes

in 1837 but made no mention of 7. coerulea.

Hooker’s plant originated from the Glasnevin

Botanic Garden in Ireland where it had flow-

ered in July 1837.

According to Stafleu & Cowan (1976),

types for plant names published by Don may be

found in CGE; however, searches in BM, CGE

and K for types of names mentioned here were

unsuccessful in this regard. Nevertheless, the

fine plate accompanying Don’s (1837) descrip-

tion leaves no doubt as to the application of the

name and is selected as its lectotype.

Accepted for publication 28 April 1994

A sheet in the Hooker Herbarium at K

annotated “Tweedia versicolor. B. Mag. tab.

3630 Hort. Dubl.” appears to be a specimen

prepared from the plant illustrated in Hooker

(1839). As Hooker makes no mention ofa type,

this specimen, which is in good agreement with

the plant depicted in t. 3630 of Curtis’s Botani-

cal Magazine, is selected as lectotype of the

name.

The plant depicted in Don’s plate and

the type of Hooker’s name are clearly con-

specific, hence the prior synonymy given by

Decaisne (1844), Ross (1986) and Rua (1989)

is accepted here.

Oxypetalum coeruleum (D. Don) Decne. in

DC., Prodr. 8: 585 (1844); Tweedia

coerulea D. Don, Brit. Fl. Gard. 7: t. 407

(1837). Type: Brit. Fl. Gard. 7: t. 407.

1837 Clecto [here designated]).

Tweedia versicolor Hook., Bot. Mag. 65: t.

3630 (1839). Type: annotated “Hort.

Dubl. Tweedia versicolor B. Mag. tab.

3630” (lecto [here designated]: Kk [photo

at BRI ]).

Acknowledgements

_P, Short (MEL) and P. Weston (NSW), while

Australian Botanical Liaison Officers at Kew,

searched for material in BM, CGE and K and

also obtained photocopies of some hard-

to-obtain literature. This work was supported

by grants from the Australian Biological

Resources Study during 1988 to 1990 for

preferred objectiveresearch on Asclepiadaceae

for the ‘Flora of Australia’.

References

Decaisne, J, (1844). Asclepiadeae. In A. de Candolle (ed.),

Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis,

8: 490-664. Parts: Fortin & Masson.

Don, D. (1837). Tweedia coerulea. Blue-fiowered Tweedia.

British Flower Garden 7: t. 407.

290

Hooker, W.J. (1839). Tiweedia versicolor, Changeable-

flowered Tweedia. Botanical Magazine 65: t. 3630,

Ross, E.M. (1986). Asclepiadaceae. In T.D. Stanley &

E.M. Ross (eds.), Flora of South-eastern Queens-

land, 2: 306-319. Brisbane: Government Printer,

Paul I. Forster

Austrobaileya 4(2): 289-290 (1994)

Rua, G.H. (1989), Revision taxonomica del genero

Tweedia (Asclepiadaceae). Parodiana 5: 375-

Al.

STAFLEU, F.A. & Cowan, R.S. (1976). Taxonomic litera-

fure. A selective guide to botanical publications

and collections with dates, commentaries and types.

Volume i: A-G. Ed. 2. Regnum Vegetabile 94,

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

un inion cue nan min pine nia ne ht 8 on beg ae rea yee,

Austrobaileya 4(2): 291-294 (1994)

Book Reviews

B.P.M. Hyland And T. Whiffin (1993). Aus-

tralian Tropical Rain Forest Trees - An

interactive identification system, includ-

ing Leaf Atlas of Australian Tropical

Rain Forest Trees by D.C. Christophel

and B.P.M. Hyland. Pp 1160 in 3 vol-

umes, plus two computer disks. CSIRO,

Melbourne. Price $195. ISBN 0 643

05403 0.

The professional taxonomist is more concerned

with floral structures than with the fine detail of

the leaves of a plant and rightly so. But there is

a large group of Australian plants for which

flowering or fruiting material is seldom avail-

able. For years botanists, ecologists, plant

erowers and amateur naturalists have had a

great deal of work to do to track down the

identity of northern Australian tropical trees.

It has been a case of laborious matching

with known named material (if indeed this was

available)and equally laborious literature

searches to find details of the plant once

identified. The further removed from the tropics

and the less familiar one was with the vegetation

the more difficult this could be.

In 1971 Bernie Hyland of CSIRO Divi-

sion of Forest Research in Atherton published a

‘Card Key to the Rainforest Trees of North

Queensland’ based on his own extensive know]-

edge of the plant material of the area between

Townsville and Cooktown. This was an attempt

to detail systematically the differences between

the leaves of the more common rainforest trees

of this area. Bark characters were also listed as

a useful tool particularly for foresters and ecolo-

gists who were working with fresh material in

the field.

This card key was extended to cover the

area from Townsville to Torres Strait in 1982

and the way was open for the patient plant

identifier to become more accurate and more

skilled.

Now more than ten years later the next

stage in thismonumental work has beenreached.

The computer has replaced the card system and

‘Australian Tropical Trees - An Interactive

Identification System’ by Bernie Hyland and

Trevor Whiffin is the result. As the authors

point out in their preface, the first primitive

stage of their key was loaded onto the Treasury

computer in Brisbane in 1960 and the current

epic brings together 30 years’ work on the data

base.

This publication consists of three vol-

umes of printed information as well as an

interactive key inboth MSDOS and MacIntosh

versions. Volume | of the printed material gives

instructions for loading both versions of the

program and lists all the features available for

use in the key. The different character states and

their applications are clearly illustrated and

described. Volume 2 contains species descrip-

tions and diagnoses under family headings.

Volume 3 is a leaf atlas produced by David

Christophel and Bernie Hyland showing mainly

x-ray photographs of leaves or leaflets of all the

tree species covered, now numbering 1056 and

occuring between Townsville to Torres Strait

and west to the Kimberley region of WA.

Not only leaf and bark characters are used

in the current work — flower, fruit and seedling

characters are also available and family and

geographical location may be factored in where

known to narrow down the possibilities, As this

in an interactive key it can operate on as

much(or as little) information as is available.

The specimen is then compared with the

descriptions of the taxon or taxa arrived at

through the key and the final step is comparison

with known material.

Note that this is not a tool for identifying

those garden-grown sterile specimens which

have lost their tags. Itis almost essential to have

some idea of where the plant occures in order to

narrow down the number of possibilities under

these circumstances.

The key is designed for material from

trees of more than 10cm diameter at breast

height, more than 6m tall and growing in rain-

forest. In the 1982 version it was noted that

fresh green leaves should be used wherever

possible to ascertain leaf features. In this ver-

sion it is noted that leaf specimens should be

collected from the crown of the tree (which is

not always possible),

Since in many cases the material available

will not fulfil these criteria, being dried, col-

lected well below the crown from trees which

292

are often smaller than desirable and growing

along roads or pathways, where light exposure

is different from inside the rainforest, it is

necessary to tread with some care. As one very

experienced identifier of rainforest plants has

been heard to say, ‘ I can see oil dots because I

know they should be there’. Experience and

knowledge still play a substantial role in suc-

cessful identification and comparison with

known material is still necessary for final con-

firmation of an identification.

That said, the computer key in both

MCDOS and MacIntosh versions ts very easy to

use. The character states are clearly explained

in Volume 1 and moving through the key is

simple and straightforward. As mentioned

under ‘Points to consider when using the key’

note that some terms are used in other than their

strict botanical sense. For example bracts or

winged outgrowths of the stem are occasionally

referred to as stipules when they occur where

stipules might be expected.

Volume | also contains an exhaustive list

of common and standard trade names under

which each species may be known.

The species descriptions in Volume 2 and

the leaf photographs in Volume 3 are invaluable

for anyone with an interest in rainforest plants.

and they are useful quite apart from the key.

These two volumes constitute the first easily

accessible compendium of information on

northern Australian rainforest trees since

W.D. Francis published his final edition of ‘Aus-

tralian Rainforest Trees’ in 1970.

The key program may be loaded onto a

laptop for use in the field. The accompanying

volumes are rather bulky for field use and it

would be very useful to be able to store the

character sets used for each identification for

further checking. This is not yet possible but

may be considered for future editions of the

package.

It is useful to be able to call up the charac-

ter states listed for each species so that the

differences between apparently similar species

may be anlaysed. The MSDOS program allows

the user to do this but is is not possible with the

MacIntosh program.

This package seems good value for the

price ($195) and it will undoubtedly encourage

many people who felt daunted by card keys or

Austrobaileya 4(2): 291-294 (1994)

who did not have the resources for specimen

matching to attempt their own identifications.

The information in the printed volumes will be

very valuable to professional botanical users

and amateurs alike and the authors should be

congratulated on an excellently designed and

user-friendly product. In fact it is to be hoped

that more of Australia’s northern flora will be

soon covered in as meticulous and user-friendly

a fashion.

Carolme Hohnen

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road,

Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

B.R.Roberts and R.G.Silcock (1993). Western

Grasses: a Grazier’s Guide to the Grasses

of South West Queensland, Pp.141.Uni-

versity of Southern Queensland Press,

Toowoomba. Price. $14. ISBN 0949414

60 3.

In these days of increased awareness of the

environmental factors affecting the condition of

land in Australia, particularly in relation to its

pastoral productivity, it is important to be able

to promote a land-care ethic in as simple a way

as possible. This is ably done by Roberts and

Silcock in the introductory essay to their book

on the grasses of Western Queensland entitled

‘The Pastoral Zone and Its Management.’ The

theory of the complicated ecological network

linking vegetation, climate, economics, pasture

condition and management, fire, carrying

capacity, stocking rates and movement is pre-

sented in a very clear manner by the authors,

both of whom have many years of practical

experience in this field. An indication of the

South African connection of the senior author is

revealed in the diagram on p 10 in the term ‘veld

type’, which should be replaced by ‘vegetation

type’ in the Australian context.

The second and main part of this book

consists of an account of 52 grasses, those the

authors consider to be the most common of

South Western Queensland, in the form of one

page of text accompanied by an illustration on

the opposing page by Gillian Scott. In the

introduction to this section the authors mention

a figure of 117 grass species for South West

Queensland, Without knowing their geographi-

cal boundaries this figure must be far too low,

taking into consideration that a list of 338

DSA eet et 2 en Re

Book Reviews

grasses are generated for the pastoral districts of

Gregory North, Gregory South, Mitchell,

Warrego and Maranoa from a database of grasses

J have of Australian grasses at the Queensland

Herbarium. Roberts and Silcock have 15% of

this total in their book. Even for the pastoral

districts of Warrego and Maranoa a figure of

265 (20% of this total in Roberts & Silcock) is

senerated, and ofthis list there are as many as 34

genera from these two districts of the south-west

which are not treated by Roberts and Silcock.

Some of these such as Alloteropsis,

Ancistrachne, Diplachne and Setaria are com-

mon representative ofnative pastures and should

have been included.

The identification table on p 33, used in

conjunction with the diagram on p 34, is a useful

practical aid to identification of a grass, assum-

ing it is one of the species covered by the book.

Strictly speaking the caption of the left hand

column should possibly be ‘land type’ as

categories included in this column cover

aspects of ecology other than ‘type of soil’ e.g.

Box Sandlewood.

There is a text for each of the 52 species in

the book. The first section consists of a descrip-

tion featuring the habit, inflorescence (as

‘seedhead’), and leaves in all descriptions.

Occasionally othermorphological features, such

as ligules and nodes are mentioned or other

attributes of the plant such as colour or odour.

There is probably a need for more standardisa-

tion in the description. Following the

description is a small section describing the

soils types associated with the grass. In one case

under this heading (Enneapogon polyphyllus) a

comment onresponse to rainfall has been placed

here, presumably in error. Finally the text give

details on the grazing value of the grass with a

statement on palatability and a measure of crude

protein levels and in most cases also of phos-

phorous. Now and then there is also some

mention of ecological characters of the grass,

but again there is aneed for greater standardisa-

tion of the presentation of data.

The illustrations of Gillian Scott are clear

and usually adequate to be able to identify the

particular species concerned. In some cases,

however, there is a further need for the spikelets

to be shown at a higher magnification to illus-

trate some detail of the spikelets. e.g. in

B. piligera where spikelets (‘seeds’) are cov-

293

ered in ‘short fine hairs’ but this feature cannot

be seen in the illustration.

Bryan K. Simon

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road,

Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Brian Roberts (1993). Ground Rules, Perspec-

tives on Land Stewardship. Pp. 316.

University of Southern Queensland Press,

Toowoomba. Price $24. ISBN 0 949

41452 2.

This is the third book dealing with Landcare

and the stewardship approach to property and

natural resource management produced by Brian

Roberts, Professor of Land Use at University of

Southern Queensland, Toowoomba. It comes at

the end of the first three years of the develop-

ment of landcare in Australia and after 20 or so

years that Brian has worked in land and natural

resource management.

The book is a collection of papers, some

of which have been published elsewhere, but

others are presented in this volume for the fires

time. As stated in the Preface... “This collection

also reflects the expansion and maturing of

~ the author’s world view over a period of two

decades.”

Its central theme is the development of the

ethics required for sustainable land manage-

ment in Australia. It is an important text in this

regard because, although landholders love

their farms and the way of life, there is not yet a

widely adopted system of sustainable produc-

tion which is linked into conserving all the

natural resources occurring on farms. Brian’s

unifying theme is that the development of ethics

that will lead to sustainable resource manage-

ment is interwoven with one’s attitudes and

beliefs, whether religiously based or not. I

agree with him. Europeans, brought up on the

Christian work ethic, sought to subdue the land

and its resources. They did not align land use

practices with the nature of the environment in

which they were operating. Consequently, in

the name of ‘economic production’ great parts

of the continent have been degraded.

Brian Roberts has divided his papers into

six parts. Firstly, he discusses the concept of

sustainability from the broad international

perspective dealing with human population

294

numbers and human effects of utilising natural

resources. He questions if Australian agricul-

tural systems can be sustainable and then puts

Landcare into perspective by discussing our

inability to “... accept good advice and imple-

ment well-proven ideas”. In essence, the

conservation cropping and pastoral techniques

are based on principles developed by the

Romans.

Many farmers are managing the land and

its resources as Well as they can, under con-

stantly changing economic circumstances.

However, there is still a belief held amongst

some that these resources will respond no mat-

ter how they are treated. What is needed is a

change in the economic imperative from one of

short term gain to long term ecological stability.

On page 45 he says “... Ethics are con-

cerned with doing things the correct and proper

way so that the group rather than the individual

benefits”, And “... Ethics and Land are not

usually associated ...”. Perhaps the landcare

movement, which is based on group decision-

making at the grass-roots level will encourage

this association.

In several papers he draws extensively on

the writings of Leopold and Nash in the discuss-

ing the development of ethics. In others, the

practical issues related to better resource

management are covered as well as the changes

that are neede in research and advisory and

extension programs to assist with the develop-

ment and implementation of a stewardship

approach to land management that ensures sus-

tainable use and conservation.

The last three groups of chapers discuss

the barriers and economic constraints to imple-

menting sound land management. Brian offers

hope that the Landcare movement can act as a

catalyst to reduce degradation of Australia’s

rangelands - which cover approximately 4.5

million square kilometres (70% of the conti-

nent’s area) - by matching resource capability

with stock management. But can this occur

under present economic systems and current

beliefs?

The final section of the book looks at what

has been learned from landcare; what roles

should administrators in landcare play in times

of climatic and economic change; and whether

a Christian land ethic can contribute to

sustainability.

Austrobaileya 4(2): 291-294 (1994)

In terms of the amount of resource degra-

dation that is evident in Australia and the

declining nutrient levels insome soils and crops,

even with the advances in breeding technology

that have occurred over the last 20 years, Brian

Roberts could be excused for being pessimistic

about the future. But he is optimistic. ‘The

challenge is to take the best from the Christian

and tribal values and meld them into a spiritu-

ally appropriate and socially acceptable set of

guidelines for modern living. This means a

move from man-centred materialism and God-

centred spirituality.”

Brian's philosophy may fall on deaf ears.

Some people are not receptive to changing their

land management practices. They hold onto

beliefs and attitudes which are not suitable for

sustained management of the natural resources

that they have control over.

Brian Roberts concludes this land ethic

text by advocating a code of conduct on land

stewardship in which he integrates ecological

principles with social and economic values.

The Land Ethic Code

“1. To contribute to the maintenance of essen-

tial ecological processes and life support

systems.

2. To preserve genetic diversity for known,

and as yet unknown, uses.

3. To develop production systems which

ensure sustainable use of ecosystems and

species.

4. To enhance environmental quality of the

human habitat.

5. To recognise and nurture the inherent

values of nature irrespective of their use to

humans.”

The code is being practised by a few

landholders, but without a change in the direc-

tion of resource management, human survival

will become increasingly threatened. As was

overheard at a recent biodiversity workshop in

Armidale, NSW, “One more species lost is that

much close to us.”

Greg Siepen

Manager, Community Nature Conservation

Department of Environment and Heritage,

PO Box 155, Brisbane Albert Street, Qld

4068, Australia

sited abacihh oelak ameter hh 4 bt as a. ey SPER Ts Seah aban Aa het eet tll CER ie ve wine soptes

Queensland Herbarium

Publications for sale

Floras

A Key to Australian Grasses by B.KK. Simon (1990), 150pp., card cover.

Ferns of Queensland by S.B. Andrews (1990), 427pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Honey Flora of Queensland, 3rd edition by S.T. Blake and C. Roff (1988), 224 pp., illustrated,

card cover.

Acacias in Queensland by L. Pedley (1988), 275 pp., illustrated, card cover.

Keys to Cyperaceae, Restionaceae and Juncaceae of Queensland. Botany Bulletin No. 5 by P.R.

Sharpe (1986), 47pp., illustrated, card cover.

Flora of South-eastern Queensland by T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross.

Volume I (1983), 545 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Volume 2 (1986), 623 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Volume 3 (1989), 532 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

The Flora of Lamington National Park, 3rd edition by W.J.F. McDonald and M.B. Thomas

(1989), 25 pp., card cover.

Vegetation Surveys

Vegetation Survey of Queensland: South West Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 4

by D.E. Boyland (1984), 151 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland: South Central Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin

No. 3 by V.J. Neldner (1984), 291 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland: Central Western Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin

No. 9 by V.J. Neldner (1991), 230 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Vascular Plants of Western Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 11 by V.J. Neldner

(1992), 176 pp., illustrated, card cover.

Vegetation of the Sunshine Coast: Description and Management. Queensland Botany Bulletin

No. 7 by G.N. Batianoffand J.A. Elsol (1989), 107pp., illustrated, including maps, card cover.

Vegetation Map and Description, Warwick, South-eastern Queensland. Queensland Botany

Bulletin No. 8 by P.A.R. Young and T.J. McDonald (1989), 47pp., illustrated, including a

map, card cover.

Vegetation Description and Map: Ipswich, South-eastern Queensland. Queensland Botany

Bulletin No. 10 (1991), by James A. Elsol, 61 pp., maps, card cover.

Vegetation Survey and Mapping in Queensland: Its Relevance and Future, and the Contribution

of the Queensland Herbarium. Queensland Botany Bulletin NO. 12 by V.J. Neldner (1993),

76 pp., card cover.

Economic Interest

Suburban Weeds, Second edition by Harry Kleinschmidt, 86 pp., illustrated, card cover.

Weeds of Queensland by H.E. Kleinschmidt and R.W. Johnson (1979), 469 pp., illustrated, hard

cover, reprinted with corrections 1987.

Use of Fodder Trees and Shrubs by S.L. Everist (1986), 72 pp., illustrated, card cover.

Poisonous Plants - a field guide by R.M. Dowling and R.A. McKenzie (1993), 175 pp., colour

illustrations and maps, card cover.

Special Interest

Rare and Threatened Plants of Queensland, 2nd edition by M.B. Thomas and W.J.F. McDonald

(1989), 76pp., card cover.

Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-East Queensland by P.I. Forster, P.D. Bostock, L.H. Bird and

A.R. Bean (1991), 502 pp., illustrated, 820 maps, soft cover.

Wildflowers of South-eastern Queensland by B.A. Lebler.

Volume 1 (1977) 108 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Volume 2 (1981) 83 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Enquiries regarding the cost and ordering of these publications should be directed to Queensland

Herbarium, Deaprtment of Environment & Heritage, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068,

Australia. 7

V.R. Ward, Government Printer, Queensland-——i994